PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Explain the political condition of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What was the general political condition of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the political condition of Punjab was very unstable. As a result of the wrong policies of Lodhi Sultans lawlessness prevailed all around. The ruling class remained engrossed in pleasure-seeking. Feasts were held every day in the courts. The female dancers took part in these celebrations in a big number and drinking sessions were freely held. As a result, nobody had time to attend to the problems of the people. The govt, officials had become corrupt to the core and bribery was rampant; so much so that Qazis and Ulemas delivered justice only when their palm was greased. The Muslims perpetrated. tyranny on the Hindus and converted them to Islam at the point of the sword.

The state administration had collapsed. Taking advantage of such conditions, Daulat Khan Lodhi, the Governor of Punjab declared himself independent. In this regard, he invited Babar to invade India. Babar defeated Daulat Khan Lodhi towards the end of 1525 A.D. and took control of Punjab. He defeated Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi in the first battle of Panipat on 21 April 1526 A.D. and founded the Mughal rule in India.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 2.
“At the beginning of the 16th century, Punjab was a cockpit of triangular struggle”. Explain.
Or
Explain the triangular struggle of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, Punjab was a cockpit of triangular struggle. This triangular struggle began between Babar, the ruler of Kabul, Ibrahim Lodhi, the ruler of Delhi and Daulat Khan Lodhi, the Governor of Punjab. Daulat Khan Lodhi wanted to become an independent ruler of Punjab. When Ibrahim Lodhi came to know about it, he ordered Daulat Khan Lodhi to present himself in the royal court. In order to escape the wrath of the Sultan, Daulat Khan Lodhi sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. When he reached Delhi, he was arrested and thrown into prison.

Somehow, Dilawar Khan managed to escape from the prison. On reaching Punjab, he narrated to Daulat Khan Lodhi, his father, the treatment meted out to him in Delhi. In order to take revenge for this insult, he invited Babar to invade India, which was already looking for such a golden opportunity. In this triangular struggle, Babar Came out victorious. In 1525¬26 A.D. he not only took control of Punjab but also occupied Delhi. Thus, the foundation of Mughal rule in India was laid.

Question 3.
Who was Daulat Khan Lodhi? What were the causes of the struggle between Daulat Khan Lodhi and Ibrahim Lodhi?
Or
Write a short note on Daulat Khan Lodhi.
Answer:
Daulat Khan Lodhi was the Governor of Punjab. He was appointed to this post in 1500 A.D. The main cause of the struggle between Daulat Khan Lodhi and Ibrahim Lodhi was that the former wanted to be an independent ruler of Punjab. For this purpose, he hatched a conspiracy with Alam Khan, the foster brother of Ibrahim Lodhi, who wanted to acquire the throne of Delhi. When Ibrahim Lodhi came to know about it, he issued an order to Daulat Khan Lodhi to present himself in the royal court of Delhi. In order to escape the wrath of the Sultan, Daulat Khan sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. When Dilawar Khan reached there, he was arrested and put into prison. He was ill-treated in jail. But soon he succeeded in escaping from jail. On reaching Punjab, he appraised his father Daulat Khan of the ill-treatment meted out to him in Delhi. Daulat Khan invited Babar to invade India, in order to take revenge for the insult. Later on Daulat Khan Lodhi turned against Babar. Babar defeated him in 1525 A.D and occupied Punjab.

Question 4.
Who was Babar? When and how many times did he invade Punjab? Write briefly about these invasions.
Or
Give a brief account of Babar’s five invasions over Punjab.
Answer:
Babar was the ruler of Kabul. He invaded Punjab five times from 1519 A.D. to 1526 A.D. He invaded Punjab for the first time in 1519 A.D. Babar captured Bhera and Bajaur regions during this invasion. As soon as Babar returned, the people took back their control. In the same year, Babar invaded Punjab for the second time. This time Babar occupied Peshawar. During his third invasion over Punjab in 1520 A.D. Babar brought Bajaur, Bhera and Sialkot under his control. After this, he attacked Saidpur. Babar thoroughly plundered Saidpur during this invasion. The Mughal army arrested Guru Nanak also along with other people. Later on, with the intervention of Babar, Guru Nanak was released. In 1524 A.D. on the invitation of Daulat Khan Lodhi, Babar invaded Punjab for the fourth time and seized it without much difficulty. Later on, Daulat Khan Lodhi turned against Babar. In order to teach Daulat Khan Lodhi a lesson, Babar invaded Punjab for the 5th time in November 1525 A.D. He defeated Daulat Khan Lodhi and occupied Punjab. After this, Babar defeated Ibrahim Lodhi on April 21, 1526 A.D. in the first battle of Panipat. Thus, Babar established the Mughal dynasty in India. ‘

Question 5.
When did Babar invade Saidpur? What is its importance in Sikh History?
Answer:
Babar invaded Saidpur in 1520 A.D. The people of this place stoutly resisted Babar. Consequently, Babar got angry. His forces massacred people in a large number, set the houses and palaces on fire after plundering them. Thousands of women were taken into custody and they were maltreated. Guru Nanak was in Saidpur at that time and he wrote in his ‘Babar Bani’ about the tyranny of the Mughal army on people. The army of Babar had arrested Guru Ji also. Later on, when Babar came to know about the piety of Guru Nanak, he at once ordered his release. Babar wrote in his autobiography Tuzak-i-Babri that if he had known that such a great saint was living in that city, he would never have attacked and ransacked it. On the intervention of Guru Nanak, several innocent people were let off.

Question 6.
Why and where did the battle take place between Babar and Ibrahim Lodhi?
Or
Give a brief account of the First Battle of Panipat.
Or
Explain the First Battle of Panipat and its significance.
Answer:
Babar invaded India for the fifth time in November 1525 A.D. to teach Daulat Khan a lesson. Hearing the news of Babar’s invasion, Daulat Khan got frightened, that he took refuge in the fort of Malout in Hoshiarpur district. Babar besieged the fort. Daulat Khan surrendered after some resistance. Babar pardoned him. Now, Babar once again captured the whole of Punjab. Encouraged by this victory, he decided to attack Delhi, which was being ruled by Ibrahim Lodhi. So, he ordered his army to march towards Delhi. When Ibrahim got the news, he marched towards Punjab to face Babar with an army of one lakh. Babar had 20 thousand soldiers in his army. Both the armies fought a fierce battle near Panipat on 21 April 1526 A.D. This battle is known as the first battle of Panipat. In this battle, Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated and killed. In this way, the reign of the Lodhi dynasty in India came to an end and Babar founded the Mughal empire in India.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 7.
What led to the victory of Babar in the first battle of Panipat?
Or
Give a brief account of the causes of the victory of Babar and the defeat of the Afghans in India.
Answer:
Many factors were responsible for Babar’s victory in the battle of Panipat. Ibrahim Lodhi, the Sultan of Delhi was notorious for his ill-treatment and the tyranny caused to his nobles and his subjects. They wanted to get rid of such a ruler. The army of Ibrahim Lodhi was also very weak. Most of the soldiers had joined him with the purpose of looting. Their methods of fighting were also outdated and they lacked proper training. Ibrahim committed a political blunder in not attacking Babar’s army for 8 days in Panipat. Had he not allowed Babar to strengthen his security, the results of the battle might have been different. Babar was an able commander. He had a vast experience of fighting battles. The artillery of Babar created havoc. The soldiers of Ibrahim could not face them with their swords, bows and arrows. With all these factors, the Afghans were defeated and Babar came out victorious.

Question 8.
Explain the social condition of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What do you know about the social condition of Punjab at the time of the birth of Guru Nanak Dev?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the society of Punjab was divided into two main classes-the Hindus and Muslims. The Muslims being related to the ruling class, enjoyed some special privileges. They were appointed to high offices of the State. On the other hand, the Hindus were deprived of all their rights. The Muslims called them Kafirs (non-believers). The Muslims perpetrated so much tyranny on the Hindus that several Hindus embraced Islam under duress. At that time, the condition of women was not good. The dresses of upper-class Muslims used to be costly and were made of silk or velvet. The garments worn by the people of the lower class and the Hindus were simple. Hunting, horse racing, chess-playing, dancing, music, animal-fighting and playing cards were the main sources of entertainment of the people.

Question 9.
What was the condition of women in the society of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century? Explain briefly.
Answer:
The condition of the women-folk in the society of Punjab, at the beginning of the 16th century, was highly deplorable. The women were considered not equal in status to men. They were confined within the four walls of the house. At that time many girls were killed as soon as they were born. They were married off in their childhood. As a result, no attention was given to girls’ education. Sati System was also at its climax. A widow was not allowed to re-marry. She was forced to lead a hellish life. The condition of Muslim women was also not good. Many prescriptions in society existed for them. They were treated as objects of sensual pleasure. Their condition had become deplorable due to prostitution, the divorce system and the purdah system. Women of high-class Muslims enjoyed some special privileges but they were few in number.

Question 10.
Into which classes were the Muslim society of Punjab divided and what type of life did they lead, at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the Muslim society was divided into three classes:

  • Upper Class: The Upper Class of Muslim society comprised the nobles, Khans, Sheikhs, Qazis and Ulemas. People of this class led a life of pleasure, luxury and comfort. They lived in palatial buildings. Most of their time was spent on celebrations. Although Qazis and Ulemas were religious leaders, most of them had gone astray from their path.
  • Middle Class: The Middle Class included traders, soldiers, peasants and petty officials of the state government. There was a big gap between their life and that of upper-class people, But their standard of living was much better than that of the upper-class Hindus.
  • Lower Class: This class consisted of mostly slaves and servants. Their life was not good. They had to bear the tyranny of their masters.

Question 11.
What was the social condition of Muslims of Punjab, at the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Give an account of the Muslim classes of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The Muslim society of Punjab at the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes: The Muslim society in Punjab at the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

  • Upper Class: The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, Khans, Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces.
  • Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.
  • Lower Class: It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood! Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress: The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of the lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjamas and women wore long burqas.

5. Education: No remarkable progress was made in the field of education at the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, mastabas and madrasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and mastabas whereas higher education was provided in the madrassas. Madrasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were well-known centres. education for -the Muslims in Punjab.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 12.
What was the social condition of the Hindus in the society of Punjab, at the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Make a mention of the social condition of Hindus in Punjab in the opening of the 16th Century.
Answer:
1. Caste System: The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in society. The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas, however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days.

2. Position of Women: The position of women in Hindu society was also not satisfactory. She was deprived of those rights which were given to men. No attention was paid to girls’ education. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among Hindu women. The custom of Sati was also on the rise.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore a sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt-like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment: The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

Question 13.
Give a brief account of prevalent education in Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
No special progress was made in the field of education at the beginning of the 16th century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, mastabas and madrasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and mastabas whereas higher education was provided in madrasas. Madrasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and – Multan were the well-known centres of education for the Muslims in Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in Punjab. The Hindus received education from the Brahmins in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these’ places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madrassas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

Question 14.
What were the main means of entertainment of the people of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and witnessing animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and cheaper. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show. At the beginning of the 16th century, the Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

Question 15.
Give a brief account of the economic condition of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
Explain the economic condition of Punjab during the 16th century.
Or
Briefly mention the economic condition of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
1. Agriculture: At the beginning of the sixteenth century, agriculture was the main occupation of the people of Punjab. The soil of Punjab was very fertile. The land was large and more and more land could be brought under cultivation. The people of Punjab were hard working. Agriculture was mainly dependent upon rain. Wheat, barley, maize, rice and sugarcane were major crops. Due to the rich harvests, Punjab was called the Granary of India.

2. Industries: Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of Punjab. There were industries run both by the state and the individuals. The textile industry was the most famous industry in Punjab. Besides the textile industry, there were other industries that manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

3. Animal Rearing: Some people of Punjab were engaged in animal rearing also. This included animals like cows, oxen, buffaloes, horses, ponies, camels, sheep and goats. Milk and wool were obtained from these animals. Horses, ponies, camels and oxen were used for carrying goods.

4. Trade: The trade of Punjab was much developed. Trade was carried on by certain categories of people. In those days the foreign trade of Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cottonseed and sugar were exported to these countries and in turn, Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk from these countries.

5. Standard of Living: In those days, the standard of living of all the people of Punjab was not the same. The upper class of Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. The upper class of Hindus also had much wealth, but the class of Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living whereas the Hindus of the middle class were not having a good standard of living. The poor and the farmers in the society had a very low standard of living.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 16.
Give a brief account of agriculture in Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, agriculture was the main occupation of people in Punjab. Land in Punjab was very fertile. There was no dearth of land to bring it under cultivation. People here were very hard-working. Canals, ponds and wells were used for irrigation. Due to these reasons, there used to be bumper harvests despite the fact that old methods were used for farming. The main crops of Punjab were wheat, barley, maize, rice and sugarcane. Besides, cotton, mustard, jawar, bajra and pulses were also cultivated. As there used to be bumper harvests, Punjab was called Granary of India.

Question 17.
What do you know about the Punjab industries at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of Punjab. There were industries run both by the state and the individuals. The state-owned industries were situated in big cities, whereas the industries run by individuals were situated in villages. The textile industry was the most famous industry in Punjab. As silk cloth was in great demand among the people of upper classes, so it was produced in a big quantity. Samana, Sunam, Sirhind, Dipalpur, Jalandhar, Lahore and Multan were famous centres of silk textile. Chicken (embroidered fine muslin) was produced in Gujarat and Sialkot. Multan and Sultanpur were famous for calico (chintz). Sialkot was known for its dhotis, sarees, turbans and embroidered best quality lungis. Amritsar, Kangra and Kashmir were famous centres of woollen textiles. Besides the textile industry, there were other industries that manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

Question 18.
Give a brief account of the trade of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
Give an account of the main industries of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The trade of Punjab was much developed. Trade was carried on by certain categories of people. The Kshatriyas, Mahajan’s, Banias, Soods and Aroras among the Hindus and Bohras and Khojas among the Muslims carried on trade. Transportation of goods was carried on by Banjaras. The traders travelled in groups for fear of burglars and dacoits. The institution of Hundi was in vogue. The money lenders lent money on interest. Special markets were organised On the occasions of fairs and festivals. Such markets were held at Multan, Lahore, Jalandhar, Dipalpur, Sirhind, Sunam, Samana etc. in Punjab. People came to these markets in a very large number and purchased their necessities. Special markets were held for animals also. In those days the foreign trade of Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cottonseed and sugar were exported to these countries and in turn, Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk from these countries.

Question 19.
What was the living standard of people at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
In those days, the standard of living of all the people of Punjab was not the same. The upper-class Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. They lived in big palaces. They wore costly clothes. They ate a rich diet. Wine and women were part of their life. A large number of servants, slaves and women were always at their disposal. The upper-class Hindus also had much wealth, but the Muslims used to loot them. So, they spent their wealth stealthily. The middle-class Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living whereas the Hindus of the middle class were not having a good standard of living. The Hindus could hardly make both ends meet. The poor and the farmers in the society had a very low standard of living. They could neither taste good food nor wear good clothes. They always remained under the debt of the money-lenders.

Essay Type Questions:

Question 1.
Describe the political condition of Punjab at the time (In the beginning of the 16th century) of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s birth.
Or
While describing briefly the invasions of Babar over Punjab, explain the causes of his success.
Or
Describe the political condition of Punjab in the beginning of 16th century.
Answer:
The political condition of Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. In those days the Punjab was under the Sultanate of Delhi. The Sultans of the Lodhi dynasty were ruling at that time. Thus, it becomes essential for us to know briefly about the rule of Lodhi Sultans for proper , understanding of the political condition of the Punjab.

The Punjab Under the Lodhis:

In the beginning of the 16th century, anarchy and conspiracies prevailed everywhere in the Punjab.

1. Tatar Khan Lodhi : Bahlol Lodhi had appointed Tatar Khan Lodhi, one of his near relatives, as Governor of the Punjab in 1469 A.D. He ruled over the Punjab with an iron hand till 1485 A.D. He raised the banner of revolt against Bahlol Lodhi in 1485 A.D. due to some reasons. The Sultan sent his son Prince Nizam Khan, who later succeeded to the throne as Sikandar Lodhi, to crush the revolt of Tatar Khan. Tatar Khan was killed while fighting with Prince Nizam Khan.

2. Daulat Khan Lodhi : Daulat Khan Lodhi was the son of Tatar Khan Lodhi. Sultan Sikandar Lodhi appointed him the Governor of the Punjab in 1500 A.D. He remained fully loyal during the reign of Sikandar Lodhi, but he started thinking of becoming independent with the cooperation of his three sons (Ghazi Khan, Haji Khan and Dilawar Khan) during the reign of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi. He even started conspiring with Alam Khan Lodhi, a step-brother of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi, who wanted the throne of Delhi for himself. When the Sultan came to know about these conspiracies, he summoned Daulat Khan to the royal court. Daulat Khan Lodhi, sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. Dilawar Khan was taken prisoner by the Sultan and was treated very badly. However, he managed to escape from the prison and quickly reached Punjab. He narrated the bad treatment meted out to him by the Sultan to his father, Daulat Khan. Daulat Khan Lodhi in order to avenge this insult, invited Babar to invade India.

3. Condition of Subjects : In the beginning of the sixteenth century, the condition of the subjects was also very deplorable. The rulers used to indulge in luxuries and merry-making. Extravagant parties had become a daily routine of the court. None had time to take care of the public. As a consequence of this, the government officials became corrupt. Bribery was common. Not to speak of the Sultan, even Qazis and Ulemas took bribe and delivered justice accordingly. All sorts of atrocities were let loose on the Hindus. They were being converted to Islam by force. Those, who refused were put to death. In short, atrocities, cruelties, corruption and intrigue were prevalent all over. The prevailing political condition of the time has been aptly described by Guru Nanak Dev Ji in Var Majh, “Kal kati raje kasai, Dharam pankhkar udriya, Koor amavas sach chandrama dise nahin keh chariya.” This Kali age is like a sword, the Kings are butchers. Goodness has taken wings and flown away. There is pitch darkness and the moon of truth shines nowhere.

Invasions of Babar:

A triangular contest began for the possession of Punjab in 1519 A.D. It took place between Ibrahim Lodhi, Daulat Khan Lodhi and Babar. Finally Babar won the struggle. He had to invade India five times to- fulfil his aim.’ A brief description of these invasions is given below :

1. First Invasion of Babar 1519 AL.D. : Babar was the ruler of Kabul. In order to expand his empire, Babar concentrated on India, because anarchy and lawlessness prevailed in India at that time. He stormed the border areas of the Punjab in his first invasion of India in 1519 A.D. This time he captured Bhera and Bajaur without facing any resistance. He placed these areas under the charge of Hindu Beg and himself returned to Kabul.

2. Second Invasion of Babar 1519 A.D.: People of Bhera and Bajaur pushed out Hindu Beg from their region soon after Babar had returned to Kabul. So, Babar attacked the Punjab, the second time in September, 1519 A.D. Now, he captured Peshawar. However, he had to return as a revolt had broken out in Badakhshan.

3. Third Invasion of Babar 1520 A.D.: Babar’s third invasion of the Punjab took place in 1520 A.D. During this invasion he easily captured Bhera, Bajaur and Sialkot. Then he attacked Saidpur (Eminabad). The people of Saidpur resisted the attack, so Babar in a fit of fury massacred a large number of people in cold blood.

The whole city was mercilessly plundered. Thousands of women were captured and molested. Guru Nanak Dev Ji, who was present in Saidpur at that time, has mentioned in ‘Babar Vani’ the atrocities let loose on the people by Babar’s army. Guru Nanak Dev writes, ‘‘Khurasan he ruleth and Hindustan he has invaded. No blame to Thee, who ordaineth. The Moghuls hath come for retribution. So much suffering had been inflicted, People cry in agony. Hath Thou not felt?” Babar’s soldiers had arrested Guru Nanak Dev Ji also. Later, when Babar came to know that his soldiers had arrested a great saint, he immediately ordered his release. Babar writes in his autobiography Tuzak-i-Babari that if he had known that such a great saint lived in this town, he would have never attacked it.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

4. Fourth Invasion of Babarl524 A.D. : Babar attacked Punjab the fourth time in 1524 A.D. at the invitation of Daulat Khan Lodhi. He reached Lahore without meeting any stiff resistance. At Lahore, some Afghan Chiefs resisted him against the wishes of Daulat Khan. As a result, Babar flew into a rage and Lahore experienced a reign of terror, destruction and savagery. A large number of people were killed. Houses and streets were set on fire. Then, Babar reached Dipalpur and captured it with the cooperation of Daulat Khan Lodhi. It was also mercilessly sacked. Thereafter, he took control of the Jalandhar Doab. Thus, having conquered the Punjab, Babar placed the territories of Jalandhar Doab and Sultanpur under the charge of Daulat Khan Lodhi. But, as it was much below the expectation of Daulat Khan Lodhi, he along with his son Haji Khan, revolted against Babar. Babar defeated them, but they fled and took refuge in Shivalik hills. Soon after Babar returned to Kabul, Daulat Khan came back to Punjab, defeated the Mughals and recaptured the Punjab.

5. Fifth Invasion of Babar 1525-26 A.D. : Babar invaded India for the fifth time in November 1525 A.D. to teach Daulat Khan a lesson. Hearing the news of Babar’s invasion, Daulat Khan got frightened, that he took refuge in the fort” of Malout in Hoshiarpur district. Babar besieged the fort. Daulat Khan surrendered after some resistance. Babar pardoned him. Now, Babar once again captured the whole of Punjab. Encouraged by this victory, he decided to attack Delhi, which was being ruled by Ibrahim Lodhi. So, he ordered his army to march towards Delhi. When Ibrahim got the news, he marched towards the Punjab to face Babar with an army of one lakh. Babar had 20 thousand soldiers in his army. Both the armies fought a fierce battle near Panipat on 21 April, 1526 A.D. This battle is known as the first battle of Panipat. In this battle Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated and killed. In this way, the reign of the Lodhi dynasty in India came to an end and Babar founded the Mughal empire in India.

Causes of Babar’s Success:

There were many causes (factors) responsible for Babar’s victory in the first battle of Panipat. Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi was quite unpopular among the chiefs a nd the public for his indecent behaviour and cruelties. So, they wanted to get rid of such an incompetent ruler. The army of Ibrahim Lodhi was very weak. Many soldiers in his army had gathered for the purpose of looting only. Their method of warfare was obsolete and they lacked planning. Ibrahim Lodhi committed a grave political and military blunder, when he did not attack Babar’s army for eight days. If, he had not allowed Babar to consolidate his defence system, the result of the battle might have been different. Babar was an able army general. He had a good experience of wars and battles. His use of artillery caused havoc among the Afghan soldiers. The above description makes it clear that there was anarchy and unrest in Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century and it had become an arena of battles and conspiracies.

Question 2.
Discuss the social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
The social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. The society was divided into two major classes, namely the Hindus and the Muslims. The Muslims enjoyed many privileges, because they belonged to the ruling class. On the other hand, the Hindus, who formed the majority of population, were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called ‘Kafirs’ and ‘Zimmies.’. Jaziya and the pilgrimage tax were for’cibly charged from the Hindus. The Muslims subjected the Hindus to so much atrocity that a large number of them were compelled to embrace Islam. The condition of women in the society was worse than that of animals. In the words of Dr. Jasbir Singh Ahluwalia, “When Guru Nanak appeared on the horizon, the Indian society had already become static and decadent.”

Features of the Muslim Society:

The Muslim society of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes : The Muslim society in the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

(a) Upper Class : The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, KhAnswer: Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces. They spent most of their time in merry¬making and feasts. Only during the days of battles were an exception to it. Ulemas and Qazis were religious leaders of the Muslims. Their main duty was to explain Islamic laws and deliver justice to people. But, many of the Ulemas and Qazis of that time had gone astray from their real path.

(b) Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.

(c) Lower Class : It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters. The condition of the slaves working in the courts was somewhat better than those working in the houses. Sometimes they could reach to high positions in the court.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in the Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Institutions of polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable. Only women of the upper class Muslim society were granted some facilities, but their number was very small.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. They were very much fond of chewing the betel (pan) and the betel-nut (supari). They drank many kinds of flavoured cold drinks (sharbats) in the summer. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress : The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjama and women wore long burqas. Both men and women were fond of wearing ornaments. The ornaments of the upper class were made of precious stones, jewels, gold and silver, whereas ornaments of the lower class were very simple and ordinary. The ladies used many kinds of cosmetics.

5. Education : No remarkable progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, maktabs and madarasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs whereas higher education was provided in the madarasas. Madarasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of education for the Muslims in the Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in the Punjab.

6. Means of Entertainment: The Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and watching animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these fairs, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Features of the Hindu Society:

Following were the main features of the Hindu society in the beginning of sixteenth century :

1. Caste System : The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in the society. Their supreme position had received a great set back with the establishment of Muslim rule in India. Even, then all the rituals of the Hindus were performed by them alone.

The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days. Besides these four main castes, the Hindu society of those days was divided into many other castes and sub-castes. According to Nicoli Conti, an Italian traveller, there were 84 sub¬castes among the Hindus. These castes badly hated one another. The high-caste people contemptuously treated the people of low castes. The caste-system was in fact a blot on the face of the Hindu society. It had weakened the Hindu society to the extent, that its very foundations had been shaken.

2. Position of Women : The position of women in the Hindu society was also not good. She was deprieved of rights given to men. No attention was paid towards girl’s education. So, they remained uneducated. As the Muslims used to take away young Hindu girls forcibly in those days, so, they \vere married at an early age. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among the Hindu women. The custom of sati was also on the rise. According to sati system, after the death of her husband, the widow was forcibly burnt alive along with the dead body of her husband on the same pyre. The re-marriage of the widow was not permitted.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and a turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt¬like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment : The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

6. Education: The Hindus received education from the Brahmans in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in the Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madarasas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

Question 3.
Explain the political and social conditions of Punjab at the birth of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the political and social conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:

The political condition of Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. In those days the Punjab was under the Sultanate of Delhi. The Sultans of the Lodhi dynasty were ruling at that time. Thus, it becomes essential for us to know briefly about the rule of Lodhi Sultans for proper , understanding of the political condition of the Punjab.

The Punjab Under the Lodhis:

In the beginning of the 16th century, anarchy and conspiracies prevailed everywhere in the Punjab.

1. Tatar Khan Lodhi : Bahlol Lodhi had appointed Tatar Khan Lodhi, one of his near relatives, as Governor of the Punjab in 1469 A.D. He ruled over the Punjab with an iron hand till 1485 A.D. He raised the banner of revolt against Bahlol Lodhi in 1485 A.D. due to some reasons. The Sultan sent his son Prince Nizam Khan, who later succeeded to the throne as Sikandar Lodhi, to crush the revolt of Tatar Khan. Tatar Khan was killed while fighting with Prince Nizam Khan.

2. Daulat Khan Lodhi : Daulat Khan Lodhi was the son of Tatar Khan Lodhi. Sultan Sikandar Lodhi appointed him the Governor of the Punjab in 1500 A.D. He remained fully loyal during the reign of Sikandar Lodhi, but he started thinking of becoming independent with the cooperation of his three sons (Ghazi Khan, Haji Khan and Dilawar Khan) during the reign of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi. He even started conspiring with Alam Khan Lodhi, a step-brother of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi, who wanted the throne of Delhi for himself. When the Sultan came to know about these conspiracies, he summoned Daulat Khan to the royal court. Daulat Khan Lodhi, sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. Dilawar Khan was taken prisoner by the Sultan and was treated very badly. However, he managed to escape from the prison and quickly reached Punjab. He narrated the bad treatment meted out to him by the Sultan to his father, Daulat Khan. Daulat Khan Lodhi in order to avenge this insult, invited Babar to invade India.

3. Condition of Subjects : In the beginning of the sixteenth century, the condition of the subjects was also very deplorable. The rulers used to indulge in luxuries and merry-making. Extravagant parties had become a daily routine of the court. None had time to take care of the public. As a consequence of this, the government officials became corrupt. Bribery was common. Not to speak of the Sultan, even Qazis and Ulemas took bribe and delivered justice accordingly. All sorts of atrocities were let loose on the Hindus. They were being converted to Islam by force. Those, who refused were put to death. In short, atrocities, cruelties, corruption and intrigue were prevalent all over. The prevailing political condition of the time has been aptly described by Guru Nanak Dev Ji in Var Majh, “Kal kati raje kasai, Dharam pankhkar udriya, Koor amavas sach chandrama dise nahin keh chariya.” This Kali age is like a sword, the Kings are butchers. Goodness has taken wings and flown away. There is pitch darkness and the moon of truth shines nowhere.

Invasions of Babar:

A triangular contest began for the possession of Punjab in 1519 A.D. It took place between Ibrahim Lodhi, Daulat Khan Lodhi and Babar. Finally Babar won the struggle. He had to invade India five times to- fulfil his aim.’ A brief description of these invasions is given below :

1. First Invasion of Babar 1519 AL.D. : Babar was the ruler of Kabul. In order to expand his empire, Babar concentrated on India, because anarchy and lawlessness prevailed in India at that time. He stormed the border areas of the Punjab in his first invasion of India in 1519 A.D. This time he captured Bhera and Bajaur without facing any resistance. He placed these areas under the charge of Hindu Beg and himself returned to Kabul.

2. Second Invasion of Babar 1519 A.D.: People of Bhera and Bajaur pushed out Hindu Beg from their region soon after Babar had returned to Kabul. So, Babar attacked the Punjab, the second time in September, 1519 A.D. Now, he captured Peshawar. However, he had to return as a revolt had broken out in Badakhshan.

3. Third Invasion of Babar 1520 A.D.: Babar’s third invasion of the Punjab took place in 1520 A.D. During this invasion he easily captured Bhera, Bajaur and Sialkot. Then he attacked Saidpur (Eminabad). The people of Saidpur resisted the attack, so Babar in a fit of fury massacred a large number of people in cold blood.

The whole city was mercilessly plundered. Thousands of women were captured and molested. Guru Nanak Dev Ji, who was present in Saidpur at that time, has mentioned in ‘Babar Vani’ the atrocities let loose on the people by Babar’s army. Guru Nanak Dev writes, ‘‘Khurasan he ruleth and Hindustan he has invaded. No blame to Thee, who ordaineth. The Moghuls hath come for retribution. So much suffering had been inflicted, People cry in agony. Hath Thou not felt?” Babar’s soldiers had arrested Guru Nanak Dev Ji also. Later, when Babar came to know that his soldiers had arrested a great saint, he immediately ordered his release. Babar writes in his autobiography Tuzak-i-Babari that if he had known that such a great saint lived in this town, he would have never attacked it.

4. Fourth Invasion of Babarl524 A.D. : Babar attacked Punjab the fourth time in 1524 A.D. at the invitation of Daulat Khan Lodhi. He reached Lahore without meeting any stiff resistance. At Lahore, some Afghan Chiefs resisted him against the wishes of Daulat Khan. As a result, Babar flew into a rage and Lahore experienced a reign of terror, destruction and savagery. A large number of people were killed. Houses and streets were set on fire. Then, Babar reached Dipalpur and captured it with the cooperation of Daulat Khan Lodhi. It was also mercilessly sacked. Thereafter, he took control of the Jalandhar Doab. Thus, having conquered the Punjab, Babar placed the territories of Jalandhar Doab and Sultanpur under the charge of Daulat Khan Lodhi. But, as it was much below the expectation of Daulat Khan Lodhi, he along with his son Haji Khan, revolted against Babar. Babar defeated them, but they fled and took refuge in Shivalik hills. Soon after Babar returned to Kabul, Daulat Khan came back to Punjab, defeated the Mughals and recaptured the Punjab.

5. Fifth Invasion of Babar 1525-26 A.D. : Babar invaded India for the fifth time in November 1525 A.D. to teach Daulat Khan a lesson. Hearing the news of Babar’s invasion, Daulat Khan got frightened, that he took refuge in the fort” of Malout in Hoshiarpur district. Babar besieged the fort. Daulat Khan surrendered after some resistance. Babar pardoned him. Now, Babar once again captured the whole of Punjab. Encouraged by this victory, he decided to attack Delhi, which was being ruled by Ibrahim Lodhi. So, he ordered his army to march towards Delhi. When Ibrahim got the news, he marched towards the Punjab to face Babar with an army of one lakh. Babar had 20 thousand soldiers in his army. Both the armies fought a fierce battle near Panipat on 21 April, 1526 A.D. This battle is known as the first battle of Panipat. In this battle Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated and killed. In this way, the reign of the Lodhi dynasty in India came to an end and Babar founded the Mughal empire in India.

Causes of Babar’s Success:

There were many causes (factors) responsible for Babar’s victory in the first battle of Panipat. Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi was quite unpopular among the chiefs a nd the public for his indecent behaviour and cruelties. So, they wanted to get rid of such an incompetent ruler. The army of Ibrahim Lodhi was very weak. Many soldiers in his army had gathered for the purpose of looting only. Their method of warfare was obsolete and they lacked planning. Ibrahim Lodhi committed a grave political and military blunder, when he did not attack Babar’s army for eight days. If, he had not allowed Babar to consolidate his defence system, the result of the battle might have been different. Babar was an able army general. He had a good experience of wars and battles. His use of artillery caused havoc among the Afghan soldiers. The above description makes it clear that there was anarchy and unrest in Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century and it had become an arena of battles and conspiracies.

The social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. The society was divided into two major classes, namely the Hindus and the Muslims. The Muslims enjoyed many privileges, because they belonged to the ruling class. On the other hand, the Hindus, who formed the majority of population, were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called ‘Kafirs’ and ‘Zimmies.’. Jaziya and the pilgrimage tax were for’cibly charged from the Hindus. The Muslims subjected the Hindus to so much atrocity that a large number of them were compelled to embrace Islam. The condition of women in the society was worse than that of animals. In the words of Dr. Jasbir Singh Ahluwalia, “When Guru Nanak appeared on the horizon, the Indian society had already become static and decadent.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Features of the Muslim Society:

The Muslim society of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes : The Muslim society in the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

(a) Upper Class : The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, KhAnswer: Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces. They spent most of their time in merry¬making and feasts. Only during the days of battles were an exception to it. Ulemas and Qazis were religious leaders of the Muslims. Their main duty was to explain Islamic laws and deliver justice to people. But, many of the Ulemas and Qazis of that time had gone astray from their real path.

(b) Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.

(c) Lower Class : It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters. The condition of the slaves working in the courts was somewhat better than those working in the houses. Sometimes they could reach to high positions in the court.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in the Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Institutions of polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable. Only women of the upper class Muslim society were granted some facilities, but their number was very small.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. They were very much fond of chewing the betel (pan) and the betel-nut (supari). They drank many kinds of flavoured cold drinks (sharbats) in the summer. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress : The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjama and women wore long burqas. Both men and women were fond of wearing ornaments. The ornaments of the upper class were made of precious stones, jewels, gold and silver, whereas ornaments of the lower class were very simple and ordinary. The ladies used many kinds of cosmetics.

5. Education : No remarkable progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, maktabs and madarasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs whereas higher education was provided in the madarasas. Madarasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of education for the Muslims in the Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in the Punjab.

6. Means of Entertainment: The Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and watching animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these fairs, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

Features of the Hindu Society:

Following were the main features of the Hindu society in the beginning of sixteenth century :

1. Caste System : The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in the society. Their supreme position had received a great set back with the establishment of Muslim rule in India. Even, then all the rituals of the Hindus were performed by them alone.

The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days. Besides these four main castes, the Hindu society of those days was divided into many other castes and sub-castes. According to Nicoli Conti, an Italian traveller, there were 84 sub¬castes among the Hindus. These castes badly hated one another. The high-caste people contemptuously treated the people of low castes. The caste-system was in fact a blot on the face of the Hindu society. It had weakened the Hindu society to the extent, that its very foundations had been shaken.

2. Position of Women : The position of women in the Hindu society was also not good. She was deprieved of rights given to men. No attention was paid towards girl’s education. So, they remained uneducated. As the Muslims used to take away young Hindu girls forcibly in those days, so, they \vere married at an early age. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among the Hindu women. The custom of sati was also on the rise. According to sati system, after the death of her husband, the widow was forcibly burnt alive along with the dead body of her husband on the same pyre. The re-marriage of the widow was not permitted.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and a turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt¬like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment : The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

6. Education: The Hindus received education from the Brahmans in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in the Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madarasas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

Economic Condition:

Question 4.
What do you know about agriculture, trade and industries of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteeth century?
Or
Describe the main features of the economic condition of Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century.
Answer:
The economic condition of the people of the Punjab was very good in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Firstly, the soil of the Punjab was very fertile which yielded rich crops with less labour. Secondly, the five great rivers flowed in the Punjab and the land irrigated by them yielded gold (i.e. rich crops). Thirdly, the Punjabis were very hard working. Fourthly, many new towns and cities were founded during the Sultanate period. These were connected with each other through roads. Consequently, they had become very famous trade centres. Fifthly, the entire Indian trade with the countries of Central Asia was carried through the Punjab only.

1. Agriculture : In the beginning of the sixteenth century, agriculture was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. The soil of the Punjab was very fertile. Land was large and more and more land could be brought under cultivation. The people of the Punjab were hard working. Canals, tanks and wells were used for irrigation. Thus, although the farmers of the Punjab used old methods of farming. They got rich yield of crops on account of the reasons described above. Wheat, barley, maize, rice and sugarcane were major crops. Besides, cotton-seeds, millet, mustard, and many kinds of pulses were grown. Due to the rich harvests the Punjab was called the Granary of India.

2. Industries : Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. There were industries run both by the state and the individuals. The state owned industries were situated in big cities, whereas the industries run by individuals were situated in villages. The textile industry was the most famous industry of the Punjab. As silk cloth was in great demand among the people of upper classes, so it was produced in large quantity. Samana, Sunam, Sirhind, Dipalpur, Jalandhar, Lahore and Multan were famous centres of silk textile. Chicken (embroidered fine muslin) was produced in Gujarat and Sialkot. Multan and Sultanpur were famous for calico (chintz). Sialkot was known for its dhotis, sarees, turbans and embroidered best quality lungis. Amritsar, Kangra and Kashmir were famous centres of woollen textiles. Besides textile industry, there were other industries which manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

3. Animal Rearing: Some people of the Punjab were engaged in animal rearing also. This included animals like cows, oxen, buffaloes, horses, ponies, camels, sheep and goats. Milk and wool were obtained from these animals. Horses, ponies, camels and oxen were used for carrying goods.

4. Trade : The trade of the Punjab was much developed. Trade was carried on by certain categories of people. The Kshatriyas, Mahajans, Banias, Soods and Aroras among the Hindus and Bohras and Khojas among the Muslims carried on trade. Transportation of goods was carried on by Banjaras. In those days the foreign trade of the Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cotton seed and sugar were exported to these countries and in turn the Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk from these countries.

5. Commercial Towns : In the beginning of sixteenth century Lahore and Multan were the two most important commercial towns of the Punjab. Besides, Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Batala, Bathinda, Sunam, Ropar, Ferozepur, Sultanpur, Pathankot, Sialkot, Kjillu, Chamba and Kangra were also famous for trade and commerce.

6. Standard of Living: In those days, the standard of living of all the people of the Punjab was not the same. The upper class of Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. The upper class of Hindus also had much wealth, but the Muslims used to loot them. So, they spent their wealth stealthily. The middle class of Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living whereas the Hindus of the middle class were not having a good standard of living. The Hindus could hardly make both ends meet. The poor and the farmers in the society had a very low standard of living. They could neither taste good food nor wear good clothes.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 5.
Briefly discuss the social and economic conditions of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What were the social and economic conditions of the people of Punjab in the 16th century?
Or
What were the social and economic conditions of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century? Discuss it.
Answer:

The social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. The society was divided into two major classes, namely the Hindus and the Muslims. The Muslims enjoyed many privileges, because they belonged to the ruling class. On the other hand, the Hindus, who formed the majority of population, were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called ‘Kafirs’ and ‘Zimmies.’. Jaziya and the pilgrimage tax were for’cibly charged from the Hindus. The Muslims subjected the Hindus to so much atrocity that a large number of them were compelled to embrace Islam. The condition of women in the society was worse than that of animals. In the words of Dr. Jasbir Singh Ahluwalia, “When Guru Nanak appeared on the horizon, the Indian society had already become static and decadent.”

Features of the Muslim Society:

The Muslim society of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes : The Muslim society in the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

(a) Upper Class : The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, KhAnswer: Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces. They spent most of their time in merry¬making and feasts. Only during the days of battles were an exception to it. Ulemas and Qazis were religious leaders of the Muslims. Their main duty was to explain Islamic laws and deliver justice to people. But, many of the Ulemas and Qazis of that time had gone astray from their real path.

(b) Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.

(c) Lower Class : It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters. The condition of the slaves working in the courts was somewhat better than those working in the houses. Sometimes they could reach to high positions in the court.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in the Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Institutions of polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable. Only women of the upper class Muslim society were granted some facilities, but their number was very small.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. They were very much fond of chewing the betel (pan) and the betel-nut (supari). They drank many kinds of flavoured cold drinks (sharbats) in the summer. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress : The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjama and women wore long burqas. Both men and women were fond of wearing ornaments. The ornaments of the upper class were made of precious stones, jewels, gold and silver, whereas ornaments of the lower class were very simple and ordinary. The ladies used many kinds of cosmetics.

5. Education : No remarkable progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, maktabs and madarasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs whereas higher education was provided in the madarasas. Madarasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of education for the Muslims in the Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in the Punjab.

6. Means of Entertainment: The Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and watching animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these fairs, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

Features of the Hindu Society:

Following were the main features of the Hindu society in the beginning of sixteenth century :

1. Caste System : The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in the society. Their supreme position had received a great set back with the establishment of Muslim rule in India. Even, then all the rituals of the Hindus were performed by them alone.

The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days. Besides these four main castes, the Hindu society of those days was divided into many other castes and sub-castes. According to Nicoli Conti, an Italian traveller, there were 84 sub¬castes among the Hindus. These castes badly hated one another. The high-caste people contemptuously treated the people of low castes. The caste-system was in fact a blot on the face of the Hindu society. It had weakened the Hindu society to the extent, that its very foundations had been shaken.

2. Position of Women : The position of women in the Hindu society was also not good. She was deprieved of rights given to men. No attention was paid towards girl’s education. So, they remained uneducated. As the Muslims used to take away young Hindu girls forcibly in those days, so, they \vere married at an early age. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among the Hindu women. The custom of sati was also on the rise. According to sati system, after the death of her husband, the widow was forcibly burnt alive along with the dead body of her husband on the same pyre. The re-marriage of the widow was not permitted.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and a turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt¬like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment : The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

6. Education: The Hindus received education from the Brahmans in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in the Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madarasas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

The economic condition of the people of the Punjab was very good in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Firstly, the soil of the Punjab was very fertile which yielded rich crops with less labour. Secondly, the five great rivers flowed in the Punjab and the land irrigated by them yielded gold (i.e. rich crops). Thirdly, the Punjabis were very hard working. Fourthly, many new towns and cities were founded during the Sultanate period. These were connected with each other through roads. Consequently, they had become very famous trade centres. Fifthly, the entire Indian trade with the countries of Central Asia was carried through the Punjab only.

1. Agriculture : In the beginning of the sixteenth century, agriculture was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. The soil of the Punjab was very fertile. Land was large and more and more land could be brought under cultivation. The people of the Punjab were hard working. Canals, tanks and wells were used for irrigation. Thus, although the farmers of the Punjab used old methods of farming. They got rich yield of crops on account of the reasons described above. Wheat, barley, maize, rice and sugarcane were major crops. Besides, cotton-seeds, millet, mustard, and many kinds of pulses were grown. Due to the rich harvests the Punjab was called the Granary of India.

2. Industries : Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. There were industries run both by the state and the individuals. The state owned industries were situated in big cities, whereas the industries run by individuals were situated in villages. The textile industry was the most famous industry of the Punjab. As silk cloth was in great demand among the people of upper classes, so it was produced in large quantity. Samana, Sunam, Sirhind, Dipalpur, Jalandhar, Lahore and Multan were famous centres of silk textile. Chicken (embroidered fine muslin) was produced in Gujarat and Sialkot. Multan and Sultanpur were famous for calico (chintz). Sialkot was known for its dhotis, sarees, turbans and embroidered best quality lungis. Amritsar, Kangra and Kashmir were famous centres of woollen textiles. Besides textile industry, there were other industries which manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

3. Animal Rearing: Some people of the Punjab were engaged in animal rearing also. This included animals like cows, oxen, buffaloes, horses, ponies, camels, sheep and goats. Milk and wool were obtained from these animals. Horses, ponies, camels and oxen were used for carrying goods.

4. Trade : The trade of the Punjab was much developed. Trade was carried on by certain categories of people. The Kshatriyas, Mahajans, Banias, Soods and Aroras among the Hindus and Bohras and Khojas among the Muslims carried on trade. Transportation of goods was carried on by Banjaras. In those days the foreign trade of the Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cotton seed and sugar were exported to these countries and in turn the Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk from these countries.

5. Commercial Towns : In the beginning of sixteenth century Lahore and Multan were the two most important commercial towns of the Punjab. Besides, Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Batala, Bathinda, Sunam, Ropar, Ferozepur, Sultanpur, Pathankot, Sialkot, Kjillu, Chamba and Kangra were also famous for trade and commerce.

6. Standard of Living: In those days, the standard of living of all the people of the Punjab was not the same. The upper class of Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. The upper class of Hindus also had much wealth, but the Muslims used to loot them. So, they spent their wealth stealthily. The middle class of Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living whereas the Hindus of the middle class were not having a good standard of living. The Hindus could hardly make both ends meet. The poor and the farmers in the society had a very low standard of living. They could neither taste good food nor wear good clothes.

Question 6.
Give a brief account of the religious condition of the people of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
In the 16th century, two main religions Hinduism and Islam were prevalent. These religions were divided into several sects further. Besides these, Buddhism and Jainism were also popular. A brief description of these religions is as follows :

1. Hinduism: Hinduism was the most important religion of the people of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century. Hindus believed in the Vedas. Ramayana and Mahabharata were extremely popular among the people of Punjab in the 16th century. Brahmans hold the supreme position during this period. All customs from birth till death were considered incomplete without the presence of the BrahmAnswer: The following sects were popular in Hinduism in Punjab :

(a) Shaivism: Shaivism was very popular at the beginning of the 16th century in Punjab. Most of the people were devotees of Shiva. They had established Shivalayas at several places, where the teachings of Shaivism were imparted. Those who believed in Shaivism were called Jogis. The main branch of the Jogis was called Nathpanthi. It was established by Gorakhnath. Because they pierced their ears to wear kundals, they were also referred to as ‘Kaanfate Jogi’. The main centre of the Jogis in Punjab was at Gorakhnath ka Tilla in Jhelum. The Jogis preached against the Brahmanic customs and caste system.

(b) Vaishnavism: Vaishnavism was also quite popular in Punjab. The people of this sect worshipped Vishnu and his incarnations. In this period, Sri Ram and Sri Krishna were worshipped as incarnations of Vishnu. Several huge and beautiful temples were built in several parts of Punjab. The devotees of this sect did not consume wine or flesh.

(c) Shaktism: Shaktism was quite prevalent among the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century. The people of this sect worshipped Durga, Kali and other deities. They considered these goddesses as the symbol of power. To please these deities, animals were sacrificed. Several temples were constructed in their memory. Of these, the famous temples were Jwala Ji, Chintapurni, Chamunda Devi and Naina Devi.

2. Islam: Islam was founded by Prophet Muhammad Sahib in the 7th century A.D. in Mecca. He vehemently opposed the social and religious malpractices prevalent in society. He gave the message of one God and the mutual brotherhood of mankind. At the beginning of the 16th century, Islam spread fervently. There were two reasons for this. Firstly, all the Sultans who ruled over India were Muslims. Secondly, they converted people to Islam at the point of a sword. The followers of Islam were divided into Sunni and Shia sects. The number of Sunni Muslims was greater and they had orthodox ideas. The religious leaders of Muslims were called the Ulemas. They interpreted the Islamic laws and inspired the people to spend a pious life. They looked down upon the other religions with hatred.

3. Sufism : Sufism was a sect that was associated with Islam. This sect was popular in Punjab. This sect was divided in 12 Silsilas. The Chishti and Suhrawardi Silsilas of Punjab were most popular. Thaneswar, Hansi, Narnaul and Panipat were the famous centres of the Sufis. The people of this sect believed in only one Allah. They respected all religions. They considered service to humanity as their greatest responsibility. They believed in music. The Sufis inspired the Hindus and Muslims to maintain cordial relations, encouraged the Sultans to give up fanaticism and contributed appreciably towards the development of music and literature.

4. Jainism : Jainism was prevalent amongst the traders. The people of this sect believed in 24 Tirthankaras, Triratnas, Ahimsa, principle of Karma and Nirvana. They did not believe in the existence of God.

5. Buddhism : In the 16th century, Buddhism was a part of Hinduism. Lord Buddha was considered to be an incarnation of Lord Vishnu. Very few people of Punjab followed Buddhism. Guru Nanak Dev Ji has described the religious condition of the people of Punjab in the 16th century in his compositions. According to him, both the Hindus and the Muslims observed several religious rituals such as rubbing ash on the body, putting tilak on the forehead, piercing ears for wearing kundals, bathing in the rivers, observing rozas and worshipping the tombs etc. People had completely forgotten the true spirit of religion. In the end, we agree with the words of Dr. Hari Ram Gupta, “In short, at the time of Guru Nanak’s advent both the religions in India, Hinduism and Islam, had become corrupt and degraded. They had lost their pristine purity and glory.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 7.
Describe the social and religious condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th’century.
Answer:
The social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. The society was divided into two major classes, namely the Hindus and the Muslims. The Muslims enjoyed many privileges, because they belonged to the ruling class. On the other hand, the Hindus, who formed the majority of population, were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called ‘Kafirs’ and ‘Zimmies.’. Jaziya and the pilgrimage tax were for’cibly charged from the Hindus. The Muslims subjected the Hindus to so much atrocity that a large number of them were compelled to embrace Islam. The condition of women in the society was worse than that of animals. In the words of Dr. Jasbir Singh Ahluwalia, “When Guru Nanak appeared on the horizon, the Indian society had already become static and decadent.”

Features of the Muslim Society:

The Muslim society of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes : The Muslim society in the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

(a) Upper Class : The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, KhAnswer: Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces. They spent most of their time in merry¬making and feasts. Only during the days of battles were an exception to it. Ulemas and Qazis were religious leaders of the Muslims. Their main duty was to explain Islamic laws and deliver justice to people. But, many of the Ulemas and Qazis of that time had gone astray from their real path.

(b) Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.

(c) Lower Class : It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters. The condition of the slaves working in the courts was somewhat better than those working in the houses. Sometimes they could reach to high positions in the court.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in the Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Institutions of polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable. Only women of the upper class Muslim society were granted some facilities, but their number was very small.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. They were very much fond of chewing the betel (pan) and the betel-nut (supari). They drank many kinds of flavoured cold drinks (sharbats) in the summer. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress : The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjama and women wore long burqas. Both men and women were fond of wearing ornaments. The ornaments of the upper class were made of precious stones, jewels, gold and silver, whereas ornaments of the lower class were very simple and ordinary. The ladies used many kinds of cosmetics.

5. Education : No remarkable progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, maktabs and madarasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs whereas higher education was provided in the madarasas. Madarasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of education for the Muslims in the Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in the Punjab.

6. Means of Entertainment: The Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and watching animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these fairs, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

Features of the Hindu Society:

Following were the main features of the Hindu society in the beginning of sixteenth century :

1. Caste System : The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in the society. Their supreme position had received a great set back with the establishment of Muslim rule in India. Even, then all the rituals of the Hindus were performed by them alone.

The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days. Besides these four main castes, the Hindu society of those days was divided into many other castes and sub-castes. According to Nicoli Conti, an Italian traveller, there were 84 sub¬castes among the Hindus. These castes badly hated one another. The high-caste people contemptuously treated the people of low castes. The caste-system was in fact a blot on the face of the Hindu society. It had weakened the Hindu society to the extent, that its very foundations had been shaken.

2. Position of Women : The position of women in the Hindu society was also not good. She was deprieved of rights given to men. No attention was paid towards girl’s education. So, they remained uneducated. As the Muslims used to take away young Hindu girls forcibly in those days, so, they \vere married at an early age. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among the Hindu women. The custom of sati was also on the rise. According to sati system, after the death of her husband, the widow was forcibly burnt alive along with the dead body of her husband on the same pyre. The re-marriage of the widow was not permitted.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and a turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt¬like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment : The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

6. Education: The Hindus received education from the Brahmans in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in the Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madarasas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

In the 16th century, two main religions Hinduism and Islam were prevalent. These religions were divided into several sects further. Besides these, Buddhism and Jainism were also popular. A brief description of these religions is as follows :

1. Hinduism: Hinduism was the most important religion of the people of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century. Hindus believed in the Vedas. Ramayana and Mahabharata were extremely popular among the people of Punjab in the 16th century. Brahmans hold the supreme position during this period. All customs from birth till death were considered incomplete without the presence of the BrahmAnswer: The following sects were popular in Hinduism in Punjab :

(a) Shaivism: Shaivism was very popular at the beginning of the 16th century in Punjab. Most of the people were devotees of Shiva. They had established Shivalayas at several places, where the teachings of Shaivism were imparted. Those who believed in Shaivism were called Jogis. The main branch of the Jogis was called Nathpanthi. It was established by Gorakhnath. Because they pierced their ears to wear kundals, they were also referred to as ‘Kaanfate Jogi’. The main centre of the Jogis in Punjab was at Gorakhnath ka Tilla in Jhelum. The Jogis preached against the Brahmanic customs and caste system.

(b) Vaishnavism: Vaishnavism was also quite popular in Punjab. The people of this sect worshipped Vishnu and his incarnations. In this period, Sri Ram and Sri Krishna were worshipped as incarnations of Vishnu. Several huge and beautiful temples were built in several parts of Punjab. The devotees of this sect did not consume wine or flesh.

(c) Shaktism: Shaktism was quite prevalent among the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century. The people of this sect worshipped Durga, Kali and other deities. They considered these goddesses as the symbol of power. To please these deities, animals were sacrificed. Several temples were constructed in their memory. Of these, the famous temples were Jwala Ji, Chintapurni, Chamunda Devi and Naina Devi.

2. Islam: Islam was founded by Prophet Muhammad Sahib in the 7th century A.D. in Mecca. He vehemently opposed the social and religious malpractices prevalent in society. He gave the message of one God and the mutual brotherhood of mankind. At the beginning of the 16th century, Islam spread fervently. There were two reasons for this. Firstly, all the Sultans who ruled over India were Muslims. Secondly, they converted people to Islam at the point of a sword. The followers of Islam were divided into Sunni and Shia sects. The number of Sunni Muslims was greater and they had orthodox ideas. The religious leaders of Muslims were called the Ulemas. They interpreted the Islamic laws and inspired the people to spend a pious life. They looked down upon the other religions with hatred.

3. Sufism : Sufism was a sect that was associated with Islam. This sect was popular in Punjab. This sect was divided in 12 Silsilas. The Chishti and Suhrawardi Silsilas of Punjab were most popular. Thaneswar, Hansi, Narnaul and Panipat were the famous centres of the Sufis. The people of this sect believed in only one Allah. They respected all religions. They considered service to humanity as their greatest responsibility. They believed in music. The Sufis inspired the Hindus and Muslims to maintain cordial relations, encouraged the Sultans to give up fanaticism and contributed appreciably towards the development of music and literature.

4. Jainism : Jainism was prevalent amongst the traders. The people of this sect believed in 24 Tirthankaras, Triratnas, Ahimsa, principle of Karma and Nirvana. They did not believe in the existence of God.

5. Buddhism : In the 16th century, Buddhism was a part of Hinduism. Lord Buddha was considered to be an incarnation of Lord Vishnu. Very few people of Punjab followed Buddhism. Guru Nanak Dev Ji has described the religious condition of the people of Punjab in the 16th century in his compositions. According to him, both the Hindus and the Muslims observed several religious rituals such as rubbing ash on the body, putting tilak on the forehead, piercing ears for wearing kundals, bathing in the rivers, observing rozas and worshipping the tombs etc. People had completely forgotten the true spirit of religion. In the end, we agree with the words of Dr. Hari Ram Gupta, “In short, at the time of Guru Nanak’s advent both the religions in India, Hinduism and Islam, had become corrupt and degraded. They had lost their pristine purity and glory.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Explain the political condition of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What was the political condition of Punjab in the beginning of. 16th century?
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, the political condition of the Punjab was very unstable. As a result of the wrong policies of Lodhi Sultans, lawlessness prevailed all around. The govt, officials had become corrupt to the core and bribery was rampant. The Muslims converted the Hindus to Islam at the point of the Sword. Seaving the situation, the governor of Punjab Daulat-Khan-Lodhi invited Babar to attack India.

Question 2.
“In the beginning of the 16th century, the Punjab was a cockpit of triangular struggle”. Explain.
Or
Explain the triangular struggle of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What do you know about the triangular struggle in Punjab?
Or
Write in brief about the triangular struggle of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century.
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century the Punjab was a cockpit of triangular struggle. This triangular struggle began between Babar, the ruler of Kabul, Ibrahim Lodhi, the ruler of Delhi and Daulat Khan Lodhi, the Governor of the Punjab. Daulat Khan Lodhi wanted to become an independent ruler of the Punjab. When Ibrahim Lodhi came to know about it, he imprisioned Daulat Khan Lodhi’s younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. In order to take revenge of this insult, he invited Babar to invade India. In this triangular struggle, Babar came out victorious.

Question 3.
Who was Daulat Khan Lodhi?
Or
Write a short note on Daulat Khan Lodhi.
Answer:
Daulat Khan Lodhi was appointed as the Governor of the Punjab in 1500 A.D. Daulat Khan Lodhi wanted to be an independent ruler of the Punjab. When Ibrahim Lodhi came to know about it, he issued an order to Daulat Khan Lodhi to present himself in the royal court of Delhi. In order to escape the wrath of the Sultan, Daulat Khan sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. When Dilawar Khan reached there, he was arrested and put into prison. But soon, he succeeded in escaping from the jail. Daulat Khan invited Babar to invade India, in order to take revenge of the insult.

Question 4.
Write any three causes of the invasions of Babur over India.
Answer:

  • He wanted to expand his empire.
  • He wanted to plunder the wealth of India.
  • He wanted to spread Islam in India.

Question 5.
When did Babar invade Saidpur? What is its importance in Sikh History?
Or
Give a brief account of Babar’s third invasion over Punjab.
Answer:
Babar invaded Saidpur in 1520 A.D. The people of this place stoutly resisted Babur. Consequently, Babar got angry. His forces massacred people in a large number, set the houses and palaces on fire after plundering them. Thousands of women were taken into custody and they were maltreated. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was in Saidpur at that time and he wrote in his ‘Babar Bani’ about the tyranny of the Mughal army on people. The army of Babar had arrested the Guru Nanak Dev Ji also. Later on, when Babar came to know about the piety of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, he at once ordered his release.

Question 6.
Write a brief note on the first battle of Panipat.
Or
Give a brief account of the first battle of Panipat.
Or
Explain the first battle of Panipat and its significance
Answer:
Babar invaded Punjab for the fifth time in November 1525 A.D. to teach Daulat Khan Lodhi, the Governor of Punjab, a lesson. After putting up a brief resistance, Daulat Khan Lodhi surrendered. Encouraged by the conquest of Punjab, Babar decided to clash against Ibrahim Lodhi. With this objective in mind, he ordered his army to march towards Delhi. On April 21, 1526 A.D. both armies clashed in the first battle of Panipat. Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated and killed in this battle. Consequently, the rule of the Lodhi dynasty in India came to an end and it led to the foundation of the Mughal dynasty.

Question 7.
What were the three results of the first battle of Panipat?
Answer:

  • Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated.
  • It led to the end of the Delhi Sultanate.
  • It led to the foundation of Mughal rule.

Question 8.
What led to the victory of Babar in the first battle of Panipat?
Or
Give a brief account of the causes of the victory of Babar and the defeat of the Afghans in India.
Answer:

  • Ibrahim Lodhi, the Sultan of Delhi was notorious for his ill-treatment and the tyranny caused to his nobles and his subjects. They wanted to get rid of such a ruler,
  • Babar was an able commander.
  • The artillery of Babar created havoc. The soldiers of Ibrahim Lodhi could not face them with their swords, bows and arrows.

Question 9.
According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji why the rulers were unjust?
Answer:

  • They used to collect Jaziya and pilgrimage tax from the Hindus.
  • They fleeced the peasants and committed untold atrocities on the people.
  • They did not provide justice to the people without taking any bribes.

Question 10.
What was the social condition of Punjab, at the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
What do you know about the social condition of Punjab at the time of the birth of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the society of Punjab was divided into two main classes-the Muslims and Hindus. The Muslims being related to the ruling class, enjoyed some special privileges. They were appointed to high offices of the State. On the other hand, the Hindus were deprived of all their rights. The Muslims perpetrated so much tyranny on the Hindus that several Hindus embraced Islam under duress. At that time, the condition of women was also pitiable.

Question 11.
What was the condition of women in the society of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century? Explain briefly.
Describe the condition of women in Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The condition of the women folk in society of Punjab, in the beginning of the 16th century was not satisfactory. Child marriage was prevalent in the society at that time. The women were deprieved all those rights which were given to men. Hindu society. As the birth of a girl was deemed an ill-omen, many of them were killed as soon as they were bom. Sati system was also at its climax. A widow was not allowed to re-marry. Muslim society also imposed many restrictions on women.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 12.
Into which classes was the Muslim society of the Punjab divided and what type of life did they lead, in the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Give an account of the Muslim classes of Punjab in the beginning of 16th century.
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, the Muslim society was divided into three classes-

  • Upper Class : Ihe upper class of Muslim society comprised the nobles, Khans, Shaikhs, Qazis and Ulemas. People of this class led a life of pleasure, luxury and comfort.
  • Middle Class : The middle class included traders, soldiers, peasants and petty officials of the state government.
  • Lower Class : This class consisted of mostly the slaves and servants. Their life was not good. They had to bear the tyranny of their masters.

Question 13.
What was the social condition of Muslims of Punjab, in the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Throw light on the condition of Muslim society of Punjab on the eve of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s birth.
Answer:
The social condition of Muslims of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century was very good in comparison to the Hindus. At that time, the Muslim society was divided into three classes. The upper class led a life of luxury and extravagance. The status of the middle class was much better than that of the Hindus. The lower class had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was miserable. The condition of women in the Muslim society was not good.

Question 14.
What was the social condition of the Hindus in the society of the Punjab, in the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Make a mention of the social condition of Hindus in Punjab in the opening of 16th Century.
Answer:
The condition of the Hindus in society of the Punjab, in the beginning of 16th century, was deplorable. They were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called Kafirs and Zimmies. A Jaziya tax was forcibly charged from them. The Muslims forced them at the point of the sword to embrace Islam. The Hindu society was fragmented into many castes and sub-castes. It system had thoroughly weakened the very roots of the Hindu society.

Question 15.
Give a brief account of prevalent education in the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
No special progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the 16th century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs, whereas higher education was provided in madarasas. Lahore and Multan were the well-known centres of higher education for the Muslims in the Punjab. The Hindus received their elemantry education from the Brahmins in the temples and pathshalas. They received their higher education with the Muslims.

Question 16.
Write a note on the means of entertainment of the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What were the main means of entertainment of the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, the Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting polo, dancing, singing, music, chess, wrestling, horse riding and witnessing animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-i-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

Question 17.
Give a brief account of the economic condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
Briefly explain the economic condition of Punjab during the 16th century.
Or
Briefly mention the economic condition of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The economic condition of people in Punjab was quite sound in the beginning of the 16th century. Agriculture was the main occupation of the people. The soil of Punjab being fertile, resulted in bumper harvests. For this reason, Punjab was called granary of India. The other occupation of people in Punjab was industry. The textile industry, leather industry, arms manufacturing and wood work were the famous industries of the Punjab, at that time. These industries were owned both by the government and the public. Trade, at that time, was good in Punjab.

Question 18.
Give a brief account of the agriculture in the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, agriculture was the main occupation of people in the Punjab. Land in Punjab was very fertile. People here were very hard-working. Canals, ponds and wells were used for irrigation. Due to these reasons, there used to be bumper harvests. Main crops of the Punjab were wheat, barley, cotton, maize, rice and sugarcane. Punjab was called the granary of India.

Question 19.
What do you know about the Punjab industries in the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Give an account of the main industries of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. The state owned industries were situated in big cities, whereas the industries run by individuals were situated in villages. The textile industry was the most famous industry of the Punjab. Samana, Sunam, Sirhind, Dipalpur, Jalandhar, Lahore, Multan, Amritsar and Kashmir were famous centres of silk textile. Other industries manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

Question 20.
Give a brief account of the trade of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The trade of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century was developed. Transportation of goods was carried on by Banjaras. Special markets were organised on the occasions of fairs and festivals’. Foreign trade of the Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cotton and sugar were exported. Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk etc.

Question 21.
What was the living standard of people in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century the standard of living of all the people of the Punjab was not the same. The upper class of Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. The upper class of Hindus also had much wealth, but the Muslims used to loot them. The middle class of Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living than the Hindus. The lower class were not having good standard of life. They led a pitiable life.

Question 22.
What was the religious condition of Hinduism in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Hinduism was the cardinal religion of the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century. The Hindus believed in the Vedas. The Ramayana and the Mahabharata were very popular at that time. The Hindus worshipped various gods and goddesses and believed in going on pilgrimage to holy places and taking bath in holy rivers. They showed deep reverence to the BrahmAnswer: No religious ceremony could be observed without the blessings of the Brahmins.

Question 23.
Write a short note on Islam.
Or
What was the condition of Islam in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Besides Hinduism, the other dominating religion in Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century was Islam. It was founded by Prophet Mohammad at Mecca in the 7th century. He condemned the social and religious evils prevalent in the Arabian society. He preached the oneness of God and the brotherhood of mankind. According to him, a Muslim should follow five principles. These principles were called the five pillars of life.

Question 24.
Who were Ulemas? What were their main functions?
Answer:

  • Who were Ulemas? Ulemas were the religious leaders of Islam.
  • Main functions of the Ulemas.

The main functions of the Ulemas were :

  • They used to explain the Islamic laws (Shariyats).
  • They used to encourage the Sultan to take Jihad against the Hindus.
  • They prepared plans and projects for the spread of Islam.

Question 25.
Write a short note on the Sunnis.
Or
The Sunni Muslims.
Answer:
There was the majority of Sunni Muslims in Punjab. All Sultans of Delhi Sultanate and Mughal Emperors belonged to the Sunnis. So, they encouraged the Sunnis and provided many facilities to them. All Qazis, Muftis and Ulemas, who did justice and imparted education, belonged to the Sunnis. The Sunnis were disciples of Prophet Mohammad Sahib. They considered Quran their most sacred scripture. They believed in one God (Allah). Allah was omnipresent and all-powerful and kind. They were not religiously tolerant. So, they were bitter opponents of Hindus. They called them ‘Kafirs’.

Question 26.
Who were the Shias? Explain.
Or
The Shias.
Answer:
Another popular sect in Punjab was the Shias. They also belonged to Prophet Mohammad Sahib like Sunnis. Their sacred scripture was Quran. They believed in one Allah. They also performed Namaz five times a day. They observed fast in the month of Ramzan. They also considered a pilgrimage to Mecca, once in life, a necessity. Though there were many similarities between the Sunnis and the Shias yet there were many differences in them. These differences made them opponents of each other.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 27.
Write the main teachings of Sufism.
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, Sufism had become very popular. They believed in Allah. According to them, Allah is omnipotent and omnipresent. One could realise Allah only through love. They started the traditions of Qawalis. They considered service of mankind as service to God. They did not believe in caste system. They respected other faiths.

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
What was the political condition of the Punjab at the time of Babar’s invasion?
Answer:
Very pitiable.

Question 2.
What did Guru Nanak Dev Ji say about the political condition of the Punjab?
Answer:
Bribery and untruthfulness were very much common.

Question 3.
Who ruled over Delhi at the time of the birth of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Or
Who was the founder of Lodhi dynasty?
Answer:
Bahlol Lodhi.

Question 4.
Who was Sikandar Lodhi?
Answer:
He was the Sultan of India from 1489 to 1517 A.D.

Question 5.
When did Sikandar Lodhi occupy the throne of Delhi?
Answer:
1489 A.D.

Question 6.
When did Ibrahim Lodhi occupy the throne?
Answer:
1517 A.D.

Question 7.
Who was the last ruler of Lodhi dynasty?
Answer:
Ibrahim Lodhi.

Question 8.
Who was Daulat Khan Lodhi?
Answer:
He was Governor of Punjab from 1500 A.D. to 1525 A.D.

Question 9.
Who was the ruler of Punjab in the beginning of 16th century?
Answer:
Daulat Khan Lodhi.

Question 10.
What do you understand by the triangular struggle of the Punjab?
Answer:
Struggle which ensued between Ibrahim Lodhi, Daulat Khan Lodhi and Babar for power in the early 16th century.

Question 11.
Of which place was Babar the ruler?
Answer:
Kabul.

Question 12.
Who was Babar?
Answer:
Babar was the ruler of Kabul.

Question 13.
When did Babar first invade Punjab?
Answer:
1519 A.D.

Question 14.
Why did Babar invade India? Give any one cause.
Answer:
He wanted to expand his empire.

Question 15.
Which of Babar’s invasions is compared to the ‘Bridal Procession of Sins’ by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Third invasion of Babar (Saidpur).

Question 16.
When did Babar invade Saidpur?
Answer:
1520 A.D.

Question 17.
Which Sikh Guru Sahiban was imprisoned at the time of invasion of Saidpur by Babar?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 18.
Which Mughal emperor had imprisioned Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Babar.

Question 19.
When was the first battle of Panipat fought?
Answer:
April 21, 1526.

Question 20.
Between whom was the first battle of Panipat fought?
Answer:
Babar and Ibrahim Lodhi.

Question 21.
Mention any one important result of first battle of Panipat.
Answer:
Foundation of Mughal rule in India.

Question 22.
Into which two main classes the society of Punjab was divided in the beginning of ’16th century?
Answer:
Muslim and Hindu.

Question 23.
Name three classes of the Muslim society in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Three classes
(a) Upper class,
(b) Middle class and
(c) Lower class.

Question 24.
Mention any one feature of upper class in Muslim society in Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
They lived a luxurious life.

Question 25.
Into how many classes was the Hindu society of Punjab divided in the early 16th century?
Answer:
Four classes—
(a) The Brahman,
(b) Khatri,
(c) Vaish and
(d) Shudra.

Question 26.
What was the condition of Shudras in Hindu society of Punjab in the early 16th century?
Answer:
Pitiable.

Question 27.
Name any one centre of Islamic education in the Punjab in the 16th century.
Answer:
Lahore.

Question 28.
What was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Agriculture.

Question 29.
Name any one crop raised in Punjab during the beginning of 16th century?
Answer:
Wheat.

Question 30.
Which was the most famous industry of Punjab in the early 16th century?
Answer:
Textile industry.

Question 31.
Name any one important woollen centre of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Amritsar.

Question 32.
Name two items of export from Punjab in the early 16th century.
Answer:
Textiles and foodgrains.

Question 33.
Name any one trader community of Punjab in the early 16th century.
Answer:
Mahajan.

Question 34.
What was the name of the main sect of Punjabi Jogis in the beginning of 16th century?
Answer:
Nath Panthis and Gorakh Panthis.

Question 35.
Whom did the Jogis worship?
Answer:
Lord Shiva.

Question 36.
Why were Jogis called Kanphate Jogis?
Answer:
Because they donned huge rings in their ears.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 37.
What do you mean by Shaivism?
Answer:
The people of Shaivism believed in the worship of Lord Shiva.

Question 38.
What do you mean by Vaishnavism?
Answer:
The people of this sect believed in the worship of Lord Vishnu.

Question 39.
What do you mean by Shaktism?
Answer:
The people of this sect believed in the worship of Kali, Durga and other goddesses.

Question 40.
By whom was Islam founded?
Answer:
Prophet Mohammad.

Question 41.
In how many pillars Islam believed?
Answer:
Five pillars.

Question 42.
By whom was Chishti Silsila founded in India.?
Answer:
Shaikh Muinuddin Chishti.

Question 43.
At which place Shaikh Muinuddin Chishti founded Chisti Silsila?
Answer:
Ajmer.

Question 44.
Who was the most famous Chishti leader in Punjab?
Answer:
Shaikh Farid.

Question 45.
By whom was Suharwardi Silsila founded?
Answer:
Shaikh Bahauddin Zakaria.

Question 46.
Where was the foundation of Suharwardi Silsila laid?
Answer:
Multan.

Question 47.
Give any one principle of the Sufis?
Answer: Sufis believed in one God.

Question 48.
Who were Ulemas?
Answer:
They were the religious leaders of the Muslims.

Question 49.
What is meant by Jaziya?
Answer:
It was a religious tax collected from Non-Muslims.

Question 50.
Give any one principle of Bhakti Movement.
Answer:
Bhaktas believed in one God.

Question 51.
Who was the founder of Bhakti Movement in Punjab?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 52.
Bring out the main point of difference between the teachings of Bhaktas and those of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji did not believe in incarnation, while the Bhaktas fully believed in it.

Fill in the blanks:

1. The political situation of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was quite ………………
Answer:
deplorable

2. Bahlol Lodhi founded Lodhi dynasty in …………………
Answer:
1451 A.D.

3. In 1469 A.D. at- the time of Guru Nanak Ji’s birth, ………………. was the king of Delhi.
Answer:
Bahlol Lodhi

4. Ibrahim Lodhi succeeded to the throne of Delhi in ………………..
Answer:
1517 A.D.

5. Daulat Khan Lodhi was appointed the Governor of the Punjab in …………….
Answer:
1500 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

6. From 1519 A.D. to 1526 A.D., a ………………. struggle started for power in Punjab.
Answer:
triangular

7. In 1504 A.D. Babar became the ruler of ………………..
Answer:
Kabul

8. Babar invaded Punjab ………………….. times between 1519 A.D. to 1526 A.D.
Answer:
five

9. Babar invaded Punjab in ………….. for the first time.
Answer:
1519 A.D.

10. Babar imprisoned Guru Nank Dev Ji during …………….. invasion.
Answer:
Skidpur

11. The first battle of Panipat was fought on ………………….
Answer:
April 21, 1526 A.D.

12. In the beginning of the 16th century Muslim society of Punjab was divided into …………….. classes.
Answer:
three

13. Main centres of Islamic education in Punjab were ………………. and …………………
Answer:
Lahore, Multan

14. In the beginning of 16th century, the ………………. occupied top most position in the Hindu Society.
Answer:
Brahmans

15. The condition of women in Punjab was ………………… in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
deplorable

16. Most of the Hindus were ……………….. in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
vegetarian

17. In the beginning of the 16th century, ………………. was the main occupation of the people of Punjab.
Answer:
agriculture

18. The ……………… industry was the most famous industry of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Textile

19. …………… and ………………… were the two important woollen centres of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Amritsar, Kashmir

20. ……………….. and ……………. were two famous trade centres of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Lahore, Multan

21. Yogi sect was founded by …………………..
Answer:
Gorakh Nath

22. ……………….. was the founder of Bhakti Movement.
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji

23. Islam was founded by …………………
Answer:
Prophet Mohammad

24. The most famous Chishti leader in Punjab was …………………….
Answer:
Shaikh Farid Ji

True Or False:

1. The political situation of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was quite good.
Answer:
False

2. Sikandar Lodhi founded the Lodhi dynasty.
Answer:
False

3. In 1457 A.D. BahloL Lodhi sat on the throne.
Answer:
True

4. Sikandar Lodhi succeeded to the throne in 1489 A.D.
Answer:
True

5. Ibrahim Lodhi was the new ruler in 1517 A.D.
Answer:
True

6. Daulat Khan LOdhi was appointed as Governor of the Punjab in 1469 A.D.
Answer:
False

7. Babar was born in 1494 A.D.
Answer:
False

8. Babar occupied Kabul in 1504 A.D.
Answer:
True

9. Babar invaded India in 1519 A.D. for the first time.
Answer:
True

10. Babar attacked Saidpur in 1526 A.D.
Answer:
False
11. Guru Nanak Dev Ji compared the ‘Babar’s invasion on Saidpur to ‘Bridal procession of Sins’
Answer:
True

12. The first battle of Panipat was fought between Babar and Ibrahim Lodhi in 1526 A.D.
Answer:
True

13. The Muslim society of Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into two groups.
Answer:
False

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

14. Lower class of Muslim society consisted mainly of the peasants.
Answer:
False

15. The women in the Muslim society were highly respected in the beginning of the sixteenth century.
Answer:
False

16. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of the education for Muslims in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
True

17. The Brahmans occupied the top most position in the Hindu society in the beginning of £he 16th century.
Answer:
True

18. The main Occupation of the Kshatriyas was agriculture in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
False

19. The position of women in Hindu society was very pitiable in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
True

20. In the beginning of thel6th century, animal rearing was the main occupation of the people of Punjab.
Answer:
False

21. In the beginning of thel6th century, wheat was richly harvested in Punjab.
Answer:
True

22. The textile industry was the most famous industry of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
True

23. Kashmir was the famous centre of woollen shawls in the 16th century.
Answer:
True

24. Nath Panthi sect of Yogis was founded by Gorakh Nath.
Answer:
True

25. Islam was founded by Prophet Mohammad.
Answer:
True

26. Chisti Silsila was founded by Shaikh Muinuddin Chisti.
Answer:
True

27. Shaikh Farid Ji was the prominent preacher of Chisti Silsila in Punjab.
Answer:
True

28. Shaikh Baha-ud-din laid the foundation of Suharawardi Silsila.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who founded Lodhi dynasty?
(a) Bahlol Lodhi
(b) Daulat Khan Lodhi
(c) Sikandar Lodhi
(d) Ibrahim Lodhi.
Answer:
(a) Bahlol Lodhi

2. When did Bahlol Lodhi succeed the throne of Delhi?
(a) In 1437 A.D.
(b) In 1451 A.D.
(c) In 1489 A.D.
(d) In 1577 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1451 A.D.

3. When did Ibrahim Lodhi succeed the throne of Delhi? ,
(a) In 1489 A.D.
(b) In 1516 A.D.
(c) In 1517 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1517 A.D.

4. Who was Daulat Khan Lodhi?
(a) Governor of Punjab
(b) Governor of Delhi
(c) Governor of Awadh
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(a) Governor of Punjab

5. When was Daulat Khan Lodhi appointed as Governor of Punjab?
(a) In 1489 A.D.
(b) In 1500 A.D.
(c) In 1517 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1500 A.D.

6. Who was not included in the triangular struggle of Punjab?
(a) Babar
(b) Daulat Khan Lodhi
(c) Ibrahim Lodhi
(d) Alam Khan Lodhi.
Answer:
(d) Alam Khan Lodhi.

7. When did Babar first invade Punjab?
(a) In 1509 A.D.
(b) In 1519 A.D.
(c) In 1520 A.D.
(d) In 1524 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1519 A.D.

8. When did Babar invade Saidpur?
(a) In 1519 A.D.
(b) In 1520 A.D.
(c) In 1524 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1520 A.D.

9. Which Guru was imprisoned by Babar during Saidpur invasion?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji

10. When was the first battle of Panipat fought between Ibrahim Lodhi and Babar?
(a) In 1519 A.D.
(b) In 1525 A.D.
(c) In 1526 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1526 A.D.

11. Who was defeated in the first battle of Panipat?
(a) Babar
(b) Maharana Partap
(c) Ibrahim Lodhi
(d) Daulat Khan Lodhi.
Answer:
(c) Ibrahim Lodhi

12. Into how many classes, the Muslim society was divided in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Answer:
(b) Three

13. Who were not included in upper class of Muslim society in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Maliks
(b) Shaikhs
(c) Iqtadars
(d) Traders
Answer:
(d) Traders

14. Who belonged to middle class of Muslim society in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Traders
(b) Soldiers
(c) Farmers
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

15. Who among the following did not belong to lower class of Muslim society?
(a) Qazi
(b) Servants
(c) Slaves
(d) Labourers.
Answer:
(a) Qazi

16. Name the main Islamic education centre in the Punjab in the 16th century.
(a) Sirhind
(b) Jalandhar
(c) Peshawar
(d) Lahore
Answer:
(d) Lahore

17. Name the main occupation of the people of Punjab in the beginning of 16th century.
(a) Trade
(b) Agriculture
(c) Industry
(d) Animal-rearing.
Answer:
(b) Agriculture

18. Which were the main crops raised in Punjab during the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Wheat
(b) Rice
(c) Sugarcane
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

19. Which was the important industry of Punjab in the 16th century?
(a) Leather industry
(b) Textile industry
(c) Armaments industry
(d) Ivory industry.
Answer:
(b) Textile industry

20. Which city was not important woollen centre of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Jalandhar
(b) Amritsar
(c) Kashmir
(d) Kangra
Answer:
(a) Jalandhar

21. Name the most important Trade centre of the Punjab in the 16th century.
(a) Lahore
(b) Ludhiana
(c) Jalandhar
(d) Amritsar
Answer:
(a) Lahore

22. Which was the main religion in Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Islam
(b) Hinduism
(c) Christianity
(d) Sikhism
Answer:
(b) Hinduism

23. Who founded the Yogis sect Nathpanthi?
(a) Gorakhanath
(b) Shivanath
(c) Mahatma Buddha
(d) Swami Mahavira.
Answer:
(a) Gorakhanath

24. How many avataras of Vishnu are mentioned in Puranas?
(a) 5
(b) 10
(c) 24
(d) 25
Answer:
(c) 24

25. Which of the following sect is not related with Hinduism in the early 16th century?
(a) Shaivism
(b) vaishmavism
(c) Shaktism
(d) Sufism
Answer:
(d) Sufism

26. Who was the founder of Islam?
(a) Abu Bakr
(b) Umar
(c) Prophet Mohammad Sahib
(d) Ali
Answer:
(c) Prophet Mohammad Sahib

27. When was Islam founded?
(a) In 5th century
(b) In sixth century
(c) In 7th century
(d) In eigth century
Answer:
(c) In 7th century

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

28. Who was the first Khalifa of Islam?
(a) Ali
(b) Abu Bakr
(c) Umar
(d) Usman.
Answer:
(b) Abu Bakr

29. Sufi mode of idealogy is known as
(a) Pir
(b) Dargah
(c) Tasawaf
(d) Silsila.
Answer:
(c) Tasawaf

30. Who was the founder of Chisti Silsila?
(a) Shaikh Muinuddin Chisti
(b) Shaikh Bahuddin Zakaria
(c) Shaikh Farid Ji
(d) Shaikh Nizamuddin Auliya
Answer:
(a) Shaikh Muinuddin Chisti

31. Who was the famous Chisti saint of Punjab?
(a) Sheikh Nizamuddin Auliya
(b) Sheikh Farid
(c) Shaikh Qutabuddin Bekhtiyar
(d) Khawaja Muinuddin Chisti.
Answer:
(b) Sheikh Farid

32. Where was the main centre of Suharawadi Silsila in Punjab?
(a) Multan
(b) Lahore
(c) Jalandhar
(d) Amritsar.
Answer:
(a) Multan

33. Who started the tradition of Qawalis?
(a) Islam
(b) Sufis
(c) Hindus
(d) Sikhs
Answer:
(b) Sufis

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What contribution was made by Guru Hargobind Ji in the transformation of Sikhism?
Or
Briefly describe the achievements of Guru Hargobind Ji’s pontificate.
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji remained on Gurgaddi from 1606 A.D. to 1645 A.D. The contribution of Guru Hargobind Ji towards the transformation of Sikh Panth was great. He ascended the Gurgaddi with great pomp and show. He acquired the title of ‘Sacha Padshah’ and wore two swords-Miri and Piri. Miri was the symbol of temporal power while Piri stood for spiritual power. Guru Ji resolved to organise an army to face the tyrant Mughals. He ordered his Sikhs to offer him horses and arms. He got a fortress erected-called Lohgarh for the protection of Amritsar. Guru Hargobind Ji got Akal Takht Sahib built in front of Sri Harmandir Sahib to discuss the political and military problems of the Sikhs. Jahangir was alarmed at the growing influence of Sikhism, so he detained Guru Sahib for some time in the fort of Gwalior. During the regime of Shah Jahan, the Mughals fought four battles with Guru Hargobind Ji. The Sikhs won all these battles. Guru Sahib founded a new town named Kiratpur. He’ also did a lot of work in preaching Sikhism.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Question 2.
What were the main causes of the adoption of New Policy (Miri and Piri) by Guru Hargobind Ji?
Answer:
1. Change in the Religious Policy of the Mughals: Before Jahangir, the relations between the Mughals and the Sikhs were very cordial. The Mughal emperor. In 1605 Jahangir ascended the throne of the Mughal Empire. He was a fanatic Sunni Muslim. He could not tolerate the flourishing of any other religion except Islam. In the changed circumstances Guru Hargobind Ji had to adopt a New Policy.

2. Martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib: Being a fanatic Sunni Muslim, Jahangir martyred Guru Arjan Sahib in 1606 A.D. The martyrdom of Guru Sahib infuriated the Sikhs and aroused anger in them. Now it became apparent to them that they would have to arm themselves against the Mughals. In this way, the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib was largely responsible for the adoption of New Policy by Guru Hargobind Ji.

3. Last Message of Guru Arjan Sahib: Before his martyrdom, Guru Arjan Sahib sent a message through his Sikhs to his son Hargobind Ji, “Let him sit fully armed on his throne and maintain an army to the best of his ability.” These words of Guru Arjan Sahib kept echoing in the ears of Hargobind Sahib and he adopted the New Policy.

Question 3.
Explain the features of the New Policy adopted by Guru Hargobind Ji.
Or
What do you know about the New Policy or Miri and Piri of Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji?
Or
What do you know about the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji? Explain its main features.
Answer:
1. Wearing of Miri and Piri Swords: At the time of assuming Guruship, Guru Hargobind Ji decided to wear the swords of Miri and Piri. The sword of Miri was a symbol of temporal power and the sword of Piri was a symbol of religious leadership. Guru Hargobind Ji enjoined his Sikhs to recite the name of God on one hand, and to wear arms for self-defence on the other. In this way, Guru Hargobind Ji turned the Sikhs into saint soldiers.

2. Organisation of Army: For the protection of the Sikh Panth, Guru Hargobind Ji decided to organise an army. By issuing a Hukamnama, he directed the Sikhs to join Guru Hargobind Ji’s army. Consequently, 500 soldiers joined his army. Guru Hargobind Ji’s army continued to swell gradually and their number rose to 2500. A separate regiment of the Pathans was organised and Painda Khan was made its commander.

3. Collection of Arms and Horses: Guru Hargobind Ji issued a Hukamnama to the Masands that he would be pleased with those Masands, who brought him offerings of arms and horses instead of money. He also told the Sikhs that they should offer arms and horses to the Masands. The Mass and the Sikhs hailed this decision of Guru Ji. This added to the military strength of Guru Hargobind Ji.

4. Construction of Akal Takht Sahib: The construction of Akal Takht Sahib proved very helpful in the evolution of the New Policy. In fact, it was a great task of Guru Hargobind Ji. The construction of Akal Takht (Seat of the Almighty) was begun by Guru Hargobind Ji in front of Harmandir in 1606 A.D. Guru Hargobind Ji used to guide the political and military affairs of the Sikhs by occupying the throne. Here, too, he would accept horses and arms from the Masands. Besides, here Guru Hargobind Ji would settle the mutual disputes of the Sikhs.

5. Adoption of Royal Symbols: While following New Policy, Guru Hargobind Ji adopted many paraphernalia of sovereignty. In place of a woollen rosary he hung two swords from his waist. Like the kings, Guru Hargobind Ji started wearing a royal aigrette (Kalgi) on his headgear. A’Sort of umbrella was also swung over him. He also assumed the title of Sacha Padshah (True Emperor). He also started wearing costlier costumes. Like the Mughals, he also started keeping bodyguards.

Question 4.
What do you know about the Miri and Piri?
Or
What is ‘Miri’ and ‘Piri’? Describe its historical importance?
Or
Briefly describe the importance of the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
At the time of ascending Gurgaddi, Guru Hargobind Ji fully realised the changed circumstances and danger ahead for Sikhism. Consequently, he decided to wear two swords Miri and Piri. The sword of Miri symbolised temporal power and the sword of Piri symbolised spiritual power, one to smite the oppressor and the other to protect the innocent. The wearing of these two swords by Guru Sahib meant that, henceforward, he would guide the Sikhs in both worldly and religious matters. Guru Sahib advised the Sikhs to recite True Name on the one hand and to carry arms on the other hand for their protection. Thus, Guru – Hargobind Ji turned the Sikhs into saint-soldiers.

This policy of Miri and Piri exercised a tremendous impact on Sikh history. Firstly, it infused a new spirit of confidence among the Sikhs. Secondly, the Sikhs had taken up arms now in order to fight against injustice and for the protection of their religion. Thirdly, it sharpened the differences between the Mughals and the Sikhs. Fourthly, Guru Hargobind Ji founded the Sant Khalsa in accordance with the New Policy. Fifthly, a long drawn out struggle started between the Sikhs and the Mughals as a consequence of this policy, in which the Sikhs became victorious.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Question 5.
Write a short note on the imprisonment of Guru Hargobind Ji at Gwalior.
Answer:
A few years after the assumption of Guruship by Guru Hargobind Ji, Jahangir called Guru Sahib to Delhi and imprisoned him in the fort of Gwalior. Why was Guru Sahib took, prisoner? There is a difference of opinion among historians on this point. Some historians are of the view that Chandu Shah’s conspiracy was Responsible for it. After the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Ji, Chandu Shah once again tried to persuade Guru Hargobind Ji to accept the proposal of his daughter’s marriage. When Guru Hargobind Ji replied that he was not prepared to marry the daughter of his father’s assassin, Chandu Shah was enraged beyond measure. He vowed to avenge this insult. He instigated Jahangir aganist Guru Ji. Consequently, Jahangir imprisoned the Guru.

Most of the historians agree with the view that Jahangir imprisoned Guru Sahib for adopting the New Policy. It had aroused suspicions in the mind of Jahangir and the detractors of Guru Arjan Dev Ji poisoned his ears that Guru Ji was preparing, for a rebellion. The historians differ on the point as to how long Guru Hargobind Ji was kept in prison in the fort of Gwalior. Most of the historians agree that Guru Sahib remained imprisoned in the fort of Gwalior for two years i.e. from 1606 to 1608 A.D.

Question 6.
Write a short note on relations between Guru Hargobind Sahib and Mughal emperor Jahangir.
Answer:
In 1605 Jahangir ascended the throne of the Mughal Empire. He was a fanatic Sunni Muslim. In a bid to crush the Sikh Movement, he martyred Guru Arjan Dev Ji in 1606 A.D. The martyrdom of Guru Sahib infuriated the Sikhs. Guru Hargobind Ji decided to arm the Sikhs against the Mughals. Guru Ji adopted his famous New Policy. This New Policy infuriated Jahangir. He called Guru Sahib to Delhi and imprisoned him in the fort of Gwalior. The historians differ on the point as to how long Guru Hargobind Ji was kept in prison in the fort of Gwalior. At the instance of Bhai Jetha Ji and Sufi saint Mian Mir, Jahangir ordered Guru Sahib’s release. In Guru Hargobind Ji’s instance, 52 other kings imprisoned in the fort were also released. Because of this Guru Hargobind, Sahib began to be called “Bandi Chhor Baba”. After the release, the relation between Guru Sahib and Jahangir took a friendly turn.

Question 7.
What were the causes of battles between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals?
Answer:
Following were the causes of battles between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals (Shah Jahan):

  • Shah Jahan was a great orthodox. He got Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s baoli at Lahore filled with debris. This act of Shah Jahan caused a wave of resentment among the Sikhs.
  • Naqshbandi was a movement launched in Punjab by fanatic Muslims. Its leader Sheikh Masoom instigated Shah Jahan against Guru Hargobind Ji. Being orthodox, he was easily influenced by their words and turned against Guru Hargobind Ji.
  • The New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji became the major factor in widening the gulf between Guru Sahib and Shah Jahan. This policy largely added to the military power of Guru Sahib. Guru Ji recruited many fugitives of the Mughal army in his army. Moreover, Guru Sahib had assumed some royal symbols and Sikh devotees had started addressing him a Sacha Padshah (true emperor). Shah 1 Jahan couldn’t tolerate it,
  • The Kaulan’s affair further embittered the relationship between Guru Hargobind Ji and Shah Jahan. Kaulan was the daughter of Qazi Rustam Khan of Lahore. She was greatly impressed by the teachings Of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and read them with fondness. How could the fanatic Sunni Muslims tolerate that his daughter in his own home should read ‘bani’ (hymns) of the Sikhs? So he started poisoning Shah Jahan’s ears against Guru Sahib. It had its desired impact.

Question 8.
Give a brief account of the battle of Amritsar fought between Guru Hargobind Sahib and the Mughals.
Answer:
The first battle between the Sikhs and the Mughals was fought during ‘ Guru Hargobind Ji’s time, at Amritsar in 1634 A.D. A royal hawk was the immediate cause of this battle. It is said that at that time the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan was hunting in a forest near Amritsar along with his soldiers. On the other hand, Guru Hargobind Ji was also hunting in the same forest along with his Sikhs. During this hunt, a hawk which was presented to Shah Jahan by the emperor of Iran flew away. It fell into the hands of the Sikhs and they refused to give it back to the Mughals. Consequently, Shah Jahan sent an army of 7000 soldiers under the command of Mukhlis Khan to teach a lesson to the Sikhs. The Sikh soldiers fought with the Mughal army with great valour and determination. Mukhlis Khan was killed in this battle. Consequently, the Mughal army took to its heels. Thus, the Sikhs became victorious in this first battle. This victory enhanced the morale of the Sikhs.

Question 9.
Write a short note on the battle of Lahiri fought in the times of Guru Hargobind.
Answer:
Soon after the battle of Amritsar, the second battle was fought between the Mughals and the Sikhs at a place called Lahira (near Bathinda). The immediate cause of this battle was two horses named Dilhag and Gulberg. Two Masands named Bakht Mai and Tara Chand were bringing these horses from Kabul to present them to Guru Hargobind Ji. On the way the Mughals dispossessed them of these horses and sent them to the royal stable. Bhai Bidhi Chand, a devotee of Guru Ji could not tolerate it. He went in disguise as a grass cutter and brought out both the horses from the royal stable and sent them to Guru Sahib. When Shah Jahan heard this news, he was very angry; He immediately sent a . large army under the command of Lala Beg and Qamar Beg to crush the power of the Sikhs. A fierce battle was fought between the Mughals and the Sikhs at a place called Lahira. The Mughals had to suffer a heavy loss of life and both their commanders Lala Beg and Qamar Beg were killed. Bhai Jetha Ji too was martyred in.this battle. The Sikhs emerged victorious in this battle.

Question 10.
What do you know about the battle of Kartarpur fought between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals?
Answer:
The third battle between the Mughals and the Sikhs was fought at Kartarpur in 1635 A.D. The cause of this battle was Painda Khan. He was the commander of the Pathaji troop in the army of Guru Hargobind Ji. He had given a proof of his bravery in the battle of Amritsar. But now he had become arrogant. He stole a hawk of Guru Sahib and gave it to his son-in-law. When Guru Sahib enquired about it, he pretended ignorance. Later on when Guru Sahib came to know about his lie, Guru Sahib dismissed him from the job. Painda Khan decided to avenge this insult. He sought refuge with Shah Jahan. He instigated Shah Jahan to take military action against Guru Sahib. As a result Shah Jahan sent an army under Painda Khan and Kale IQian tb take action against Guru Hargobind Ji. A fierce battle was fought between the two armies at Kartarpur. The Sikh soldiers fought very bravely in this battle. Guru Hargobind Ji’s two sons, Bhai Gurditta Ji and Tegh Bahadur Ji showed rare feats of bravery. In this battle Kale Khan, Painda Khan and his son Qutub Khan were killed while fighting with Guru Sahib. The Mughal army too suffered heavy losses and had to face a crushing defeat.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Question 11.
Write briefly Guru Hargobind Ji’s battles with the Mughals. What is their significance in Sikh History?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji fought four battles against the Mughals in Shah Jahan’s time from 1634 to 1635 A.D. The first battle was fought at Amritsar in 1634 A.D. A royal hawk proved to be an immediate cause of this battle. This hawk had fallen into the hands of the Sikhs and they refused to give it back to the Mughals. Shah Jahan sent a vast army under the command of MukhUs Khan to teach the Sikhs a lesson. The Sikhs fought bravely in this battle and became victorious. The – second battle was fought at Lahira in 1634 A.D. The two horses, Dilbag and Gulbag became the root cause of this battle. The Mughals, suffered heavy losses in this battle. The third battle was fought at Kartarpur between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals in 1635 A.D. Gurditta and Tegh Bahadur, the two sons of Guru Hargobind Ji displayed their rare feats of bravery in this battle. In the same year, the last battle between the Mughals and Guru Hargobind Ji was fought at Phagwara. Despite their limited resources, the Sikhs came out victorious in these battles. It spread the fame of Sikhism far and wide and a large number of people embraced it.

Question 12.
Why is Guru Hargobind Sahib known as Bandi Chhor Baba?
Answer:
The Mughal emperor Jahangir had detained Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji in the fort of Gwalior; In this fort were confined 52 other kings for political reasons. These kings were very much impressed by Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji’s personality. They did not feel any difficulty in the company of Guru Sahib. But when Jahangir decided to release Guru Sahib, these kings became restless at the very thought of separation. Guru Hargobind Ji had also developed sympathy for these kings. Therefore, Guru Hargobind Ji sent a message to Jahangir that he would not get released from the fort of Gwalior as long as 52 kings confined in the same fort were also not released. Consequently, Jahangir had to order the release of these 52 kings also. In this way, Guru Hargobind Ji came to be known as Bandi Chhor Baba (emancipator of captives.)

Question 13.
Write a short note on Akal Takht Sahib.
Or
Explain briefly the importance of building of Akal Takht Sahib in Sikh History.
Or
What is the importance of the construction of Sri Akal Takht Sahib?
Answer:
The construction of Akal Takht (The eternal throne) Sahib by Guru Hargobind Ji was his stupendous work. Its construction was started by Guru Hargobind Ji in 1606 A.D. in front of Harmandir Sahib. This project was completed in 1609 A.D. It had a 12 feet high platform which resembled the Mughal throne Here Guru Hargobind Ji used to sit in a princely attire and guide the Sikhs in political and military affairs; From here he used to witness wrestling bouts and other martial arts of the Sikhs. At this place he recruited soldiers and received arms and horses from the Masands. The professional bards sang ballads of unrivalled heroism with a view to infusing a new confidence into the Sikhs. At this very place Guru Hargobind Ji also used to settle the disputes of the Sikhs like a king in court. In fact, Akal Takht Sahib served the purpose of supreme court for the Sikhs. Very soon Akal Takht Sahib became a famous hub of the political activities of the Sikhs.

Question 14.
Give a brief account of the relations of Guru Hargobind Ji with the Mughal Emperor Shah Jahan.
Answer:
Shah Jahan became the new emperor of the Mughals in 1628 A.D. During his time, relations between the Sikhs and the Mughals became strained. First, Shah Jahan was a very orthodox emperor. He got the Baoli, built by Guru Arjan Dev Ji at Lahore, filled with filth and converted the Langar building into a mosque. Secondly, Naqashbandis started inciting Shah Jahan against the Sikhs with redoubled zeal. Thirdly, Shah Jahan did not like Guru Sahib’s keeping an army and the Sikhs calling him Sacha Padshah. Fourthly, Kaulan, daughter of a Qazi of Lahore became Guru Ji’s disciple. For this, the Qazi instigated Shah Jahan to take stern steps against the Sikhs. During 1634-35, four battles were fought between the Sikhs and the Mughals at Amritsar, Lahira, Kartarpur and Phagwara. In these battles the Sikhs became victorious while the Mughals had to face defeat. As a result the fame of Guru Hargobind Ji spread far and wide.

Question 15.
Write a short note on the relations between Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji and the Mughal Emperors.
Answer:
The Mughal Emperors Jahangir and Shah Jahan were contemporaries of Guru Hargobind Ji. Both of them were religiously intolerant. In order to crush the popularity of Sikh movement Jahangir had martyred Guru Arjan Dev Ji in 1606 A.D. The relation between the Mughals and the Sikhs had become strained. After few years he detained Guru Hargobind Ji in the fort of Gwalior. The historians differ on the point as to how long Guru Hargobind Ji was kept in prison in the fort of Gwalior. After some time, Jahangir ordered his release and the relations between both took new turn. In 1628, Shah Jahan became the new Mughal Emperor. He was a great orthodox. As a result, the relations between the Sikhs and the Mughals once again became strained. In 1634-35 four battles—Amritsar, Lahira, Kartarpur and Phagwara were fought between them. In these battles Guru Hargobind Ji emerged victorious. The victories in these battles increased- the self-confidence among the Sikhs.

Essay Type Questions:

New Policy Of Guru Hargobind Ji:

Question 1.
What do you mean by ‘Miri and Piri’? Study the main features of the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Or
What do you know about the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji? Describe its main features and significance towards the transformation of Sikhism.
Or
What do you know about the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji? Explain in brief its main features.
Or
Examine the New Policy of Guru,Hargobind Ji.
Or
Describe the circumstances leading to the adoption of New Policy by Guru Hargobind Ji. What were the main features of this policy?
Or
Explain the main features of Miri and Piri.
Or
What do you understand by Miri and Piri? Explain its main features.
Or
What were the features of New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji?
Or
“Guru Hargobind has been a much understood man.”—(I.B. Banerjee). Explain the statement in the light of his New Policy.
Or
What is meant by Miri and Piri? What was its importance?
Answer:
With the commencement of Guru Hargobind Ji’s Guruship in 1606 A.D. the Sikh Panth ventured into a new era of its history. During his Guruship he transformed the nature of the Sikh sect by turning the Sikhs into saint soldiers. Guru Hargobind Sahib had to adopt New Policy owing to the following reasons:

1. Change in the Religious Policy of the Mughals: Before Jahangir, the relations between the Mughals and the Sikhs were very cordial. During the Saidpur invasion by Babar in 1520 A.D., the Mughal army had taken Guru Nanak Dev Ji as prisoner. When Babar came to know about it, he ordered the immediate release of Guru Nanak Sahib. He said that he would not have attacked Saidpur, if he had known that it was inhabited by such a holy man. In a bid to re-capture power, Humayun had sought the blessings of Guru Angad Sahib. During that time Akbar himself came to Goindwal Sahib and partook Langar. He donated 500 bigha land to Guru Ram Das Ji and waived off the revenue of farmers in Punjab for one year. In 1605 A.D. Jahangir ascended the throne of the Mughal empire. He was a fanatic Sunni Muslim. He could not tolerate the flourishing of any other religion except Islam. In the changed circumstances, Guru Hargobind Sahib had to adopt New Policy.

2. Martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji: Being a fanatic Sunni Muslim, Jahangir could not tolerate the increasing popularity of the Sikhs in Punjab. In a bid to crush this movement, he martyred, Guru Arjan Dev Ji in 1606 A.D. The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, a saintly personality who wished well for all, infuriated the Sikhs and aroused anger in them. Now, it became apparent to them that they would have to arm themselves against the Mughals for their survival. In this way, the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was largely responsible for the adoption of New Policy by Guru Hargobind Ji.

3. Last Message of Guru Arjan Dev Ji: Before his martyrdom, Guru Arjan Dev Ji sent a message through his Sikhs to his son, Hargobind Ji, “Let him sit fully armed on his throne and maintain an army to the best of his ability.” These words of Guru Arjan Dev Ji kept echoing in the ears of Hargobind Ji and he adopted the New Policy by giving it a practical shape.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Main Features of the New Policy:

1. Wearing of Miri and Piri Swords: At the time of assuming Guruship, Guru Hargobind Dev Ji decided to wear the swords of Miri and Piri. The sword of Miri was a symbol of temporal power and the sword of Piri a symbol of religious leadership. Guru Hargobind ji enjoined on his Sikhs to recite the name of God on one hand, and to wear arms for self-defence on the other. In this way Guru Hargohind Sahib turned the Sikhs into saint soldiers. This policy of Miri and Piri as adopted by Guru Hargobind Ji exercised a deep impact on the Sikh History.

2. Organisation of Army: For the protection of the Sikh Panth, Guru Hargobind Ji decided to organise an army. By issuing a Hukamnama, he directed the Sikhs to join Guru Hargohind Ji’s army. Consequently, 500 soldiers joined his army. Guru Ji classified these soldiers into five Jathas (groups). Each Jatha was put under the charge of a Jathedar. Besides these soldiers, Guru Hargobind Ji also recruited 52 bodyguards. Guru Hargobind Ji’s army continued to swell gradually and their number rose to 2500. A separate regiment of the Pathans was organised and Painda Khan was made its commander.

3. Collection of Arms and Horses: Guru Hargobind Ji issued a Hukamnama to the Masands that he would be pleased with those Masands, who brought him offerings of arms and horses instead of money. He also told the Sikhs that they should offer arms and horses to the Masands. The Masands and the Sikhs hailed this decision of Guru Ji. This added to the military strength of Guru Hargobind Ji.

4. Construction of Akal Takht Sahib: The construction of Akal Takht Sahib proved very helpful in the evolution of the New Policy. In fact, it was a great task of Guru Hargobind Ji. The construction of Akal Takht (Seat of the Almighty) was begun by Guru Hargobind Ji in front of Harmandir in 1606 A.D. This stupendous task was completed in 1609 A.D. Inside it was built a 12 feet high rostrum, which was like a throne. Guru Hargobind Ji used to guide the political and military affairs of the Sikhs by occupying the throne. Here, he would give military training to the Sikhs and watch their wrestling and other military feats. Here, too, he would accept horses and arms from the Masands. In order to, infuse a new spirit among the Sikhs, the professional bards sang ballads of unrivalled heroism. Besides, here Guru Hargobind Ji would settle the mutual disputes of the Sikhs. According to H.S. Bhatia and S.R. Bakshi,
“Sri Akal Takht is one of the most sacred institutions of Sikhism. It has played historic role in the socio-political transformation of the? Sikh community.”

5. Adoption of Royal Symbols: While following New Policy, Guru Hargobind Ji adopted many paraphernalia of sovereignty. In place of a woollen rosary he hung two swords from his waist. Like the kings, Guru Hargobind Ji started wearing a royal aigrette (Kalgi) on his headgear. A sort of umbrella was also swung over him. He also assumed the title of Sacha Padshah (True Emperor). He also started wearing costlier costumes. Like the Mughals, he also started keeping bodyguards.

6. Fortification of Amritsar: Amritsar was not only, the most.sacred place of the Sikhs, but also was a famous centre for their military training. Therefore, Guru Hargobind Ji got constructed a wall around the city of Amritsar for its defence. Besides this, in 1609 A.D. he also got constructed a fort which was named, Lohgarh.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism Img 1

7. Changes in the daily life of the Guru: With the adoption of the New Policy, the daily life of Guru Hargobind Ji underwent a number of changes. Guru Hargobind Ji raised a special kirtaniyas who went around Harmandir Sahib, reciting inspirational ‘Sabads’ loudly, to the accompaniment of drum-beats and torch-lights. Guru Hargobind Ji had brought about these changes in his life, only with a view to infuse a spirit of fearlessness among the Sikhs.

Critical Estimate of the New Policy:

At first when Guru Hargobind Ji adopted the New Policy, it created doubts in the minds of many Sikhs about the aims and objectives of Guru Hargobind Ji. In fact, Guru Hargobind Ji had been totally misunderstood. Firstly, Guru Hargobind Ji had no political motive. Secondly, he had not abandoned the Sikh code of conduct. He used to give religious guidance to the Sikhs. During his pontificate, he sent many missionaries in the different corners of Punjab to preach Sikhism. If Guru Hargobind Ji made certain changes in his routine, it was only to enthuse the Sikhs. With the passage of time, all doubts among the Sikhs about the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji began to be dispelled.

Bhai Gurdas-Ji appreciated the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji. He was of.the opinion as it is necessary to kill the snake to get the ‘Gem (Mani)’, to kill the deer to get ‘Kasturi’ and to break the shell to get coconut. It is necessary to have a wedge if you want to protect the garden. Similarly it is necessary for Guru Hargobind Ji to adopt the mew policy in order to protect Sikhism founded by Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
In the words of H.S. Bhatia and S.R. Bakshi,
“Though outwardly, it may appear that Guru Hargobind Ji persued a slightly different course for fulfilling the mission of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, yet, basically, it was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s ideals that he preached.”
Thus we see that Guru Hargobind Sahib continued the policy of the old Gurus and also made new additions to it.

Importance of the New Policy:

The New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji brought a radical transformation in Sikhism. The Sikhs,*became saint soldiers. Consequently, with the passage of time the Sikhs became fearless warriors. It infused the feelings of self-confidence and self-respect among the Sikhs. If Guru Hargobind Ji had not followed the New Policy, the pious brotherhood of the Sikhs would have either not survived or at any rate relapsed into the limited merits of monks and mendicants. It was due to the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji, that a large number of Jats embraced Sikhism. The New Policy widened the gulf between the Sikhs and the Mughals. During the reign of Shah Jahan, the Mughals fought four battles with Guru Hargobind Ji. Besides these, the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji provided the basis of the creation of Khalsa by Guru Gobind Singh Ji in 1699 A.D. K.S. Duggal aptly says,

“Guru Hargobind Ji’s greatest contribution is that he gave a new turn to the Sikh way of life. He turned saints into soldiers and yet remained a man of God.”3

Guru Hargobind Ji’S Relations with the Mughals:

Question 2.
Describe briefly the relationship of Guru Hargobind Ji with Jahangir and Shah Jahan.
Or
Write a detailed note on relations between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals.

First Period (1606-27):

1. Imprisonment of Guru Hargobind Ji at Gwalior: Immediately after the assumption of Guruship by Guru Hargobind Ji, Jahangir called Guru Hargobind Ji to Delhi and imprisoned him in the fort of Gwalior. There is a difference of opinion among historians on the point of Guru Hargobind Ji being taken as prisoner. Some historians are of the view that Chandu Shah’s conspiracy was responsible for it. Guru Sahib had refused to accept the proposal of his daughter’s marriage. Therefore, he instigated Jahangir against Guru Hargobind Ji. Consequently, Jahangir imprisoned the Guru. Most of the historians agree to the view that Jahangir imprisoned Guru Hargobind Sahib for adopting the New Policy. It had – aroused suspicions in the mind of Jahangir and the detractors-of Guru ArjanDev Ji poisoned his ears that Guru Hargobind Ji was preparing for a rebellion.

2. Period of Imprisonment: The historians differ on the point as to how long Guru Hargobind Ji was kept in prison in the fort of Gwalior. According to the writer of Dabistan-i-Majahib, Guru Hargobind Ji remained in prison for 12 years. Dr. Indu Bhushan Banerjee stated that the term of imprisonment was 5 years. Teja Singh and Ganda Singh put it to be two years. The Sikh chronicles mentioned that the period of imprisonment was 40 days. It is assessed from the historical facts that Guru Hargobind Ji remained imprisoned in the fort of Gwalior for two years i.e. from 1606 to 1608 A.D.

3. Release of Guru Hargobind Ji: The historians have also expressed different views about Guru Hargobind Ji’s release from the fort of Gwalior. Sikh chronicles wrote that after putting Guru Hargobind Ji in prison Jahangir began to feel uneasy. Bhai Jetha Ji, a devotee of Guru Hargobind Ji, cured him completely. At the insistence of Bhai Jetha Ji, Jahangir released Guru Hargobind Ji. Some historians say that Jahangir took this decision on the request of a famous Sufi saint named, Mian Mir. According to some other historiAnswer: Jahangir was greatly impressed by the profound devotion of the Sikhs. As a result, Jahangir ordered his release. Whatever be the reason, when the order of Guru Hargobind Ji’s release was issued, Guru Hargobind Ji refused to get his freedom as long as 52 other kings, who were imprisoned in the Gwalior fort were also not released. Consequently, Jahangir released these 52 kings also. Because of this, Guru Hargobind Ji began to be called “Bandi Chhor Baba” (emancipator of captives).

4. Friendly Relations with Jahangir: Jahangir became convinced that Chandu Shah was at the back of Guru Hargobind Ji’s woes. So Jahangir handed Chandu Shah over to the Sikhs in order to give him punishment for his misdeeds. Jahangir offered to bear the entire expenditure to be incurred in the construction of the Akal Takht, but Guru Ji refused it. Whatever be the case, there is no doubt that after the release of Guru Hargobind Ji, till Jahangir’s death, the relations between the two continued to be cordial.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Second Period (1628-35):

Shah Jahan became’the new Mughal emperor in 1628 A.D. After he ascended the throne, the relations between the Sikhs and the Mughals once again became strained owing to the following reasons:—

1. Shah Jahan’s Fanaticism: Shah Jahan was a great orthodox. He got many famous Hindu temples demolished. He got Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s baoli at Lahore converted into a mosque. This act of Shah Jahan sent a wave of resentment among the Sikhs.

2. Opposition of Naqshbandis: Naqshbamdi was a movement launched in Punjab, by fanatic Muslims. After Shah Jahan had ascended the throne, the Naqshbandis again instigated Shah Jahan against Guru Hargobind Ji. Being an orthodox, he was easily influenced by their words and turned against’Guru Hargobind Ji.

3. New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji: The New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji became the major factor in widening the gulf between Guru Sahib and Shah Jahan. This policy largely added to the military power of Guru Hargobind Ji. Guru Hargobind Ji had assumed some royal symbols and Sikh devotees had started addressing him as Sacha Padshah (true emperor). Shah Jahan looked upon this policy of Guru Hargobind Ji as a danger to the Mughal empire. So, he decided to take action against Guru Hargobind Ji.

4. Kaulan’s Affair: The Kaulan’s affair further embittered the relationship between Guru Hargobind Ji and Shah Jahan. Kaulan was the daughter of Qazi Rustam Khan of Lahore. She was very religious minded. She was greatly impressed by the teachings of Guru Arjan Ji and used to read them with fondness. Qazi Rustam Khan, a fanatic Sunni Muslim could not tolerate it. As a result he imposed many restrictions on his daughter. She left her home and took refuge with Guru Hargobind Ji. When the Qazi came to know about it, he started poisoning Shah Jahan’s ears against Guru Hargobind Ji.

Battles Between The Sikhs And The Mughals:

Gradually the relations between the Mughals and the Sikhs became so strained that in 1634-35 A.D., four battles were fought between them. A brief description of these battles is as follows:

1. Battle of Amritsar 1634 A.D.: The first battle between the Mughals and the Sikhs was fought in 1634 A.D. at Amritsar. At that time Shah Jahan with his soldiers was on a hunting tour near Amritsar. While hunting, a special hawk of Shah Jahan, flew away. The Sikhs caught this hawk. While searching for it some Mughal soldiers happened to come there. When they saw the hawk with the Sikhs, they demanded it back. The refusal by the Sikhs resulted in a clash. Some Mughal soldiers were killed in the clash. Shah Jahan sent a troop of 7,000 soldiers, under the leadership of Mukhlis Khan from Lahore to teach a lesson to Guru Hargobind Ji and his Sikhs. This army made a great deal of plundering after reaching Amritsar. The Sikh soldiers stoutly resisted the Mughal army. Besides Guru Hargobind Ji, Bhai Bidhi Chand, Bhai Jetha Ji and Painda Khan showed feats of bravery. Mukhlis Khan was killed, while he was fighting with Guru Hargobind Ji. As a result, the rest of the Mughal army fled from the battlefield. The victory in this battle greatly boosted the morale of the Sikhs. About this battle Prof. Harbans Singh aptly says,
“This Amritsar action was a small incident, but its implications were far-reaching.”

2. Battle of Lahira”l634 A.D.: Soon after the battle of Amritsar, second battle was fought between the Mughals and the Sikhs at a place called Lahira (near Bathinda). The immediate cause of this battle was two horses named Dilbag and Gulbag. Two Masands named Bakht Mai and Tara Chand were bringing these horses from Kabul to present them to Guru Hargobind Ji. On the way the Mughals dispossessed them of these horses and sent them to the royal stable. Bhai Bidhi Chand, a devotee of Guru Ji went in disguise of a grass cutter and brought out both the horses from the royal stable and sent them to Guru Hargobind Ji. When Shah Jahan heard this news. He immediately sent a large army under the command of Lala Beg and Qamar Beg to crush the power of the Sikhs. A fierce battle was fought between the Mughals and the Sikhs at a place called Lahira. The Mughals had to suffer a heavy loss of life and both their commanders Lala Beg and Qamar Beg were killed. Bhai Jetha, too was martyred in this battle. The Sikhs emerged victorious in this battle.

3. Battle of Kartarpur 1635 A.D.: The third battle between the Mughals and the Sikhs was fought at Kartarpur in 1635 A.D. The cause of’this battle was Painda Khan. He was the commander of the Pathan troop in the army of Guru Hargobind Ji. He stole a hawk of Guru Sahib and gave it to his son-in-law. When Guru Sahib enquired about it, he pretended ignorance. Later on when Guru Hargobind Ji came to know about his lie, Guru Hargobind Ji dismissed him from thejob. He sought refuge with Shah Jahan. On his instigation Shah Jahan sent an army under Painda Khan and Kale Khan to take action against Guru Hargobind Ji. A fierce battle was fought between the two armies at Kartarpur. In this battle Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji showed rare feats of bravery. In this battle Kale Khan, Painda Khan and his son Qutub Khan were killed, while fighting with Guru Hargobind Ji. The Mughal army too suffered heavy losses and had to face a crushing defeat.

4. Battle of Phagwara 1635 A.D.: After the battle of Kartarpur, Guru Hargobind Ji stayed at Phagwara for some time. Here some Mughal soldiers under the command of Ahmed Khan attacked Guru Hargobind Ji. Guru Hargobind Ji was not prepared for this attack, but on the other hand the Mughal army was very small in number. Therefore, there was only a skirmish between the two armies near Phagwara. This battle is not considered so significant. The battle of Phagwara was the last battle fought between the Mughals and the Sikhs during the pontificate of Guru Hargobind Ji.

Importance of the Battles:

In the battles, between the Mughals and the Sikhs mentioned above the Sikhs emerged victorious. These battles were fought at a time, when the resources of the Sikhs were very limited, as compared to those of the Mughals. The victories in these battles increased’ the self-confidence and infused a new spirit among the Sikhs. Owing to these victories the fame of Guru Hargobind Ji spread far and wide. Many people embraced Sikhism. Consequently, the Sikh Panth began to flourish rapidly. Patwant Singh aptly says,
“The historical importance of these battles did not lie in their scale, but in the fact that the aggressor’s writ was rejected and his power scorned. A mood of defiance was generated against the Mughals and an example set for others.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What contribution was made by Guru Hargobind Ji in the transformation of Sikhsim?
Or
Briefly describe the achievements of Guru Hargobind Ji’s pontificate.
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji remained on Gurgaddi from 1606 A.D. to 1645 A.D. He wore two swords of Miri and Piri. Guru Ji resolved to organise an army to face the tyrant Mughals. He got a fortress erected called, Lohgarh for the protection of Amritsar. Guru Hargobind Ji got Akal Takht Sahib built in front of Sri Harmandir Sahib. Jahangir was alarmed at the growing influence of Sikhism. During the regime of Shah Jahan the Mughals fought four battles with Guru Hargobind Ji. The Sikhs won all these battles.

Question 2. What were the main causes of adoption of New Policy (Miri and Piri) by Guru Hargobind Ji?
Or
Describe any three causes of the adoption of New Policy by Guru Hargobind Ji.
Or
Why did Guru Hargobind Sahib adopt the New Policy?
Or
Why did Guru Hargobind Ji adopt the ‘New Policy’? Give any three reasons.
Answer:

  • Jahangir was a fanatic Sunni Muslim. He could not tolerate the flourishing of any other religion except Islam,
  • Being a fanatic Sunni Muslim, Jahangir martyred Guru Arjan Ji in 1606 A.D. It infuriated the Sikhs and aroused anger in them. So they decided to arm themselves against the Mughals.
  • Before his martyrdom, Guru Arjan Ji sent a message to his son, Hargobind Ji, “Let him sit fully armed on his throne and maintain an army to the best of his ability.”

Question 3.
What were the main features of Guru Hargobind Ji’s New Policy?
Or
What do you know about the New Policy of Miri and Piri of Guru Hargobind Ji?
Or
What was the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji? What were its main features?
Or
Write any three features of the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:

  • Guru Hargobind Ji sat on Gurgaddi with great pomp and show. He wore two swords of Miri and Piri.
  • Guru Hargobind Ji decided to keep an army for the protection of the Sikh Panth.
  • Guru Hargobind Ji announced that the Sikhs should offer horses and arms in place of money.
  • With the objective of making Amritsar secure and protected, he got a fortress, Lohgarh constructed.
  • He got constructed Akal Takht Sahib near Sri Harmandir Sahib.

Question 4.
What do you know about the Miri and Piri?
Or
What is ‘Miri’ and ‘Piri’? Describe its historical importance?
Or
What do you mean by Miri and Piri?
Or
Briefly describe the importance of the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
At the time of ascending Gurgaddi Guru Hargobind Ji, he decided to wear two swords of Miri and Piri. The sword of Miri symbolised temporal power and the sword of Piri symbolised the spiritual power. The wearing of these two swords by Guru Hargobind Ji meant that, hence forward, he would guide the Sikhs in both worldly and religious matters. Thus, Guru Hargobind Ji turned the Sikhs into saint-soldiers.

Question 5.
Write a short note on the imprisonment of Guru Hargobind Ji at Gwalior.
Or
Why did Jahangir arrest Guru Hargobind Ji?
Answer:
A few years after the assumption of Guruship by Guru Hargobind Ji, Jahangir called Guru Sahib to Delhi and imprisoned him in the fort of Gwalior. Why was Guru Hargobind Ji taken prisoner? There is a difference of opinion among historians on this point. Some historians are of the view that Chandu Shah’s conspiracy was responsible for it. Most of the historians agree to the view that Jahangir imprisoned Guru Sahib for adopting the New Policy. Guru Sahib remained imprisioned from 1606 to 1608 A.D.

Question 6.
Write a shor£ note on relations between Guru Hargobind Ji and Mughal emperor Jahangir.
Answer:
In 1605 A.D. Jahangir ascended the throne of Mughal Empire. He was a fanatic Sunni Muslim. In a bid to crush the Sikh movement, he martyred Guru Arjan Sahib in 1606 A.D. So Guru Hargobind Ji decided to arm the Sikhs against the Mughals. It infuriated Jahangir. He imprisoned Guru Hargobind Ji in the fort of Gwalior. Later on Jahangir ordered Guru Sahib’s release. After the release, the relation between Guru Hargobind Ji and Jahangir took a friendly turn.

Question 7.
What were the causes of battles between Guru. Hargobind Ji and the Mughals?
Or
Write any three causes of battles between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals.
Answer:

  • Shah Jahan was a great orthodox. He got Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s baoli at Lahore filled with debris.
  • Shaikh Masoom, the leader of Naqshbandis, instigated Shah Jahan against Guru Hargobind Ji.
  • The New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji became the major factor in widening the gulf between the Sikhs and the Mughals.
  • Guru Ji was called as Sacha-Padshah by his followers
  • Shah Jahan could not tolerate Kaulani’s becoming of Guru Hargobind Ji’s disciple.

Question 8.
Give a brief account of the battle of Amritsar fought between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals.
Answer:
The first battle between the Sikhs and the Mughals was fought during Guru Hargobind Ji’s time, at Amritsar in 1634 A.D. A royal hawk was the immediate cause of this battle. Shah Jahan’s hawk flew away. The Sikhs refused to give it back to the Mughals. Consequently, Shah Jahan sent an army of 7000 soldiers under the command of Mukhlis Khan to teach a lesson to the Sikhs. The Sikhs became victorious in this first battle.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Question 9.
What do you know about the battle of Kartarpur fought between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals?
Answer:
The third battle between the Mughals and the Sikhs was fought at Kartarpur in 1635 A.D. The cause of this battle was Painda Khan. He had become arrogant. So Guru Hargobind Ji had dismissed him from the army. Painda Khan decided to avenge this insult. He instigated Shah Jahan to take military action against Guru Hargobind Ji. As a result Shah Jahan sent an army against Guru Hargobind Ji. A fierce battle was fought between the two armies at Kartarpur. The Mughal army had to face a crushing defeat.

Question 10.
Write briefly Guru Hargobind’s battles with the Mughals. What is their significance in Sikh History?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji fought four battles against the Mughals in Shah Jahan’s time from 1634 to 1635 A.D. The first battle was fought at Amritsar in 1634 A.D. The second battle was fought at Lahira in 1634 A.D. The third battle was fought at Kartarpur in 1635 A.D. In the same year, the last battle was fought at Phagwara. Despite their limited resources, the Sikhs came out victorious in these battles.

Question 11.
Why is Guru Hargobind Ji known as Bandi Chhor Baba?
Answer:
The Mughal emperor Jahangir had detained Guru Hargobind Ji in the fort of Gwalior. In this fort were confined 52 other kings. These kings were very much impressed by Guru Hargobind Ji’s personality.. But when Jahangir decided to release Guru Hargobind Ji, sent a message to Jahangir that he would not get released from the fort of Gwalior as long as 52 kings were also not released. Consequently, Jahangir had to order the release of these 52’kings also. In’this way, Guru Hargobind Ji came to be known as Bandi Chhor Baba (emancipator of captives).

Question 12.
Write a note on Akal Takht Sahib.
Or
Explain briefly about the construction and importance of Akal Takht Sahib.
Or
What is the importance of the construction of Sri Akal Takht Sahib?
Answer:
The construction of Akal Takht Sahib (The eternal throne) by Guru Hargobind Ji was his stupendous work. Its construction was started by Guru Hargobind Sahib in 1606 A.D. in front of Harmandir Ji. This project was completed ’ in 1609 A.D. Here Guru Hargobind Ji used to sit in a princely attire and guide the Sikhs in political and military affairs. From here he used to witness wrestling bouts and other martial arts of the Sikhs.

Question 13.
Give a.brief account of the relations of Guru Hargobind Ji with the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan.
Answer:

  • Shah Jahan was a very orthodox emperor. He got the Baoli, built by Guru Arjan Dev Ji at Lahore, filled with filth.
  • Naqshbandis started inciting Shah Jahan against the Sikhs with redoubled zeal,
  • Shah Jahan did not like Guru Sahib’s keeping an army and the Sikhs calling him Sacha Padshah,
  • Dining-1634-35 A.D. four battles were fought between the Sikhs and the Mughals at Amritsar, Lahira, Kartarpur and Phagwara. In these battles the Sikhs became victorious while the Mughals had to face defeat.

Question 14.
Write a short note on the relations between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughal emperors.
Answer:
The Mughal emperors Jahangir and Shah Jahan were contemporaries of Guru Hargobind Ji. Both of them were religiously intolerant. Wearing of the swords of Miri and Piri and being called as Sacha Padshah by Guru Hargobind Ji was, intolerable for Jahangir. He detained Guru Ji in the fort of Gwalior. After Jahangir, Shah-Jahan became the emperor. Guru Ji had to fight four battles against him, in which Guru Ji was victorious.

Question 15. Why did Guru Hargobind Ji choose the settle down at Kiratpur?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji choose to settle down at Kiratpur Sahib because of the following reasons:

  • Kiratpur was not directly under the Mughal aifthorities.
  • It was surrounded by Shivalik Hills. Therefore it was a more secure place.
  • Guru Ji could live here with peace. Therefore he could devote his time to the spread of Sikhism.
  • It is a good place for training of the soldiers.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Answer in One Word to One Sentence:

Question 1.
Who was the sixth Guru of the Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 2.
Give the period of Guruship of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
1606 A.D. to 1645 A.D.

Question 3.
When did Guru Hargobind Ji succeed the Gurgaddi?
Answer:
1606 A.D.

Question 4.
Name the father of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 5.
What was the name of Guru Hargobind Ji’s mother?
Answer:
The name of Guru Hargobind Ji’s mother was Mata Ganga Devi Ji.

Question 6.
Who was Bibi Veero?
Answer:
The daughter of Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 7.
Who was the eldest son of Guru Hargobind Ji?
Answer:
Baba Gurditta Ji.

Question 8.
Whose son was Baba Gurditta Ji?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 9.
Whose son was Baba Atal Rai Ji?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 10.
Give any one reason which led to the adoption of New Policy by Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 11.
Which Guru started the Miri and Piri system?
Or
Which Guru wore two swords?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 12.
What is meant by the Miri and Piri?
Answer:
(a) Miri symbolised worldly power.
(b) Piri stood for spiritual power.

Question 13.
Where wasISri Akal Takht Sahib established?
Answer:
At Amritsar.

Question 14.
By whom was Sri Akal Takht Sahib built?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 15.
When was Sri Akal Takht Sahib constructed?
Answer:
In 1606 A.D.

Question 16.
What is meant by Sri Akal Takht Sahib?
Answer:
The seat of God.

Question 17.
On which historical fact Sri Akal Takht Sahib throws light?
Answer:
Blend of Sikh religion and Sikh politics.

Question 18.
Who was the commander of Pathan batallion of Guru Hargobind Ji?
Answer:
Painda Khan.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Question 19.
By which Mughal emperor was Guru Hargobind Ji kept as a prisoner?
Answer:
Jahangir.

Question 20.
Where did Jahangir imprison Guru Hargobind Ji?
Answer:
In the fort of Gwalior.

Question 21.
Who is known as Bandi Chhor Baba?
Or
Which Guru is addressed as ‘Bandi Chhor’?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 22.
Mention any one reason for straining of relations between the Sikhs and Shah Jahan.
Answer:
Religious fanaticism of Shah Jahan.

Question 23.
Who was Kaolan?
Answer:
She was the daughter of Qazi Rustam Khan.

Question 24.
Which Guru is known as ‘Dal Banjan Gur Surma’?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 25.
Where was the first battle between Guru Hargobind Ji and Mughals (Shah Jahan) fought?
Answer:
At Amritsar.

Question 26.
When was the battle between the Mughals and Guru Hargobind Ji fought?
Answer:
In 1634 A.D.

Question 27.
Name the two horses responsible for the battle of Lahira.
Answer:
Dilbag and Gulbag.

Question 28.
Whose name was Gulbag?
Answer:
It was the name of a horse presented to Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 29.
Whose name was Dilbag?
Answer:
It was the name of a horse presented to Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 30.
Who was Bidi Chand?
Answer:
A devoted follower of Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 31.
When was’the battle of Kartarpur fought?
Answer:
1635 A.D.

Question 32.
Which Guru Sahib showed his bravery in the battle of Kartarpur?
Answer:
Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.

Question 33.
Where did Guru Hargobind Ji spend his last ten years?
Answer:
At Kiratpur Sahib.

Question 34.
When did Guru Hargobind Ji immerse with Immortal?
Answer:
1645 A.D.

Question 35.
Where did Guru Hargobind Ji immerse with Immortal?
Answer:
At Kiratpur Sahib.

Fill in the blanks:

1. Guru Hargobind was born in ………………….
Answer:
1595 A D.

2. The name of the father of Guru Hargobind Ji was ………………..
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

3. In ……………… Guru Hargobind Ji succeeded to Guruship.
Answer:
1606 A.D.

4. The name of the daughter of Sri Guru Hargobind was ……………….
Answer:
Bibi Veero Ji

5. The age of Sri Guru Hargobind Ji at the time of Guruship was ………………. years.
Answer:
11

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

6. Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji wore ………………. swords.
Answer:
Miri and Piri

7. Sri Akal Takhat Sahib was raised by ……………..
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji

8. The construction of Sri Akal Takht Sahib was started in ……………
Answer:
1606 A.D.

9. After the death of Jahangir ……………… became the Mughal Emperor.
Answer:
Shah Jahan

10. Guru ……………….. Ji is called Bandi Chhor Baba.
Answer:
Hargobind

11. Battle of Amritsar was fought in ………………….
Answer:
1634 A.D.

12. The immediate cause of battle of Lahira was two horses named ……….. and ……………..
Answer:
Dilbag, Gulbag

13. Guru Hargobind Ji established a new town ……………….
Answer:
Kiratpur Sahib

14. Guru Hargobind Ji immersed in Eternal Light in …………….
Answer:
1645 A.D.

15. Sri Hargobind Ji disappeared in ……………… A.D.
Answer:
1645

True or False:

1. Guru Hargobind Ji was the Seventh Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
False

2. Guru Hargobind Ji was born in 1595 A.D.
Answer:
True

3. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the father of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
True

4. Baba Gurditta Ji was the eldest son of Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji.
Answer:
True

5. The name of the daughter of Guru Hargobind Ji was Bibi Veero.
Answer:
True

6. Guru Hargobind Ji succeeded to Guruship in 1606 A.D.
Answer:
True

7. Guru Hargobind Ji adopted New Policy.
Answer:
True

8. Guru Hargobind Ji started the New Policy of Miri and Piri.
Answer:
True

9. Guru Aijan Sahib Ji started the construction of Akal Takht Sahib.
Answer:
False

10. The Mughal Emperor Jahangir imprisoned Guru Hargobind Ji at Gwalior.
Answer:
True

11. Guru Hargobind Ji, is addressed as ‘Bandi Chhor’.
Answer:
True

12. Shah Jahan became the new Mughal Emperor in 1628 A.D.
Answer:
True

13. The first battle between the Mughals and the Sikhs was fought in 1634 A.D. at Amritsar.
Answer:
True

14. Guru Hargobind Ji established the new town of ‘Kiratpur Sahib’.
Answer:
True

15. Guru Hargobind Ji immersed in Eternal Light in 1635 A.D.
Answer:
False

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who was the sixth Guru of the Sikhs?
(a) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(b) Guru Har Krishan Ji
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji
(d) Guru Har Rai Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji

2. When was Guru Hargobind Ji born?
(a) In 1509 A.D.
(b) In 1593 A.D.
(c) In 1595 A.D.
(d) In 1597 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1595 A.D.

3. Who was the father of Guru Hargobind Ji?
(a) Bhai Gurdas Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Ram Das Ji
(d) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
Answer:
(d) Guru Arjan Dev Ji

4. What was the name of the mother of Guru Hargobind Ji?
(a) Lakshmi Devi Ji
(b) Ganga Devi Ji
(c) Sulakhni Ji
(d) None of these
Answer:
(b) Ganga Devi Ji

5. Who was BibfVeero?
(a) Wife of Guru Hargobind Ji
(b) Daughter of Guru Hargobind Ji
(c) Daughter of Guru Har Rai Ji
(d) Wife of Bhai Gurditta Ji.
Answer:
(b) Daughter of Guru Hargobind Ji

6. When did Guru Hargobind Ji succeed to Guruship?
(a) In 1506 A.D.
(b) In 1556 A.D.
(c) In 1605 A.D.
(d) In 1606 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1606 A.D.

7. Which Guru started the Miri and Piri system?
(a) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(b) Guru Hargobind Ji
(c) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Hargobind Ji

8. Which Guru built Akal Takht Sahib?
(a) Guru Amar Das Ji
(b) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji

9. When was the construction of Akal Takhat Sahib completed?
(a) In 1606 A.D.
(b) In 1607 A.D.
(c) In 1609 A.D.
(d) In 1611 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1609 A.D.

10. Who is called Bandi Chhor Baba?
(a) Banda Singh Bahadur
(b) Bhai Mani Singh Ji
(c) Guru Hargbind Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Hargbind Ji

11. Where was the first battle fought between Guru Hargbind Ji and Mughals?
(a) Phagwara
(b) Amritsar
(c) Kartarpur
(d) Lahore.
Answer:
(b) Amritsar

12. When was the first battle between Hargobind Ji and Mughals fought?
(a) In 1606 A.D.
(b) In 1624 A.D.
(c) In 1630 A.D.
(d) In 1634 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1634 A.D.

13. In which battle Guru Tegh Bahadur showed feats of bravery?
(a) Amritsar
(b) Lahira
(c) Kartarpur
(d) Phagwara.
Answer:
(c) Kartarpur

14. Which town was founded by Guru Hargobind Ji?
(a) Kartarpur
(b) Kiratpur Sahib
(c) Amritsar
(d) Tarn Taran.
Answer:
(b) Kiratpur Sahib

15. Whom did Guru Hargobind Ji appoint his successor?
(a) Har Rai Ji
(b) Har Kishan Ji
(c) Tegh Bahadur Ji
(d) Gobind Rai Ji
Answer:
(a) Har Rai Ji

16. When did Guru Hargobind Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
(a) In 1628 A.D.
(b) In 1635 A.D.
(c) In 1638 A.D.
(d) In 1645 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1645 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What were the difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji when he became the Guru?
Or
What were the difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji after his accession to Gurgaddi?
Answer:
After ascending Gurgaddi, Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face a number of difficulties. A brief description of these is given as under:

1. Opposition of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand was the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Therefore, he presumed himself as the true successor of Gurgaddi. But, when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was nominated as the successor by Guru Ram Das Ji he refused to submit and adopted an attitude of open defiance. Prithi Chand planned a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji and complained to Akbar through a Mughal employee Sulahi Khan. But Akbar paid no heed to his complaints. Thus, till his death, Prithia remained an arch-enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

2. Opposition of Orthodox Muslims: Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face stiff opposition from orthodox Muslims. Muslims could never tolerate the increasing influence of Sikhs. Orthodox Muslims had established the Naqshbandi order at Sirhind. Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi was the leader of this organization. In 1605 A.D., when Jahangir became the new Mughal ruler, these Naqshbandis poisoned his, ears against the Sikhs. As Jahangir was an orthodox emperor, so it had the desired impact on him.

3. Opposition of Brahmans: The Brahmans or the priestly class of Punjab were also against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The main reason behind this was that the propagation of the Sikh religion resulted in the decreasing influence of BrahmAnswer: Sikhs had started performing their customs and traditions even without BrahmAnswer: When Guru Arjan Dev Ji edited Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Brahmans could not tolerate it. They complained to Akbar against Guru Granth Sahib but Akbar observed that it was a scripture worthy of reverence.

4. Opposition of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. In connection with this, he sent his messengers in different parts. When they returned they proposed the name of Hargobind, son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandu Shah was enraged and remarked some objectionable words in the honor of Guru Ji. But, after being persuaded by his wife he agreed to the proposal. By this time the Sikhs had come to know about the remarks given by Chandu Shah against Guru Ji. So, they asked an arch-enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji to turn down this proposal. On hearing this Chandu Shah got very angry and became an arch-enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 2.
What was Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism?
Or
Throw a brief light on four important achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Describe the contribution of Guru Arjan Dev Ji to the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism is multifaceted. His important achievements are as follows:

1. Construction of Harmandir Sahib: The foremost achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the consolidation of Sikhism was the construction of Harmandir Sahib. Its foundation was laid on 13th January 1588 A.D. by a very famous Sufi Saint, named Mian Mir Ji. In 1601 A.D. the construction of Harmandir Sahib was completed. The construction of Harmandir Sahib proved a milestone in the history of Sikhism.

2. Foundation of Tarn Taran: Guru Arjan Dev Ji, in order to propagate Sikhism in the Majha tract of Punjab, founded the city of Tarn Taran in 1590 A.D. This city is 24 km to the South of Amritsar. Here a tank named Tarn Taran was also dug. Tarn Taran means that any pilgrim who takes bath in this tank shall get salvation from transmigration.

3. Foundation of Kartarpur and Hargobindpur: In 1593 A.D., Guru Arjan Dev Ji laid the foundation of another town called Kartarpur in Jalandhar Doab. Kartarpur means, ‘The City of God’. On the occasion of the birth of his son in 1595 A.D. Hargobind, Guru Arjan Dev Sahib founded another town on the bank of the river Beas and this town was named Hargobindpur after the name of his son.

4. Development of Masand System: The development of the Masand system was one of the greatest achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The word Masand has been derived from the word ‘Masnad’ which means high place. As a consequence, the Guru needed money for Langar and other development programs. It was enjoined upon every Sikh to give Daswandh (l/10th) of his total income to Guru Sahib. For collecting this money from Sikhs, he appointed very responsible persons called Masands. This Masand’s not only collected money but also propagated Sikhism with vigorous zeal.

5. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The crowning achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism is the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. Guru Arjan Dev Ji dictated the hymns to Bhai Gurdas Ji. This work was completed in 1604 A.D. In Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Dev Ji included the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, Guru Amar Das Ji, Guru Ram Das Ji, and his own hymns, which were maximum (2216) in number. Besides this, he had added the hymns of many Bhagats, Sufi Saints, and Baths. Later on, the hymns of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji were also included in it. The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a great landmark in the history of the Sikh religion.

Question 3.
Write a brief note on Harmandir Sahib.
Or
Describe briefly the importance of the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib by Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the foundation and importance of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Or
Briefly describe the importance of the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
The foremost achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the consolidation of Sikhism was the construction of Harmandir Sahib. Guru Ram Das Ji had started the digging of Amrit Sarovar and it was completed by Guru Arjan Dev Ji. After this, he started the construction work of Harmandir Sahib (Temple of God) in Amrit Sarovar. Its foundation was laid on 13th January 1588 A.D. by a very famous Sufi Saint, named Mian Mir Ji. The Sikhs suggested to Guru Arjan Dev Ji that the temple should be higher than the surrounding buildings. But Guru Arjan Sahib said, “He who is humble shall be exalted.” That is why the building of the temple was kept lower as compared to the other buildings.

Another distinguishing feature of Harmandir Sahib was that it has four doorways, one on each side. It symbolizes that the people from all the four directions of the world may come to this temple of God without any discrimination on the basis of caste, color, or creed. On completion of this temple in 1601 A.D., Guru Sahib announced that the pilgrimage to this place would have the value of all the 68 Hindu places of pilgrimage and if any pilgrim takes bath here with full devotion shall attain salvation. It impressed a large number of people. They started coming here in large numbers and it helped in the propagation of Sikhism. In a very short period, Harmandir Sahib became the most important pilgrimage of the Sikhs.

Question 4.
What do you know about Masand System?
Or
Examine the organization and development of the Masand System.
Or
Who started Masand System? What were its aims?
Or
Give a brief description of the Masand System.
Or
Write a short note on Masand System.
Answer:
Of the institutions which appreciably contributed towards the development of Sikhism, the Masand system was one of them. A brief description of its various aspects is given below:

1. Meaning of Masand System: The word Masand has been derived from the Persian word ‘Masnad’. Masand means high place. As the representatives of Guru Sahib used to sit on a higher place than others they were called Masands.

2. Introduction: When did the Masand system start is a controversial question among historians were: Some historians are of the view that the Masand system started during the pontificate of Guru Ram Das Ji. Hence the Masands were called Ramdasiyas in the beginning. Some other historians are of the view that the Masand system was started by Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The majority of the historians are of the view that though the Masand system was started by Guru Ram Das Ji, its real development took place during the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

3. Necessity of Masand System: The need for the Masand system arose because Guru Ram Das Ji needed money for the development of Ramdaspura or Amritsar and for the digging of the tanks of Amritsar and Santokhsar. Secondly, with the passage of time, the number of Sikhs had increased considerably. As a consequence, the Guru needed money for langar and other development programs. Thirdly, the Masand system was introduced for the propagation of Sikhism.

4. Development of Masand System: Though Guru Ram Das Ji started the Masand system yet its actual development took place during the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Guru Arjan Dev Ji reorganized the Masand system and gave it some new rules and regulations,

  • Guru Sahib enjoined upon the Sikhs to give away one-tenth (Daswandh) of their income in the name of Guru Sahib. It was not a compulsion but depended on their own will.
  • To collect the Daswandh, Guru Sahib appointed the Masands. They deposited this money every year on the occasion of Baisakhi and Diwali with the Guru Sahib at Amritsar.

5. Importance of Masand System: The Masand system initially made a commendable contribution towards the development of Sikhism. It was due to this that the Sikh religion spread far and wide. Many people embraced Sikhism. Secondly, it fixed the income of the Guru’s house. This income was used to establish new towns by Guru Sahib and other development works for Sikhism. It further increased the popularity of Guru Sahib and Sikhism. Thirdly, the institution of langar could run smoothly with this income.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 5.
Write a note on the compilation and importance of Adi Granth Sahib (Guru Granth Sahib).
Or
Discuss in brief the importance of Adi Granth Sahib.
Or
Write a note on Adi Granth Sahib.
Or
Give a brief description of Adi Granth Sahib and its historical importance.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji used various sources for writing the Bani. The Bani of the first three Gurus—Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, and Guru Amar Das Ji were with the eldest son of Guru Amar Das Ji i.e. Baba Mohan Ji. To compile the Bani, Guru Arjan Dev Ji first sent Bhai Gurdas Ji and then Baba Buddha Ji to Baba Mohan Ji but they were not successful in their objective. After this, Guru Sahib himself went from Amritsar to Goindwal Sahib barefooted. Impressed by the humility of Guru Ji, ‘Baba Mohan Ji gave away the entire Bani to Guru Ji. Guru Arjan Dev Ji already had the Bani of Guru Ram Das Ji with him. Guru Sahib included his own Bani in it. After this Guru Sahib called upon the devotees of Hindu Bhagats and Suffi Saints and asked them to recite the hymns of their saints correctly.

The hymns of only those Bhagats and Suffi Saints were included in the Guru Granth Sahib which was similar to the Bani of the Gurus. The works of Kahna, Chhajju, Shah Hussain, and Pilu were rejected. The compilation of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji in 1604 A.D. is a great landmark in the history of the Sikhs. It provided the Sikh with a unique religious scripture. No doubt Guru Granth Sahib is a religious scripture, yet it furnishes valuable information regarding the social, religious, political, and economic life of the 16th and 17th centuries.

Question 6.
Write a note on Prithi Chand.
Or
Who was Prithi Chand? Why did he oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Who was Prithi Chand (Prithia)? How did he act against Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Prithi Chand or Prithia was the eldest son of Guru Ram Das Ji and elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was very selfish and cunning. That is why Guru Ram Das Ji gave the Gurgaddi to Guru Arjan Dev Ji instead of giving it to him. On hearing this decision, Prithi Chand got furious. He had been dreaming of getting the Gurgaddi for a long. As such, he started opposing Guru Arjan Dev Ji when the latter got Gurgaddi. He started grabbing the offerings meant for Langar. He hoped that his son Meharban would get Gurgaddi after Guru Arjan Dev Ji. But when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was blessed with a son, Hargobind, all his hopes seemed to dash to the ground. Therefore, he became a sworn enemy of Guru Ji. He connived with the Mughal officials and started hatching conspiracies against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. These conspiracies became a major cause of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom.

Question 7.
Who was Chandu Shah? Why did he oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Write a short note on Chandu Shah.
Answer:
Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. In connection with this, he sent his messengers in different parts. When they returned, they proposed the name of Hargobind, son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandhu Shah was enraged and remarked some objectionable words in the honor of Guru Sahib. But after being persuaded by his wife he agreed to the proposal. Again he sent his messengers to Guru Arjan Dev Ji with the proposal of his daughter’s marriage with Hargobind. By this time the Sikhs had come to know about the remarks of Chandhu Shah against the Guru. So they asked Guru Arjan Dev to turn down this proposal. Consequently, Guru Ji did the same.

On hearing this Chandhu Shah got very angry and became Guru Ji’s sworn enemy. Then he planned a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. First, he incited Mughal Emperor Akbar and later on Jahangir. Jahangir decided to take stern action against Guru Ji.

Question 8.
Mention five main causes for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Examine five major causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
1. Fanaticism of Jahangir: Jahangir’s fanaticism was the main reason for Guru Arjan Ji’s martyrdom. He could not bear to see any other religion more prosperous than Islam. He could not tolerate the growing popularity of Sikhs in Punjab. So, he was looking for a chance to hamper their development. He wanted to put a stop to all this. He has written about it in his autobiography Tuzak-i- Jahangiri.

2. Development of Sikh Panth: In Guru Arjan Ji’s time, Sikhism progressed considerably. It got a new impetus with the construction of Harmandir Sahib and establishment of the cities like Tarn Taran, Kartarpur and Hargobindpur. Masand system played a significant role in the development of Sikhism. The compilation of Guru Granth Sahib helped in propagating Sikh religion. This was something intolerable and unbearable for the Mughals. They, therefore, thought of crushing the growing power of the Sikhs.

3. Enmity of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand alias Prithia was the eldest brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was a very greedy and selfish person. For this reason, only Guru Ram Das Ji appointed Guru Arjan Sahib as his successor in 1581 A.D. Prithia could not tolerate that the Gurgaddi had passed on to somebody else. He then made a firm decision that he would not sit at ease until he had dethroned Guru Arjan Dev Ji and received Gurgaddi for himself. So, he started opposing GuruArjan Dev Ji openly.

4. Enmity of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. Many advisors suggested he marry his daughter with Hargobind, the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. On hearing it Chandu Shah was enraged and he uttered some objectionable words in the honor of Guru Sahib. Afterward, when Chandu Shah’s wife convinced him, he was ready to accept this relation. Guru Arjan Dev Ji refused to accept this relation. When Chandu Shah came to know about this, he was determined to avenge the insult. He started poisoning Jahangir’s ears. Jahangir made up his mind to take strict action against Guru Arjan Sahib.

5. Help of Khusrau: Help of Khusrau by Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the immediate cause of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom. Prince Khusrau had come to Tarn Taran to seek Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s blessings. It is said that Guru Arjan Dev Ji put a tilak on his forehead. When Jahangir came to know about all this he got a golden opportunity to take stern action against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He ordered Lahore Governor, Murtaza Khan to execute him by giving severe physical tortures and to confiscate the whole of his property.

Question 9.
Describe the role of Naqshbandis in the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib.
Answer:
Naqshabandis played an important role in the martyrdom of Guru Sahib. Naqshbandi was an order started by fanatic Muslims. Its headquarters was at Sirhind. Naqshbandis were enraged to see the increasing influence and powers of the Sikhs in Punjab. The main reason was that the Muslims were intolerant to any other religion prospering and developing. Sheikh Ahmad Sirhindi, the leader of Naqshbandis had great influence in Mughal Darbar. So he also instigated Jahangir against Guru Sahib. Therefore, Jahangir decided to take action against Guru Sahib.

Question 10.
What was the immediate cause of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib?
Answer:
Help of Khusrau by Guru Arjan Sahib became the immediate cause of Guru Sahib’s martyrdom. Prince Khusrau was the eldest son of Jahangir. He revolted against his father some time after his enthronement. When the Mughal forces tried to arrest him he ran to Punjab. On reaching Punjab Khusrau came to Tarn Taran to seek Guru Sahib’s blessings. Being the grandson of Akbar with whom Guru Sahib had very good relations, it was but natural that he won Guru Sahib’s sympathy. Moreover anybody was free to come to the home of Guru and receive his blessings. It is said that Guru Sahib put a tilak on his forehead and gave him all sorts of help required by him to go to Kabul.

When Jahangir came to know about all this he got a golden opportunity to take stern action against Guru Arjan Sahib. He ordered Lahore Governor, Murtaza Khan to execute him by giving severe physical tortures, and to confiscate the whole of his property.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 11.
Write the importance of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom.
Or
Briefly describe the importance of martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was an event of tremendous importance in the evolution of the Sikh movement and in the history of Punjab.
1. New Policy of Guru Hargobind Sahib: The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji proved a turning point in the development of the Sikh community. Guru Hargobind Ji decided to adopt a New Policy in order to turn his followers into saint soldiers.

2. Unity among the Sikhs: The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji infused a new spirit among the Sikhs. Now, they felt the need of joining their hands in order to put an end to the tyrannical rule of the Mughals. The Sikhs, henceforth, began to assemble under one banner.

3. Change in relationship between Mughals and the Sikhs: Before the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, there were cordial relations between the Sikh Gurus and the Mughal emperors. But, now with the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the position’had been completely reversed. The Sikhs became the sworn enemy of the Mughals. They were now looking for.an opportunity to avenge the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

4. Popularity of Sikhism: With the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, Sikhism became more popular. This incident infused a new vigour’, love and reverence for Sikhism, not only among the Hindus, but also among the Muslims. Consequently, they began to join Sikhism in larger numbers. Thus, the martyrdom of Guru .Arjan Dev Ji proved a milestone in the development of Sikhism.

Essay Type Questions:

Early Career And Difficulties Of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

Question 1.
Describe briefly the early life of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What difficulties he have to face at the time of his accession to Guruship?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the fifth Guru of the Sikhs. His period of pontification was from 1581 to 1606 A.D. The pontification of Guru Arjan Dev Ji saw the unprecedented development on the one band and on the other hand his martyrdom started a new era in the Sikh history. A brief description of early career and difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji is as under:

Early Career of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

1. Birth and Parentage: Guru Arjan Dev Ji was born on April 15,1563 A.D. at Goindwal Sahib. He was the youngest son of Guru Ram Das Ji. He belonged to a Kashatriya family of Sodhi caste. His mother’s name was Bibi Bhani.

2. Childhood and Marriage: Right from his childhood, Guru Arjan Dev Ji was very dear to his parents. His maternal grandfather Guru Amar Das Ji had special attachment with this grandson. He made a forecast that the child would become a great man, “Ih Mera Dohta, Bani Ka Bohita Hovega”. (This grandson of mine will produce the boat of Bani to ferry others across). His prediction proved true. Right from the beginning Guru Arjan Dev Ji was very promising, a symbol of modesty and a very religious-minded person. He learnt Hindi and Persian languages. He received knowledge about Gurbani from his parents and grandfather. He was married to Ganga Devi, daughter of Krishan Chand of village Mou of Phillaur. In 1595 A.D. he was blessed with a son named Hargobind.

3. Assumption of Guruship: Guru Ram Das Ji had three sons. Prithi Chand the eldest son was utterly selfish and subtle. His second son Mahadev was an ascetic, who showed no interest in the worldly affairs. Arjan Dev Ji was his third and the youngest son. Devotion to God, modesty and selfless service were his three main characteristics. So Guru Ram Das Ji appointed Guru Arjan Dev Ji as his successor in 1581 A.D. Thus Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the fifth Guru of the Sikhs.

Difficulties of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

After ascending Gurgaddi, Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face a number of difficulties. A brief description of these is given as under:

1. Opposition of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand was the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Therefore, he presumed himself as the true successor of Gurgaddi. But, when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was nominated as the successor by Guru Ram Das Ji he refused to submit and adopted an attitude of open defiance. He spoke bad words to his father. When Guru Rain Das Ji immersed with Immortal, Prithia spread the rumour that Arjan Dev Ji poisoned Guru Ram Das Ji so that, he might succeed to Gurgaddi. He asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji for his share in the property. Guru Arjan Dev Ji gave him all his property, but still he was not appeased. Now, he forcibly started collecting funds brought for Langar by the Sikh Sangat and used them for his personal affairs.

When in 1595 A.D. Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s wife was blessed with a son, named Hargobind, he hatched a number of conspiracies to put an end to the life of infant Hargobind. Prithi Chand planned a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji and complained to Akbar through a Mughal employee Sulahi Khan. But Akbar paid no heed to his complaints. Thus, till his death, Prithia remained an arch enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

2. Opposition of Orthodox Muslims: Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face stiff opposition from orthodox Muslims. Muslims could never tolerate the increasing influence of Sikhs. Orthodox Muslims in order to save their religion established Naqshbandi order at Sirhind. Shaikh Ahmad Sibhindi was the leader of this organisation. In 1605 A.D., when Jahangir became the new Mughal ruler, these Naqshbandis poisoned his ears against the Sikhs. As Jahangir was an orthodox emperor, so it had the desired impact on him.

3. Opposition of Brahmans: The Brahmans of Punjab w;ere also against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The main reason behind this was that the propagation of Sikh religion resulted in the decreasing influence of BrahmAnswer: Sikhs had started performing their customs and traditions even without BrahmAnswer: When Guru Arjan Dev Ji edited Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Brahmans could not tolerate it. They complained to Akbar against Guru Granth Sahib but Akbar observed that it was a scripture worthy of reverence.

4. Opposition of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. In connection with this he sent his messengers in different parts. When they returned they proposed the name of Hargobind,;son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandu Shah was enraged and remarked some objectionable words in the honour of Guru Ji. But, after being persuaded by his wife he agreed to the proposal. By this time the Sikhs had come to know about the remarks given by Chandu Shah against the Guru Ji. So, they asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji to turn down this proposal. Consequently, Guru Arjan Dev Ji did the same.

Now Chandu Shah personally came to Guru Arjan Dev Ji and offered Rs. 1 lakh and promised to give more dowry. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji refused saying, “My words are engraved on stone, and cannot be effaced. If you give me the whole world as a dowry with your daughter, my son will not marry her.” On hearing this Chandu Shah got very angry and became Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s sworn enemy.

Development Of Sikhism Under Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

Question 2.
What was Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution in the evolution of Sikhism?
Or
Describe the various organizational works done by Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Or
Give an account of the various achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Describe Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the organization and development of Sikhism.
Or
Discuss the contribution of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji remained on Gurgaddi from 1581 to 1606 A.D/ With his accession to Guruship, Sikhism entered into a new phase. Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism is multifaceted. His important achievements are as follows:

1. Construction of Harmandir Sahib: The foremost achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the consolidation of Sikhism was the construction of Harmandir Sahib. Guru Ram Das Ji had started the digging of Amrit Sarovar and it was completed by Guru Arjan Dev Ji. After this, he started the construction work of Harmandir Sahib (Temple of God) in Amrit Sarovar. Its foundation was laid in 1588 AD. by a very famous Sufi Saint, named Mian Mir Ji. The Sikhs suggested to Guru Arjan Dev Ji that the temple should be higher than the surrounding buildings. But Guru Arjan Sahib said, “He who is humble shall be exalted.” That is why the building of the temple was kept lower as compared to the other buildings.

Another distinguishing feature of Harmandir Sahib was that it has four doorways, one on each side. It symbolises that the people from all the four directions of the world may come to this temple of God without any discrimination on the basis of caste, colour or creed. On completion of this temple in 1601 A.D. Guru Sahib announced that the pilgrimage to this place would have the value of all the 68

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom Img 1

Hindu places of pilgrimage and if any pilgrim takes bath here with full devotion shall attain salvation. It impressed a large number of people. They started coming here in large numbers and it helped in the propagation of Sikhism. In a very short period, Harmandir Sahib became the most important pilgrimage of the Sikhs. According to G.S. Talib,

“This temple and the pool became to Sikhism what Mecca is to Islam, Jerusalem to Judaism and Christianity and Bodh Gaya to Buddhism.”

2. Foundation of Tarn Taran: Guru Arjan Dev Ji, in order to propagate Sikhism in Majha tract of the Punjab founded the city of Tarn Taran in 1590 A.D. This city is 24 kms to the South of Amritsar. Here a tank named as Tarn Taran was also dug. Tarn Taran means that any pilgrim who takes bath in this tank shall get salvation from transmigration. Tarn Taran also became a famous holy place of the Sikhs. As a result, thousands of Jats of the Majha became the followers of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and embraced Sikhism. The services of these Jats towards Sikhism was of great value.

3. Foundation of Kartarpur and Hargobindpur: In 1593-94 A.D., Guru Arjan Dev Ji laid the foundation of another town called Kartarpur in Jalandhar Doab. Kartarpur means, ‘The City of God’. It is situated between the Beas and the Sutlej rivers. Here Guru Sahib built a tank named ‘Gangsar’. Thus, Kartarpur also became the centre of propagation of Sikhism. On the occasion of the birth of his son in 1595 A.D. Hargobind, Guru Arjan Dev Sahib founded another town on the bank of the river Beas and this town was named as Hargobindpur after the name of his son.

4. Construction of a Baoli at Lahore: Once on the request of Sikh Sangat, Guru Sahib went to Lahore. There he got constructed a Baoli in Dabbi Bazaar. This Baoli became a holy place for the Sikhs of that area.

5. Development of Masand System: Development of Masand system was one of the greatest achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The word Masand has been derived from the word ‘Masnad’ which means high place. As the representatives of Guru Sahib used to sit on a higher place than others, so they were called as Masands. With the passage of time, the number of Sikhs had increased considerably. As a consequence, the Guru needed money for Langar and other development programmes. It was enjoined upon every Sikh to give Daswandh (l/10th) of his total income to Guru Sahib. For collecting this money from Sikhs, he appointed very responsible persons called Masands.

These Masands not only collected money, but also propagated Sikhism with a vigorous zeal. The money collected by Masands was deposited in the Guru’s treasury at Amritsar on the occasions of Diwali and Baisakhi. The Masand system played a vital role in spreading the message of Sikhism to far-off places. Secondly, it gave a definite income to Guru Arjan Sahib.

6. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The crowning achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism is the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. The main objective of its compilation was to keep the Gurbani of the former Sikh Gurus intact and .to provide the Sikhs a separate religious scripture of their own. The compilation work was started by the Guru at Ramsar sarovar near Amritsar. He dictated the hymns to Bhai Gurdas Ji.

This work was completed in 1604 A.D. In Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Dev Ji included the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, Guru Amar Das Ji, Guru Ram Das Ji and his own hymns, which were maximum (2216) in number. Besides this, he had added the hymns of many Bhagats, Sufi Saints and Bhats. Later on, the hymns of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji were also included in it.

The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a great landmark in the history of Sikh religion. It gave the Sikhs a holy book of their own. It is called the Bible of the Sikhs. By including the hymns of the people belonging to different religions and castes in it, Guru Arjan Dev Ji has set up an example. Adi Granth Sahib Ji throws ample light on the political, religious, social and economic life of 15th to 17th centuries. Before Guru Gobind Singh Ji immersed in Eternal Light he gave Adi Granth Sahib Ji the status of Guru Granth Sahib Ji. According to Dr. Hari Ram Gupta, “The compilation of the Granth formed an important landmark in the history of the Sikhs.”

7. Trade of Horses. In order to make the Sikhs rich and prosperous, Guru Arjan Sahib encouraged,the Sikhs to take the trade of horses beyond the Indus with Arab countries. This step of Guru Arjan Sahib not only increased the income of the Sikhs but they became good horse riders also. Moreover, it dealt an effective blow at the stringency of caste and Hindu superstitions. It went a long way in breaking down the barrier that prevented the Hindus from crossing the Indus.

8. Friendly Relations with Akbar: Mughal emperor Akbar had set up friendly relations with Guru Arjan Sahib. During the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji his opponents Prithia, Ghandhu Shah, Brahmans and orthodox Muslims all tried their best to instigate the emperor against the Guru in’every possible way, but Akbar paid no heed to their false complaints. Some Muslims tried to instigate Akbar by complaining that the Adi Granth Sahib’ written by Guru Sahib contained many sayings against Islam. When Akbar looked into the matter, he said that the Granth was worthy of reverence, On the request made by Guru Arjan Sahib, Akbar reduced the land revenue by 10%. Due to it Guru Arjan Sahib earned a good name and fame and it helped in the development of Sikhism also.

9. Nomination of the Successor: In 1606 A.D., before his martyrdom, Guru Arjan Dev Ji nominated his son Hargobind as his successor. Guru Sahib instructed him to sit fully armed on his throne and maintain an army to the best of his ability. Thus, Guru Arjan not only maintained the tradition of Gurgaddi, but also changed its peaceful course.

10. Estimate of Guru Arjan Sahib’s Achievements: Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution in the development of Sikhism is remarkable. By constructing Harmandir Sahib, he has presented to the Sikhs their most sacred religious place. In the coming times, the Sikhs always got inspiration from it. Establishment of Tarn Taran, Hargobindpur and Kartarpur proved to be very helpful in the propagation of Sikh religion. Masand system made Sikh religion more powerful.

The compilation of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji was Guru Arjan Sahib’s greatest achievement. We agree with the remarks of Prof. Harbans Singh, “Under Guru Arjan, the Fifth Guru, Sikhism became more firmly established.” According to another famous historian Dr. G.S. Mansukhani, “During the period of Guru Arjan, Sikhism took a significant stride.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 3.
Give an account of the early career of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What was his contribution to Sikhism?
Answer:

Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the fifth Guru of the Sikhs. His period of pontification was from 1581 to 1606 A.D. The pontification of Guru Arjan Dev Ji saw the unprecedented development on the one band and on the other hand his martyrdom started a new era in the Sikh history. A brief description of early career and difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji is as under:

Early Career of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

1. Birth and Parentage: Guru Arjan Dev Ji was born on April 15,1563 A.D. at Goindwal Sahib. He was the youngest son of Guru Ram Das Ji. He belonged to a Kashatriya family of Sodhi caste. His mother’s name was Bibi Bhani.

2. Childhood and Marriage: Right from his childhood, Guru Arjan Dev Ji was very dear to his parents. His maternal grandfather Guru Amar Das Ji had special attachment with this grandson. He made a forecast that the child would become a great man, “Ih Mera Dohta, Bani Ka Bohita Hovega”. (This grandson of mine will produce the boat of Bani to ferry others across). His prediction proved true. Right from the beginning Guru Arjan Dev Ji was very promising, a symbol of modesty and a very religious-minded person. He learnt Hindi and Persian languages. He received knowledge about Gurbani from his parents and grandfather. He was married to Ganga Devi, daughter of Krishan Chand of village Mou of Phillaur. In 1595 A.D. he was blessed with a son named Hargobind.

3. Assumption of Guruship: Guru Ram Das Ji had three sons. Prithi Chand the eldest son was utterly selfish and subtle. His second son Mahadev was an ascetic, who showed no interest in the worldly affairs. Arjan Dev Ji was his third and the youngest son. Devotion to God, modesty and selfless service were his three main characteristics. So Guru Ram Das Ji appointed Guru Arjan Dev Ji as his successor in 1581 A.D. Thus Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the fifth Guru of the Sikhs.

Difficulties of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

After ascending Gurgaddi, Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face a number of difficulties. A brief description of these is given as under:

1. Opposition of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand was the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Therefore, he presumed himself as the true successor of Gurgaddi. But, when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was nominated as the successor by Guru Ram Das Ji he refused to submit and adopted an attitude of open defiance. He spoke bad words to his father. When Guru Rain Das Ji immersed with Immortal, Prithia spread the rumour that Arjan Dev Ji poisoned Guru Ram Das Ji so that, he might succeed to Gurgaddi. He asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji for his share in the property. Guru Arjan Dev Ji gave him all his property, but still he was not appeased.

Now, he forcibly started collecting funds brought for Langar by the Sikh Sangat and used them for his personal affairs. When in 1595 A.D. Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s wife was blessed with a son, named Hargobind, he hatched a number of conspiracies to put an end to the life of infant Hargobind. Prithi Chand planned a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji and complained to Akbar through a Mughal employee Sulahi Khan. But Akbar paid no heed to his complaints. Thus, till his death, Prithia remained an arch enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

2. Opposition of Orthodox Muslims: Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face stiff opposition from orthodox Muslims. Muslims could never tolerate the increasing influence of Sikhs. Orthodox Muslims in order to save their religion established Naqshbandi order at Sirhind. Shaikh Ahmad Sibhindi was the leader of this organisation. In 1605 A.D., when Jahangir became the new Mughal ruler, these Naqshbandis poisoned his ears against the Sikhs. As Jahangir was an orthodox emperor, so it had the desired impact on him.

3. Opposition of Brahmans: The Brahmans of Punjab w;ere also against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The main reason behind this was that the propagation of Sikh religion resulted in the decreasing influence of BrahmAnswer: Sikhs had started performing their customs and traditions even without BrahmAnswer: When Guru Arjan Dev Ji edited Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Brahmans could not tolerate it. They complained to Akbar against Guru Granth Sahib but Akbar observed that it was a scripture worthy of reverence.

4. Opposition of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. In connection with this he sent his messengers in different parts. When they returned they proposed the name of Hargobind,;son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandu Shah was enraged and remarked some objectionable words in the honour of Guru Ji. But, after being persuaded by his wife he agreed to the proposal. By this time the Sikhs had come to know about the remarks given by Chandu Shah against the Guru Ji.

So, they asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji to turn down this proposal. Consequently, Guru Arjan Dev Ji did the same. Now Chandu Shah personally came to Guru Arjan Dev Ji and offered Rs. 1 lakh and promised to give more dowry. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji refused saying, “My words are engraved on stone, and cannot be effaced. If you give me the whole world as a dowry with your daughter, my son will not marry her.” On hearing this Chandu Shah got very angry and became Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s sworn enemy.

Guru Arjan Dev Ji remained on Gurgaddi from 1581 to 1606 A.D/ With his accession to Guruship, Sikhism entered into a new phase. Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism is multifaceted. His important achievements are as follows:

1. Construction of Harmandir Sahib: The foremost achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the consolidation of Sikhism was the construction of Harmandir Sahib. Guru Ram Das Ji had started the digging of Amrit Sarovar and it was completed by Guru Arjan Dev Ji. After this, he started the construction work of Harmandir Sahib (Temple of God) in Amrit Sarovar. Its foundation was laid in 1588 AD. by a very famous Sufi Saint, named Mian Mir Ji. The Sikhs suggested to Guru Arjan Dev Ji that the temple should be higher than the surrounding buildings. But Guru Arjan Sahib said, “He who is humble shall be exalted.” That is why the building of the temple was kept lower as compared to the other buildings. Another distinguishing feature of Harmandir Sahib was that it has four doorways, one on each side.

It symbolises that the people from all the four directions of the world may come to this temple of God without any discrimination on the basis of caste, colour or creed. On completion of this temple in 1601 A.D. Guru Sahib announced that the pilgrimage to this place would have the value of all the 68 Hindu places of pilgrimage and if any pilgrim takes bath here with full devotion shall attain salvation. It impressed a large number of people. They started coming here in large numbers and it helped in the propagation of Sikhism. In a very short period, Harmandir Sahib became the most important pilgrimage of the Sikhs. According to G.S. Talib,

“This temple and the pool became to Sikhism what Mecca is to Islam, Jerusalem to Judaism and Christianity and Bodh Gaya to Buddhism.”

2. Foundation of Tarn Taran: Guru Arjan Dev Ji, in order to propagate Sikhism in Majha tract of the Punjab founded the city of Tarn Taran in 1590 A.D. This city is 24 kms to the South of Amritsar. Here a tank named as Tarn Taran was also dug. Tarn Taran means that any pilgrim who takes bath in this tank shall get salvation from transmigration. Tarn Taran also became a famous holy place of the Sikhs. As a result, thousands of Jats of the Majha became the followers of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and embraced Sikhism. The services of these Jats towards Sikhism was of great value.

3. Foundation of Kartarpur and Hargobindpur: In 1593-94 A.D., Guru Arjan Dev Ji laid the foundation of another town called Kartarpur in Jalandhar Doab. Kartarpur means, ‘The City of God’. It is situated between the Beas and the Sutlej rivers. Here Guru Sahib built a tank named ‘Gangsar’. Thus, Kartarpur also became the centre of propagation of Sikhism. On the occasion of the birth of his son in 1595 A.D. Hargobind, Guru Arjan Dev Sahib founded another town on the bank of the river Beas and this town was named as Hargobindpur after the name of his son.

4. Construction of a Baoli at Lahore: Once on the request of Sikh Sangat, Guru Sahib went to Lahore. There he got constructed a Baoli in Dabbi Bazaar. This Baoli became a holy place for the Sikhs of that area.

5. Development of Masand System: Development of Masand system was one of the greatest achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The word Masand has been derived from the word ‘Masnad’ which means high place. As the representatives of Guru Sahib used to sit on a higher place than others, so they were called as Masands. With the passage of time, the number of Sikhs had increased considerably. As a consequence, the Guru needed money for Langar and other development programmes. It was enjoined upon every Sikh to give Daswandh (l/10th) of his total income to Guru Sahib. For collecting this money from Sikhs, he appointed very responsible persons called Masands.

These Masands not only collected money, but also propagated Sikhism with a vigorous zeal. The money collected by Masands was deposited in the Guru’s treasury at Amritsar on the occasions of Diwali and Baisakhi. The Masand system played a vital role in spreading the message of Sikhism to far-off places. Secondly, it gave a definite income to Guru Arjan Sahib.

6. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The crowning achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism is the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. The main objective of its compilation was to keep the Gurbani of the former Sikh Gurus intact and .to provide the Sikhs a separate religious scripture of their own. The compilation work was started by the Guru at Ramsar sarovar near Amritsar. He dictated the hymns to Bhai Gurdas Ji. This work was completed in 1604 A.D. In Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Dev Ji included the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, Guru Amar Das Ji, Guru Ram Das Ji and his own hymns, which were maximum (2216) in number. Besides this, he had added the hymns of many Bhagats, Sufi Saints and Bhats. Later on, the hymns of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji were also included in it.

The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a great landmark in the history of Sikh religion. It gave the Sikhs a holy book of their own. It is called the Bible of the Sikhs. By including the hymns of the people belonging to different religions and castes in it, Guru Arjan Dev Ji has set up an example. Adi Granth Sahib Ji throws ample light on the political, religious, social and economic life of 15th to 17th centuries. Before Guru Gobind Singh Ji immersed in Eternal Light he gave Adi Granth Sahib Ji the status of Guru Granth Sahib Ji. According to Dr. Hari Ram Gupta, “The compilation of the Granth formed an important landmark in the history of the Sikhs.”

7. Trade of Horses. In order to make the Sikhs rich and prosperous, Guru Arjan Sahib encouraged,the Sikhs to take the trade of horses beyond the Indus with Arab countries. This step of Guru Arjan Sahib not only increased the income of the Sikhs but they became good horse riders also. Moreover, it dealt an effective blow at the stringency of caste and Hindu superstitions. It went a long way in breaking down the barrier that prevented the Hindus from crossing the Indus.

8. Friendly Relations with Akbar: Mughal emperor Akbar had set up friendly relations with Guru Arjan Sahib. During the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji his opponents Prithia, Ghandhu Shah, Brahmans and orthodox Muslims all tried their best to instigate the emperor against the Guru in’every possible way, but Akbar paid no heed to their false complaints. Some Muslims tried to instigate Akbar by complaining that the Adi Granth Sahib’ written by Guru Sahib contained many sayings against Islam. When Akbar looked into the matter, he said that the Granth was worthy of reverence, On the request made by Guru Arjan Sahib, Akbar reduced the land revenue by 10%. Due to it Guru Arjan Sahib earned a good name and fame and it helped in the development of Sikhism also.

9. Nomination of the Successor: In 1606 A.D., before his martyrdom, Guru Arjan Dev Ji nominated his son Hargobind as his successor. Guru Sahib instructed him to sit fully armed on his throne and maintain an army to the best of his ability. Thus, Guru Arjan not only maintained the tradition of Gurgaddi, but also changed its peaceful course.

10. Estimate of Guru Arjan Sahib’s Achievements: Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution in the development of Sikhism is remarkable. By constructing Harmandir Sahib, he has presented to the Sikhs their most sacred religious place. In the coming times, the Sikhs always got inspiration from it. Establishment of Tarn Taran, Hargobindpur and Kartarpur proved to be very helpful in the propagation of Sikh religion. Masand system made Sikh religion more powerful.

The compilation of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji was Guru Arjan Sahib’s greatest achievement. We agree with the remarks of Prof. Harbans Singh, “Under Guru Arjan, the Fifth Guru, Sikhism became more firmly established.” According to another famous historian Dr. G.S. Mansukhani, “During the period of Guru Arjan, Sikhism took a significant stride.”

Adi Granth Sahib Ji:

Question 4.
Write a detailed note on the compilation and historical importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
Write a critical note on compilation, language, contents and significance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Answer:
Undoubtedly the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji or Guru Granth Sahib Ji is Guru Arjan Sahib’s greatest achievement. In Sikhism, this sacred Granth is as revered as the Bible by the Christians, the Quran by the Mohammedans and the Vedas and Gita by the Hindus. In fact, Adi Granth Sahib is not only a holy book of the Sikhs but also a priceless treasure for the whole humanity.

1. Need for its Compilation: Many factors impressed upon the Guru the necessity for the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. In the times of Guru Arjan Sahib, Sikh religion was getting momentum. So, Guru Arjan Dev Ji felt the necessity of laying down rules for the guidance of his followers in the performance of their daily religious duties. Secondly, Prithia, the elder brother of Guru Arjan had also started composing religious hymns of his own which he described as the compositions of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and his successors. Under these circumstances, if the compositions of the Sikh Gurus were to be saved from spurious writings, an authentic text had to be written.

Thirdly, if the independence of the Sikh race was to be established, it was essential that they should have an independent religious book. Fourthly, Guru Arjan Dev Ji felt the need to replace the Hindu Granths, written in the Sanskrit language with a Granth of their own written in the simple language of the people of Punjab. The twenty-third and twenty-fourth pauris of the Anand Sahib state that real hymns of the Gurus should alone be repeated and revered by the Sikhs. Guru Amar Das Ji writes,

“Come, ye disciples, beloved of the true Guru, sing a true song. Sing the song of the Guru, the song of songs, Saith Nanak, ever sing this true song.” Hence it was obligatory for Guru Arjan Dev Ji to take precautions, lest the Sikhs should recite writings other than those of the Sikh Gurus.

2. Collection of Hymns: For editing Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Sahib collected hymns from different sources. Hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji and Guru Amar Das Ji were lying with Baba Mohan Ji, the eldest son of Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Arjan Sahib himself went from Amritsar to Goindwal Sahib bare-footed. Impressed by the modesty of Guru Arjan Sahib, Baba Mohan handed over the whole material to the Guru. Hymns of Guru Ram Das Ji were already with Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Guru Arjan Sahib then added his own hymns. Then, Guru Arjan Dev Ji invited many disciples of Hindu and Muslim Saints to give him the best hymns of their Gurus and Saints. Thus, the Bani was collected from different sources.

3. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: For the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Sahib selected a beautiful and solitary place situated to the south of Amritsar. Here Guru Arjan Dev Ji built a tank named as Ramsar Sarovar. On the bank of this sarovar tents were fixed under a peepal tree. Here Guru Arjan Sahib started the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. Guru Arjan Sahib dictated and Bhai Gurdas Ji went on writing. This great work was completed in 1604 A.D. This Granth Sahib Ji was kept in Sri Harmandir Sahib and Baba Buddha Ji was appointed as the .first Head Granthi (priest).

4. Contributions in Adi Granth Sahib: Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a very vast Granth. It contains a total of 5,894 Shabads (Hymns). The contributors in Adi Granth Sahib are divided into four classes:

  •  Sikh Gurus: Guru Granth Sahib Ji contains 976 hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, 62 of Guru Angad Dev Ji, 907 of Guru Amar Das Ji, 679 of Guru Ram Das Ji and 2216 hymns of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Later on, in Guru Gobind Singh Ji’s time 116 hymns of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji were also included.
  • Bhagats and Saints: Adi Granth Sahib Ji includes the hymns of 15 Hindu Bhagats and Sufi Saints, whose teachings were similar to the teachings of the Sikh Gurus. These Saints and Bhagats are Bhagat Kabir Ji, Sheikh Farid Ji, Bhagat Namdev Ji, Bhagat Ravidas Ji, Bhagat Dhanna Ji, Bhagat Ramanand Ji and Bhagat Jaidev Ji. Out of them the maximum hymns numbering 541 belonged to Bhagat Kabir Ji.
  • Bhats: Adi Granth Sahib Ji also includes the sawayyas of 11 famous Bhats (Bards). These sawayyas are 123 in total. The famous Bhats are Nal Ji, Bal Ji, Jalap Ji, Bhikha Ji and Harbans Ji.
  • Others: The hymns of Satta, Balwand, Sunder and Mardana are also included in the Adi Granth Sahib Ji.

5. Arrangement of the Matter: Adi Granth Sahib Ji has a total of 1430 pages. The hymns of Adi Granth Sahib Ji have been divided into three parts. The first part consists of 13 pages contains the daily prayers like Japji Sahib, Rehras Sahib and Sohla. Second part is the main part of Granth Sahib. The hymns in this part have been divided into 31 parts based on 31 Ragas. As all the hymns contain the name of ‘Nanak’ therefore, the word ‘Mahala’ has been used to indicate which Guru’s composition it is. The third part contains the swayyas of Bhats, and those salokas of Sikh Gurus and Bhagats which could not be described in Ragas. Adi Granth Sahib Ji ends with an epilogue called ‘Mundavani’ which has two salokas.

6. Subject: In Adi Granth Sahib Ji, there are hymns in praise of God. It throws light on the importance of the remembrance of the Holy Nam, which is a kind of meditation, attainment of Sach Khand and importance of Guru. It gives us the message of welfare for all human beings, oneness of God and brotherhood of mankind.

7. Language: Adi Granth Sahib Ji is written in Gurmukhi script. In it, the words from Punjabi, Hindi, Marathi, Gujarati, Sanskrit and Persian languages spoken in 15th, 16th and 17th centuries were used.

Significance of Adi Granth Sahib:

Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a matchless religious book not only of the Sikhs, but of the whole mankind. The hymns of Adi Granth Sahib Ji give the universal message of the oneness of God and brotherhood of mankind.

1. Importance for the Sikhs: The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a landmark in the history of the Sikhs. Today in every Sikh Gurudwara of the world, this sacred Granth is installed at a higher platform wrapped in silk cloth under a canopy. Sikhs revere it and bow before it with great respect. All Sikh ceremonies right from the birth till death are done in the presence of Guru Granth Sahib Ji. For the Sikhs, Guru Granth Sahib is the main source of inspiration for them. According to Dr. Wazir Singh,
“The Adi Granth‘was indeed his most precious gift to the Sikh world.”

2. Message of Brotherhood: Adi Granth Sahib Ji is the only sacred book of the world, which contains the hymns without any distinction on the basis of caste, colour and creed. By doing so Guru Arjan Sahib has given the message of brotherhood to all human beings.

3. Literary Importance: From the literary point of view Adi Granth Sahib is a unique work. It contains beautiful similies and embellishments. It has a, form and finish not equalled by subsequent writers. Therefore, from the literary point of view Guru Granth Sahib carries immense importance.

4. Historical Importance: No doubt Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a religious scripture, yet it furnishes valuable information regarding the social, religious political and economic life of 15th to 17th centuries. Guru Nanak Sahib gave a vivid account of the political condition of that time in Babar Vani. In social field women’s position was miserable. They occupied a very low place in the society. A widow was cursed by one and all. Hindu society was divided into a number of castes and sub-castes. Guru Granth Sahib Ji also throws a good deal of light on the agriculture and trade and commerce of that period. According to Dr. D.S. Dhillon,
“Its compilation was undoubtedly an important landmark in the history of the Sikhs.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Martyrdom Of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

Question 5.
What were the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji? What was the significance of this martyrdom?
Or
Explain the circumstances responsible for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji,
Or
Write in detail about the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and its effects,
Or
What were the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji? What was its importance?
Or
Explain the causes which led to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What was the real cause of the martyrdom?
Or
Examine the circumstances leading to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What was the significance of his martyrdom?
Or
Describe the circumstances that led to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What is the significance of his martyrdom?
Or
Discuss the causes and importance of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Describe the causes and significance of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
What were the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
In 1606 A.D., Guru Arjan Dev Ji sacrificed his life for the sake of religion and truth. His martyrdom started a new era in Sikh history. Now Sikhs began to arm themselves to face the Mughals with bravery and courage. Many factors were responsible for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, which are discussed as below:

1. Fanaticism of Jahangir: Jahangir’s fanaticism was the main reason for Guru Arjan Ji’s martyrdom. He could not bear to see any other religion more prosperous than Islam. He could not tolerate the growing popularity of Sikhs in Punjab. So, he was looking for a chance to hamper their development. He wanted to put a stop to all this. He has written about it in his autobiography Tuzak-i- Jahangiri, “In Goindwal on the banks of the river Beas lived a Hindu named Arjan in the garb of ‘Pir’ or ‘Shaikh’. By his ways and manners he captured the fancy of many of the simple hearted Hindus and even many ignorant Muslims. He had loudly sounded the drum of his being Pir and a holy person.

They called him Guru and from all sides innocent and foolish people crowded to manifest their complete faith in him. For three or four generations they had kept their shop warm. Many times I thought of putting a stop to this vain affair onto bring him to Islam.” These words of Jahangir clearly show that his religious fanaticism was the main reason behind the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji

2. Development of Sikh Panth: In Guru Arjan Ji’s time, Sikhism progressed considerably. It got a new impetus with the construction of Harmandir Sahib and establishment of the cities like Tarn Taran, Kartarpur and Hargobindpur. Masand system played a significant role in the development of Sikhism. The compilation of Guru Granth Sahib helped in propagating Sikh religion. This was something intolerable and unbearable for the Mughals. They, therefore, thought of crushing the growing power of the Sikhs.

3. Enmity of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand alias Prithia was the eldest brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was a very greedy and selfish person. For this reason only Guru Ram Das Ji appointed Guru Arjan Sahib as his successor in 1581 A.D. Prithia could not tolerate that the Gurgaddi had passed on to somebody else. He then made a firm decision that he would not sit at ease until he had dethroned Guru Arjan Dev Ji and received Gurgaddi for himself. So, he started opposing Guru Arjan Dev Ji openly. He collected money from Masands meant for Langar and used it for his own personal use.

He tried to popularise his own compositions naming them as those of Guru Arjan Sahib’s. He started planning a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji with the help of some Mughal officials. It further strained the relationship between the Mughals and Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

4. Enmity of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan cJ Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. Many advisors suggested him to marry his daughter with Hargobind, the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He on hearing it Chander Shah was emerged and he uttered some objectionable words in the house of Guru Sahib. Afterwards, when Chandu Shah’s wife convinced him, he was ready to accept this relation. By this time, Guru Arjan Dev Ji came to know about all those abusive words Chandu Shah had uttered for him. So, he refused to accept shagun sent by Chandu Shah. When Chandu Shah came to know about this, he was determined to avenge the insult. He started poisoning Jahangir’s ears and he succeeded in getting what he wanted. Jahangir made up his mind to take a strict action against Guru Arjan Sahib.

5. Opposition of Naqshbandis: Naqshbandis played an important role in the martyrdom of Guru Sahib. Naqshbandi was an order started by fanatic Muslims. Muslims could never see any other religion prospering and developing. Sheikh Ahmad Sirhindi, the leader of Naqshbandis, had great influence in Mughal Darbar. So, he also instigated Jahangir against Guru Sahib. Therefore, Jahangir decided to take action against Guru Sahib.

6. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji was another important reason of Guru Arjan Sahib’s martyrdom. Opponents of Guru Arjan Dev Ji complained against him to Jahangir saying that he had written many things against Islam. Jahangir instructed Guru Arjan Dev Ji to remove all anti-Islamic points from the Granth Sahib Ji. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji said that Guru Granth Sahib Ji contained nothing against Islam. Then Jahangir asked him to write something about Hazrat Mohammad in this scripture. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji said that he could not do any such thing without Almighty’s permission. This enraged Jahangir all the more.

7. Help of Khusrau: Help of Khusrau by Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the immediate cause of Guru Arjan Dev Ji martyrdom. Prince Khusrau had revolted against his father some time after his enthronement. On reaching Punjab Khusrau came to Tarn Taran to seek Guru Arjan Dev Ji blessings. It is said that Guru Arjan Dev Ji put a tilak on his forehead and gave him all sorts of help required to go to Kabul. When Jahangir came to know about all this he got a golden opportunity to take stern action against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He ordered Lahore Governor, Murtaza Khan to execute him by giving severe physical tortures, and to confiscate the whole of his property.

How was Guru Arjan Dev Ji Martyred?

On Jahangir’s order Guru Arjan Dev Ji was arrested on 24th May, 1606 A.D. and brought to Lahore. Here Muslim Sufi Saint Mian Mir requested Jahangir to spare his life. Jahangir asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji to pay a fine of Rs. 2 lakh for sparing his life. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji refused to pay this fine. As a result, the Mughals made Guru Arjan Dev Ji to sit in a vessel of boiling water. Then Guru Arjan Dev Ji was made to sit on hot iron bars and hot sand was thrown on his naked body. The Guru Arjan Dev Ji bore all the tortures cheerfully by uttering the following verse: –

“Whatever you ordain appears sweet. I supplicate for the gift of Nam.”
Thus, Guru Arjan Dev Ji was immersed in Eternal Light on 30th May, 1606 A.D. at Lahore.

Significance of the Martyrdom:

The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was an event of tremendous importance in the evolution of the Sikh movement and in the history of Punjab.

1. New Policy of Guru Hargobind Sahib: The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji proved a turning point in the development of the Sikh community. Guru Hargobind Ji decided to adopt a New Policy in order to turn his followers into saint soldiers. He constructed Akal Takht Sahib with a view to impart military training to the Sikhs. He asked his followers to bring him horses and arms and join his army. It changed the entire character of the reformatory religious movement. According to famous historian K.S. Duggal, “Guru Arjan’s martyrdom precipitated the issues. It gave a new complexion to the shape of things in the Punjab and the Sikh Polity.”

2. Unity among the Sikhs: The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji infused a new spirit among the Sikhs. Now, they felt the need of joining their hands in order to put an end to the tyrannical rule of the Mughals. The Sikhs, henceforth, began to assemble under one banner. It created a glorious tradition in the Sikh history. Undoubtedly its credit goes to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

3. Change in relationship between Mughals and the Sikhs: Before the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, there were cordial relations between the Sikh Gurus and the Mughal emperors. But, now with the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the position had been completely reversed. The Sikhs became the sworn enemy of the Mughals. They were now looking for an opportunity to avenge the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. On the other hand, the Mughal emperors also did not like that the Sikhs should take to arms. Thus, it strained the relationship between the Sikhs and the Mughals.

4. Persecution of the Sikhs: After the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the Mughals started a reign of terror against the Sikhs. Jahangir had put Guru Hargobind Ji in prison in the-fort of Gwalior. During the reign of Shah Jahan, Guru Hargobind Ji was forced to fight four battles with the Mughals. In 1675 A.D., Aurangzeb got Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji martyred in Delhi. During his rule, he left no stone unturned to convert the whole of India into Islam. A large number of people were put to sword for refusing to embrace Islam. To face boldly the tyrannies of the Mughals, Guru Gobind Singh Ji, Banda Singh Bahadur and thousands of other Sikhs laid down their lives. In fact, the Sikhs got this inspiration of self¬sacrifice from the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.-

5. Popularity of Sikhism: With the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, Sikhism became more popular. This incident infused a new vigour, love and reverence for Sikhism, not only among the Hindus, but also among the Muslims. Consequently, they began to join Sikhism in larger numbers. Thus, the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji proved a milestone in the development of Sikhism. According to famours historian Dr. G.S. Mansukhani, “The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib marks a .turning point in the development of Sikh religion.”

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Write a brief note on the difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji immediately after his accession to Gurgaddi.
Or
What were the difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji, when he became the Guru?
Answer:
At the time of accession to Gurgaddi, Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face the opposition firstly of his elder brother Prithi Chand. He vehemently protested against his supersession. The fanatic Muslims of Punjab could not bear the growing influence of the Sikhs in Punjab. They incited Jahangir against Guru Ji. Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He had sent a proposal to Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the marriage of his daughter to his son Hargobind Ji. But Guru Arjan Dev ji declined the proposal. As a result, Chandu Shah turned a sworn enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 2. What was Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism?
Or
Describe briefly the contributions of Guru Arjan Dev Ji in the development of Sikhism.
Or
Give a brief account of the organizational works of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:

  • By making Sri Harmandir Sahib at Amritsar, Guru Arjan Dev Ji gave the Sikhs their most sacred place of pilgrimage,
  • He built a Baoli at Lahore.
  • The development of the Masand system was one of his greatest achievements.
  • The compilation of Guru Granth Sahib in 1604 A.D. by Guru Arjan Dev Ji is considered his crowning achievement.

Question 3.
Write a brief note on Harmandir Sahib.
Or
Describe briefly the importance of the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib by Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the foundation and importance of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Or
Briefly describe the importance of the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
The building of Sri Harmandir Sahib is one of the greatest achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. It was constructed in the midst of Amrit Sarovar. Guru Arjan Dev Ji got its foundation laid by a famous Sufi saint, Mian Mir in 1588 A.D. Harmandir means “Temple of God.’ Guru Arjan Dev Ji kept the height of the building of Sri Harmandir Sahib lower than those of the surrounding buildings and said, “What is humble, shall be exalted.” Soon, Sri Harmandir Sahib became the leading pilgrimage centre of the Sikhs.

Question 4.
What do you know about the Masand system? Explain.
Or
Examine the organization and development of the Masand system.
Or
What do you mean by the Masand system?
Answer:
“Masand’ is derived from the Persian word Masand which means ‘a high place’. This system was set up by Guru Ram Das Ji, but its real development took place during Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s time. Guru Arjan Dev Ji announced that each Sikh should offer Daswandh (one-tenth of income) to him. He appointed Masands to collect Daswandh from the Sikh Sangat. The Masands not only collected Daswandh but also preached Sikhism. Masand system played a significant role in the evolution of the Sikh movement.

Question 5.
What were the functions of the Masands?
Answer:

  • Masand’s used to preach Sikhism in the area under him.
  • He used to collect Daswandh from the Sikh Sangat.
  • Masand’s used to deposit the collected Daswandh to the Guru Sahib on the occasions of Baisakhi and Diwali.

Question 6.
Write a short note on Tarn Taran and Its importance.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji, founded the city of Tarn Taran in 1590 A.D. Here a Sarovar named Tarn Taran was also dug. Tarn Taran means that any pilgrim, who takes bath in this Sarovar shall get salvation from transmigration. Tarn Taran also became a famous holy place of the Sikhs. As a result, thousands of Jats of the Majha became the followers of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and embraced Sikhism. The services of these Jats towards Sikhism were of great value.

Question 7.
Write a note on the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji (Guru
Or
Briefly explain the significance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
Write a short note on Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
Give a brief description of Adi Granth Sahib Ji and its historical
Answer:
The most important work during Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s pontificate was the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. The objective was to compile the Bani of Gurus in one place. Guru Arjan Dev Ji initiated this great work at Ramsar. The Bani of the first five Guru Sahibs, Saints, and Bhagats was included in it. The job of writing Guru Granth Sahib was done by Bhai Gurdas Ji. This great work was completed in 1604 A.D. Later on, the Bani of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was also included in it. Adi Granth Sahib occupies a special place in the history of Sikhism.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 8.
Briefly explain the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
What is the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
No doubt Guru Granth Sahib Ji is a religious scripture, yet it furnishes valuable information regarding the social, religious, political, and economic life of the 16th and 17th centuries. Guru Nanak Sahib gave a vivid account of the political condition of that time in Babar Vani. In the social field, women’s position was miserable. The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib is a landmark in the history of the Sikhs. It gave the message of the universal brotherhood of mankind to the world.

Question 9.
Write a note on Prithi Chand.
Or
Who was Prithi Chand? Why did he oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Who was Prithi Chand (Prithia)? How did he act against Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Prithi Chand or Prithia was the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was. the founder of the Mina Sect. He was very selfish and cunning. That is why Guru Ram Das Ji gave the Gurgaddi to Guru Arjan Dev Ji instead of giving it to him. On hearing this decision, Prithi Chand got furious. He hoped that his son Meharban would get Gurgaddi after Guru Arjan Dev Ji. But when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was blessed with a son, Hargobind, all his hopes seemed to dash to the ground. Therefore, he became a sworn enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 10.
Who was Chandu Shah? Why did he oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Why does Chandu Shah oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Write a short note on Chandu Shah.
Answer:
Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. His messengers proposed the name of Hargobind, son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandu Shah was enraged and uttered some objectionable words in honor of Guru Ji. But after being persuaded by his wife, he agreed to the proposal. Again he sent his messengers to Guru Arjan Dev Ji with this proposal. Guru Arjan Dev Ji turned down the proposal. On hearing this Chandu Shah got very angry and became Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s sworn enemy.

Question 11.
Mention the three causes for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Examine three major causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
What were the three main causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:

  • Jahangir could not tolerate the flourishing of Sikhism.
  • Chandu Shah, the Diwan of Lahore sent a proposal of his daughter’s marriage to Hargobind, the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. When this proposal was not accepted, Chandu Shah turned Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s sworn enemy.
  • The help rendered to Khusrau, the elder son of Jahangir, by Guru Arjan Ji became an immediate reason for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
  • Prithi Chand played a great role in the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 12.
Describe the role of Naqshbandis in the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib.
Answer:
Naqshabandis played an important role in the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib. Naqshbandi was an order started by fanatic Muslims. Naqshbandis were enraged to see the increasing influence of the Sikhs in Punjab. Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi, the leader of Naqshbandis had great influence in Mughal Darbar. So, he also instigated Jahangir against Guru Ji. Therefore, Jahangir decided” to take action against Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 13.
Why was Jahangir hostile to Sikh Gurus?
Answer:

  • Jahangir could not tolerate the rapidly increasing power of the Sikhs under Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
  • Some Muslims had embraced Sikhism. It embroiled the blood of Jahangir.
  • Jahangir could not tolerate the help rendered to rebellious Prince Khusrau.

Question 14.
What was the immediate cause of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
The help of Khusrau by Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the immediate cause of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom. Prince Khusrau was the eldest son of Jahangir. He revolted against his father sometime after his enthronement. Khusrau came to seek Guru Arjan Dev Ji blessings. It is said that Guru Arjan Dev Ji put a tilak on his forehead. When Jahangir came to know about all this he got a golden opportunity to take stern action against Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 15.
Write the importance of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom.
Or
Write down the impact of the martyrdom of Sri Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Briefly describe the importance of martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji
Answer:
The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji gave a new turn to Sikh history. The peace-loving Sikhs flared up as a result of this martyrdom. It became evident to them that taking to arms was now essential. That is why Guru Hargobind Ji adopted a New Policy. He carried two swords of Miri and Piri. In this way, Guru Arjan Dev Ji turned the Sikhs into saint-soldiers. After the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the era of friendship between the Sikhs and the Mughals came to an end.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
Who was the fifth Guru of the Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 2.
When was Guru Arjan Dev Ji born?
Answer:
April 15, 1563 A.D.

Question 3.
Where was Guru Arjan Dev Ji born?
Answer:
Goindwal Sahib.

Question 4.
What was the name of the father of Guru Arjan- Dev Ji?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 5.
What was the name of the mother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Bibi Bhani Ji.

Question 6.
Mention the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
1581 to 1606 A.D.

Question 7.
Who was Prithia?
Answer:
The eldest brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 8.
Why was Prithia annoyed with Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Because he considered himself the real claimant of the Giirgaddi.

Question 9.
Which sect was founded by Prithi Chand?
Answer:
Mina sect.

Question 10.
What was the name of Meharban’s father?
Answer:
Prithi Chand.

Question 11.
Who was Chandu Shah?
Answer:
Diwan of Lahore.

Question 12.
Name any one achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
He founded Harmandir Sahib at Amritsar.

Question 13.
What is meant by Harmandir Sahib?
Answer:
The place of God’s residence.

Question 14.
By which Guru was Harmandir Sahib got built?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 15.
Who laid the foundation stone of Harmandir Sahib?
Answer:
Famous Sufi Saint Mian Mir.

Question 16.
When was the foundation of Harmandir Sahib laid?
Answer:
1588 A.D.

Question 17.
When was the construction of Harmandir Sahib completed?
Answer:
1601 A.D.

Question 18.
Who was the first Head Granthi of Harmandir Sahib?
Answer:
Baba Buddha Ji.

Question 19.
Why four doors have been built on* four sides of Harmandir Sahib?
Or
What do the four doors of Harmandir Sahib, indicate?
Answer:
It indicates that the doors of Harmandir Sahib are open for people coming from all four directions without any discrimination.

Question 20.
What is meant by Tarn Taran?
Answer:
A person can swim across the world by bathing in the tank of Tarn Taran.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 21.
Who got town of Tarn Taran constructed?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 22.
Which Guru got built a Baoli in Dabbi Bazar at Lahore?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 23.
What is meant by the word Masand?
Answer:
High place.

Question 24.
What does Daswandh imply?
Answer:
Daswandh means the 1/10th of income which the Sikhs gave to the Masands.

Question 25.
When was Adi Granth Sahib Ji compiled?
Answer:
1604 A.D.

Question 26.
Which Guru Sahib compiled Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 27.
Who helped Guru Arjan Dev Ji in compiling the Adi Granth Sahib?
Answer:
Bhai Gurdas Ji.

Question 28.
When was Adi Granth Sahib Ji installed in Harmandir Sahib?
Answer:
16th Aug, 1604 A.D.

Question 29.
Which Guru composed the maximum Shabads (Hymns) for Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 30.
What is the number of saints whose hymns (bani) have been included in the Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
15.

Question 31.
Name any one saint, whose hymns have been included in Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Answer:
Kabir Ji.

Question 32.
Into how many Ragas the Adi Granth Sahib Ji has been divided?
Answer:
Adi Granth Sahib has been divided into 31 Ragas.

Question 33.
How many pages (Angas) does Adi Granth Sahib Ji contain?
Answer:
1430.

Question 34.
Write the name of the script of ‘Adi Granth Sahib Ji’.
Answer:
Gurmukhi.

Question 35.
Name the main religious book of (Granth Sahib) the Sikhs.
Answer:
Adi Granth Sahib Ji or Guru Granth Sahib Ji„

Question 36.
With which Bani does the Adi Granth Sahib Ji start?
Answer:
Japji Sahib.

Question 37.
Who composed Japji Sahib?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 38.
What is the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
It contains the message of universal brotherhood of mankind.

Question 39.
Who was Baba Buddha Ji?
Answer:
The first Head Granthi of Sri Darbar Sahib, Amritsar.

Question 40.
Name the central shrine of the Sikhs.
Answer:
Sri Harmandir Sahib, Amritsar.

Question 41.
Who was Chandu Shah?
Answer:
Diwan of Lahore.

Question 42.
Who was Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi?
Answer:
The head of Naqashbandi order.

Question 43.
What was the name of the eldest son of Jahangir?
Answer:
Khusrau.

Question 44.
Who was the first martyr among the Sikh Gurus?
Or
Which Guru is known as King of Martyrs (Shaheedan de Sartaj).
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 45.
Which Mughal emperor ordered to martyr Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Jahangir.

Question 46.
When was Guru Arjan Dev Ji martyred?
Answer:
May 30, 1606 A.D.

Question 47.
Where was Guru Arjan Dev Ji martyred?
Answer:
In Lahore.

Question 48.
Write down any one result of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
It inflammed the sentiments of the Sikhs.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Fill in the blanks:

1. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the ……………… Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
fifth

2. The name of the father of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was …………………..
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji

3. The name of the mother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was ……………….
Answer:
Bibi Bhani

4. The name of the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was ………………….
Answer:
Hargobind

5. Guru Arjan Dev Ji succeeded to Guruship in ………………..
Answer:
1581 A.D.

6. Prithia established ………………..
Answer:
Mina sect

7. Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi started the …………………. order.
Answer:
Naqashbandi

8. Naqasbandis established their headquarters at …………………
Answer:
Sirhind

9. Chandu Shah was the Diwan of ……………..
Answer:
Lahore

10. ……………. got built Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

11. Famous Saint ……………… laid the foundation stone of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
Mian Mir

12. ………………. founded Tarn Taran.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

13. ………………. got built a Baoli at Lahore.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

14. The Adi Granth Sahib was complied by …………………
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

15. Compilation of the Adi Granth Sahib was completed in ………………..
Answer:
1604 A.D.

16. ………………… was appointed as the first Head Granthi in Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
Baba Buddha Ji

17. The autobiography of Jahangir is …………………..
Answer:
Tuzak-i-Jahangiri

18. Dara Shikoh’s father’s name was …………………
Answer:
Jahangir

19. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred on …………………
Answer:
May 30, 1606 A.D.

20. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred at ………………..
Answer:
Lahore

21. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred by Mughal emperor …………………
Answer:
Jahangir

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

True or False:

1. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the fifth Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
True

2. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was born on April 15, 1563 A.D.
Answer:
True

3. Tripta Devi was the name of mother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
False

4. The name of the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
True

5. Prithi Chand found the Mina Sect.
Answer:
True

6. Chandu Shah became the friend of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
False

7. Guru Arjan Dev Ji got constructed the Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
True

8. The construction of Harmandir Sahib was started in 1688 A.D.
Answer:
False

9. The foundation of Harmandir Sahib was laid by Sufi Saint, Mian Mir.
Answer:
True

10. Development of Masand system was the greatest achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
True

11. Guru Arjan Dev Ji compiled Adi Granth Sahib Ji in 1604 A.D.
Answer:
True

12. Baba Buddha Ji wrote hymns of Adi Granth Sahib.
Answer:
False

13. Baba Buddha Ji was the first Head Granthi (priest) of Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
True

14. The hymns of Adj Granth Sahib Ji have been divided according to 33 Ragas.
Answer:
False

15. Adi Granth Sahib Ji has a total of 1430 pages.
Answer:
True

16. Guru Granth Sahib Ji has hymns of six Gurus.
Answer:
True

17. Adi Granth Sahib Ji is written in Sanskrit Language.
Answer:
False

18. The writer of Tuzak-i-Babari was Jahangir.
Answer:
False

19. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred in 1606 A.D.
Answer:
True

20. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred on the orders of Aurangjeb.
Answer:
False

21. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred at Lahore.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who was the fifth Guru of Sikhs?
(a) Guru Ram Das Ji
(b) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji
(d) Guru Har Krishan Ji
Answer:
(b) Guru Arjan Dev Ji

2. When was Guru Arjan Dev Ji born?
(a) In 1539 AD.
(b) In 1560 A.D.
(c) In 1563 A.D
(d) In 1574 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1563 A.D

3. Where was Guru Arjan Dey Ji born?
(a) Amritsar
(b) Khadur Sahib
(c) Goindwal Sahib
(d) Tarn Taran.
Answer:
(c) Goindwal Sahib

4. Who was the father of Guru Arjan Dcv Ji?
(a) Guru Amar Das Ji
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji
(c) Bhai Gurdas Ji
(d) Haridas Ji
Answer:
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji

5. What was the name of the mother of Guru Arjan Dcv Ji?
(a) Bibi Bhani Ji
(b) Bibi Amro Ji
(c) Bibi Anokhi Ji
(d) Bibi Dhanì Ji.
Answer:
(a) Bibi Bhani Ji

6. Which sect was, founded by Prithin?
(a) Mina
(b) Udasi
(c) Harms
(d) Nirjania
Answer:
(a) Mina

7. Whose son was Meharban?
(a) Guru Arjan Dcv Ji
(b) Sri Chiad Ji
(c) Baba Mohan Ji
(d) Prithi Chand.
Answer:
(d) Prithi Chand.

8. When did Guru Arjan Dev Ji succeed to Guruship?
(a) In 1580 A.D.
(b) In 1581 A.D.
(c) In 1585 A.D.
(d) In 1586 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1581 A.D.

9. Where was headquarter of Naqshbandis located In Punjab?
(a) Malerkutla
(b) Ludhiana
(c) Jalandhar
(d) Sirhind
Answer:
(d) Sirhind

10. Who was the leader of Naqshbandis at the time of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
(a) Baba Farid Ji
(b) Data Ganj Baksh
(c) Shaikh Abmed Sirhindi
(d) Ram Rai.
Ans.
(c) Shaikh Abmed Sirhindi

11. Who was Chandu Shah?
(a) Diwan of Lahore
(b) Faujdar of Punjab
(c) Subedar of Jalandhar
(d) Diwan of Multan
Answer:
(a) Diwan of Lahore

12. When was the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib laid?
Answer:
(a) In 1581 A.D.
(b) In 1585 A.D.
(c) In 1588 A.D.
(d) In 1589 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1588 A.D.

13. Who laid the foundation of sri Harmandir Sahib?
(a) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(b) Baba Farid Ji
(c) Saint Mian Mir Ji
(d) Baba Buddha Ji.
Answer:
(c) Saint Mian Mir Ji

14. Where did Guru Arjan Dev Ji Start compiling of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
(a) Ramsar
(b) Goindwal Sahib
(c) Khadur Sahib
(d) Baba Bakala
Answer:
(a) Ramsar

15. Who helped Guru Arjan Dev Ji in compiling the Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
(a) Baba Buddha Ji
(b) Bhai Gurdas Ji
(c) Bhai Moh1cam Chand Ji
(d) Bhai Mani Singh Ji.
Ans.
(b) Bhai Gurdas Ji

16. When was compilation of the Adj Granth Sahib Ji completed?
(a) In 1600 A.D.
(b) In 1601 A.D.
(c) In 1602 A.D.
(d) In 1604 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1604 A.D.

17. Where was the Adj Granth Sahib JI first kept?
(a) Sri Harnjandjr Sahib
(b) Khadur Sahib
(c) Goindwal Sahib
(d) Nankana Sahib.
Answer:
(a) Sri Harnjandjr Sahib

18. When was the Adj Granth Sahib Ji first read.?
(t) In 1602 AD.
(ii) In 1604 A.D.
(iii) In 1605 A.D.
(iv) In 1606 A.D.
Answer:
(ii) In 1604 A.D.

19. Who was appointed First Head Granthi in the Sri Harmandir Sahib?
(a) Bhai Gurdas Ji
(b) Bhai Mani Singh Ji
(c) Baba Buddha Ji
(d) Baba Deep Singh Ji
Answer:
(c) Baba Buddha Ji

20. Into how many Ragas has the Bani of the Adj Granth Sahib Ji been divided?
(a) 10
(b) 15
(c) 21
(d) 31
Answer:
(d) 31

21. In which Script the Adi Granth Sahib Ji was written?
(a) Hindi
(b) Persian
(c) Marathi
(d) Gurmukhi
Answer:
(d) Gurmukhi

22. Who was Baba Buddha Ji?
(a) The first Head Granthi of Sri Harmandir Sahib Amrister.
(b) Writer of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
(c) The founder of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
(d) None of These
Answer:
(a) The first Head Granthi of Sri Harmandir Sahib Amrister.

23. Name the main religious scripture of the Sikhs.
(a) Adi Granth Sahib Ji
(b) Dasam Granth Sahib Ji
(c) Zafarnama
(d) Rehat Nama
Answer:
(a) Adi Granth Sahib Ji

24. Name the main religious scripture of the Sikhs.
(a) Sri Harmandir Sahib
(b) Sis Ganj
(c) Rakab Ganj
(d) Kesgarh Sahib
Answer:
(a) Sri Harmandir Sahib

25. What was the name of autobiography of Jahangir?
(a) Tuzak-i-Babari
(b) Tuzak-i-Jahangiri
(c) Jahangir Nama
(d) Aalamgir Nama.
Answer:
(b) Tuzak-i-Jahangiri

26. Name the first martyr among the Sikh Gurus.
(a) Guru Nanak Dey Ji
(b) Guni Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dey Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Arjan Dey Ji

27. On the orders of which Mughal emperor was Guru Arjan Dey Ji martyred?
(a) Babar
(b) Jahangir
(c) Shah Jahan
(d) Aurangzeb.
Answer:
(b) Jahangir

28. Where was Guru Arjan Dcv Ji martyred?
(a) Delhi
(b) Amritsar
(c) Lahore
(d) Multan.
Answer:
(c) Lahore

29. When was Guru Arjan Dey Ji martyred?
(a) In 1604 A.D.
(b) In 1605 A.D.
(c) In 1606 A.D.
(d) In 1609 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1606 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What five problems are faced by historians in understanding the history of Punjab?
Or
What are the main problems regarding the historical sources of Punjab?
Or
What five difficulties do we face regarding the historical sources of Punjab?
Or
What problems are faced by the students in composing the history of Punjab?
Answer:
Writing the history of Punjab the historians confront numerous problems in writing the history of Punjab. These problems are briefly described below :

1. Sikhs did not find time to write their own History: Punjab became an arena of wars in the 18th century. Anarchy was the order of the day. The Sikhs were fighting for their existence. They had to flee to the mountains and jungles leaving their homes. As a result, they could hardly find time to pen down their history.

2. Biased views of Muslim Historians: Most of the sources available to understand the history of Punjab are written in Persian by Muslim historians were: They were staunch Muslims. They considered the Sikhs their inveterate enemies. They willfully distorted the facts of Sikh history in a malicious manner. Therefore, their writings cannot be trusted.

3. Destruction of Historical Sources: Till the seventh decade of the 18th century, there was no peace, and anarchy prevailed in Punjab. The invasion of Na*dir Shah in 1739 A.D..aad subsequently eight invasions of Ahmad Shah Abdali from 1747 to 1767 A.D. ruined the Punjab. How could the Sikhs preserve their sacred documents when even the lives of their families were at risk? A large number of their holy writings were lost.

4. Punjab, a part of Mughal Empire: Till 1752 A.D. Punjab formed a part of the Mughal empire. As a result, no history could be written apart from the history of India. The contemporary writers wrote largely on the Mughal emperors, but just not write about the political, social, religious, and economic conditions of Punjab. Therefore, a detailed account of the history of Punjab is not available from the works of contemporary historians.

5. Untapped Historical Sources: Many deeds of covenants, deeds of the grant, personal letters, Bhat Vahid, and religious documents of Sikh Misls and Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s times are still remained locked in the boxes of many Sikh families and feudal lords. These sources still remain unexplored.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Question 2.
Write a short note on Hukamnamas.
Answer:
Hukamnamas were the orders of the Sikh Gurus or of their family members which were issued to the Sikh Sangat or individuals from time to time. In most of these Hukamnamas, they were asked to bring rations for the community kitchen, money for the construction of religious places, horses and arms to be used in battles. In all 89 Hukamnamas have been compiled so far by Dr. Ganda Singh. Of these 34 Hukamnamas were issued by Guru Gobind Singh and 23 by Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji. The other Hukamnamas belong to Guru Arjan Dev, Guru Hargobind Sahib, Guru Har Rai, Guru Harkrishan, Mata Gujri, Mata Sundri, Mata Sahib Devan, Baba Gurditta Ji and Banda Bahadur. The Sikhs obeyed these Hukamnamas as orders from God. From these Hukamnamas we learn about the political, religious, literary, and economic history of the Punjab of the period of Sikh Gurus.

Question 3.
Mention briefly any five important historical sources related to the religious literature of the Sikhs.
Or
Give a brief account of five important sources based on religious literature of Punjab History.
Answer:
Religious literature of the Sikhs contributes much to the writing of the history of Punjab.

1. The Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The Adi Granth Sahib Ji is the most sacred and authentic scripture of Sikhism. Guru Arjan Dev Ji compiled this great holy scripture in 1604 A.D. In it, the hymns of the first five Sikh Gurus and those of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji, the ninth Guru of the Sikhs, are compiled. In addition to it, the hymns of many Hindu Bhagats, Muslim Sufi Saints, Bhats, etc. were also included. Adi Granth Sahib Ji gives us the most valuable information regarding the political, religious, social, and economic life of the people of those days.

2. Dasam Granth Sahib Ji: Dasam Granth Sahib Ji is another holy scripture of Sikhism. It is a compilation of the writings of Guru Gobind Singh Ji and his court poets. This holy scripture was compiled by Bhai Mani Singh Ji in 1721 A.D. ‘Bachitar Natak’ and ‘Zafarnama’ are the most significant from the historical point of view.

3. Vars of Bhai Gurdas Ji: Bhai Gurdas Ji was the son of Bhai Datar Chand Bhalla, a brother of Guru Amar Das Ji. He was a contemporary of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and Guru Hargobind Ji. He composed 39 Vars. These Vars are considered the key to understanding Guru Granth Sahib Ji. Vars No. 1 and 11 are considered important from the historical point of view. The first Var contains a very detailed description of the life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. In the eleventh Var, we get information of the important Sikhs and places connected with the first six Gurus.

4. Janam Sakhis: The stories relating to the birth and life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji are called Janam Sakhis. Many such Janam Sakhis were written in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. They were written in the Punjabi language. Janam Sakhis of Puratan Janam Sakhis, Janam Sakhis of Meherban, Janam Sakhi of Bhai Bala Ji and Janam Sakhi of Bhai Mani Singh Ji were the most important Sakhis.

5. Hukamnamas: Hukamnamas were those orders or proclamations that were issued by the Sikh Gurus or by the members of their families to the Sikhs from time to time. In the majority of such Hukamnamas, demands were made to supply grains for the Langar (common kitchen), to donate money for building religious places, and to bring horses and arms for battles.

Question 4.
What is meant by Janam Sakhis? Explain briefly the four Janam Sakhis.
Or
What are the Janam Sakhis? Discuss the importance of different Janam Sakhis?
Answer:
The stories relating to the birth and life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji are called Janam Sakhis.
1. Puratan Janam Sakhi: This Janam Sakhi-was edited by Bhai Vir Singh in 1926 A.D. It is considered more reliable than other Janam Sakhis.

2. Janam Sakhi of Meharban: Meharban was the son of Prithi Chand, the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was a great scholar. As he himself belonged to the Guru family, he gave a very detailed description of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. It is considered more reliable.

3. Janam Sakhi of Bhai Bala : This Janam Sakhi was written by Bhai Bala Ji. Many events denoted in this Janam Sakhi are imaginary and many others are historically incorrect. Thus this Janam Sakhi is regarded as the least authentic.

4. Janam Sakhi of Bhai Mani Singh: This Janam Sakhi, popularly known as ‘Gyan Ratnavali’, was written by Bhai Mani Singh Ji. This Janam Sakhi is very reliable due to many reasons. It contains no imaginary events. Thirdly, all events are recorded in a chronological manner.

Question 5.
What do you know about Vars of Bhai Gurdas Ji?
Or
Write a note on Bhai Gurdas Ji Bhalla.
Answer:
Bhai Gurdas Ji Bhalla (1551—1635 A.D.) was the son of Datar Chand Bhalla, the brother of Guru Amar Das. He was contemporary of third, fourth, fifth, and sixth Sikh Gurus. He was a top-class writer. He composed 39 Vars. These vars are written in Punjabi. In order to understand Guru Granth Sahib, the study of these Vars is very essential. That is why they are called a key to Guru Granth Sahib. We get useful information about the first six Gurus’ lives, teachings of Sikh religion, names of cities, and the lives of Saints and Bhaktas from these Vars. The first and eleventh Vars are considered important from the historical point of view. In the first Var, light is thrown on the Sikh history from first to 6th Guru. The eleventh Var gives information about the names of Sikhs related to the Gurus and their activities.

Question 6.
Write a note on the special features of Adi Granth Sahib.
Or
Give a brief description of Adi Granth Sahib and its historical importance.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji used various sources for writing the Bani. The Bani of the first three Gurus—Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, and Guru Amar Das Ji were with the eldest son of Guru Amar Das Ji i.e. Baba Mohan Ji. To compile the Bani, Guru Arjan Dev Ji first sent Bhai Gurdas Ji and then Baba Buddha Ji to Baba Mohan Ji but they were not successful in their objective. After this, Guru Sahib himself went from Amritsar to Goindwal Sahib barefooted. Impressed by the humility of Guru Ji, Baba Mohan Ji gave away the entire Bani to Guru Ji. Guru Arjan Dev Ji already had the Bani of Guru Ram Das Ji with him.

Guru Sahib included his own Bani in it. After this Guru Sahib called upon the devotees of Hindu Bhagats and Muslim Saints and asked them to recite the hymns of their saints correctly. The hymns of only those Bhagats and Saints were included in the Guru Granth Sahib which was similar to the Bani of the Gurus. The works of Kahna, Chhajju, Shah Hussain, and Pilu were rejected. The compilation of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji in 1604 A.D. is a great landmark In the history of the Sikhs. It provided the Sikhs with a unique religious scripture. No doubt Guru Granth Sahib is a religious scripture, yet it furnishes valuable information regarding the social, religious, political, and economic life of the 16th and 17th centuries.

Question 7.
Write a short note on Dasam Granth Sahib.
Or
What do you know about Dasam Granth Sahib?
Answer:
Dasam Granth Sahib is another holy scripture of the Sikhs. It is an anthology of the works of Guru Gobind Singh and his court poets. Bhai Mani Singh compiled Dasam Granth in 1721 A.D. The Dasam Granth Sahib was primarily compiled to awaken heroic sentiments among the Sikhs so as to enable them to fight against political injustice and religious intolerance. It is a collection of 18 works. Jaap Sahib, Akal Ustat, Chandi di Var, Chaubis Avtar, Shabad Hazare, Shastar Nama, Bachitar Natak, and Zafarnama are worthy of special mention. Bachelor Natak is Guru Gobind Singh’s autobiography.

It is a useful source giving us information about the ancient history of Bedi and Sodhi castes, the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur, and the battles of Guru Gobind Singh against the Hill Chiefs and the Mughals. Guru Gobind Singh wrote the Zafarnama at Dina. It is a letter of Victory which Guru Gobind Singh addressed to Aurangzeb in Persian. In this letter, the Guru has daringly and fearlessly described the tyranny of Aurangzeb. It also refers to the treachery of his generals and the breaking of oaths taken on the Quran. Dasam Granth Sahib is, thus, an important source of the life and work of Guru Gobind Singh Ji.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Question 8.
Give a brief account of five historical sources written in 18th century in Punjabi.
1. Sri Gursobha: Sri Gursobha was written by Sainapat, a famous court poet of Guru Gobind Singh Ji in 1741 A.D. He has given an eye-witness account of the events that took place from 1699 A.D. to 1708 A.D. about its historical value.

2. Sikhan Di Bhagat Mala : This work was written by Bhai Mani Singh Ji in the eighteenth century. It is also known as ‘Bhagat Ratnavali’. It provides valuable information about the lives of the Gurus, names of the prominent Sikhs, their castes and places of residence along with the social conditions of the time.

3. Bansavali Nama : It was written by Kesar Singh Chhibbar in 1780 A.D. It covers the history from Guru Nanak Dev Ji to the middle of the eighteenth century. It is more reliable as far as later history is concerned than that of the Guru’s period because the writer gives an eye-witness account of many such events.

4. Mehma Prakash: In fact, it comprises two books:

  • Mehma Pvakash Vartik was written by Bawa Kirpal Singh in 1741 A.D. It describes the lives of the Sikh Gurus in brief.
  • Mehma Prakash Kavita was written by Sarup Das Bhalla in 1776 A.D. It describes the lives of Sikh Gurus in detail.

5. Prachin Panth Prakash: It was written by Rattan Singh Bhangu in 1841 A.D. It provides very important information regarding the history from Guru Nanak Dev Ji to the eighteenth century.

Question 9.
Give a brief account of five important Persian sources of the history of Punjab.
Or
Give a brief mention of five important Persian sources which are essential for composing the History of Punjab.
Answer:
1. Ain-i-Akbari is written by Abul Fazl, a famous historian and courtier of Akbar. It is the main source of information regarding Akbar’s relations with the Sikh Gurus. Besides, this source, tells us about the political, religious, social, and economic conditions of Punjab.

2. Tuzak-i-Jahangiri is the autobiography of the Mughal emperor Jahangir. We get valuable information about the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji from it. By reading it, it becomes clear that Guru Ji was martyred for religious reasons.

3. Jang Nama is written by Qazi Nur Muhammad. He accompanied Ahmad Shah Abdali during the latter’s invasion of Punjab in 1764 A.D. In this work, he gave an eyewitness account of the warfare of the Sikhs and their character.

4. Umdat-ut-Tawarikh’s writer was Sohan Lai Suri, a courtier of Maharaja Ranjit Singh. In it, he has written the history of Punjab from 1469 A.D. to 1849 A.D. It is a very trustworthy source about Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s period.

5. Zafar-Nama-i-Ranjit Singh. It is an important source related to the period of Maharaja Ranjit Singh. It was written by Diwan Amar Nath. This work describes the eye-witness account of events of Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s reign up to 1837 A.D.

Question 10.
Mention five important English sources which give information about the history of Punjab.
Answer:
1. The Court and Camp of Ranjit Singh: Capt. William Osborne wrote this book in 1840 A.D. He has given a detailed account of the grandeur of Maharaja’s court, his courtiers, and his military administration. His book is a very useful source from a historical point of view.

2. History of Punjab: Murray wrote this book in 1842 A.D. It has two parts. The history of the Sikhs has been written in detail in these parts. It is a significant source regarding Maharaja Ranjit Singh and his successors.

3. History of the Sikhs: Dr. Me Gregor wrote this book. It was written in 1846 A.D. and it has two parts. It provides useful information about the battles of Maharaja Ranjit Singh and the Sikhs against the English.

4. Punjab: This book was written in 1846 A.D. by Steinbach. He occupied a high post in the army of Maharaja Ranjit Singh. Therefore, he has mentioned very important details about the army of the Maharaja in this book.

5. Sketch of the Sikhs: It was written in 1812 A.D. by Malcolm, a Colonel in the British army. He came to Punjab after Holkar IP 1805 A.D. He wrote very briefly about the history of the Sikhs and their institutions.

Question 11.
Write a short note on the historical importance of Records of the British Indian Government.
Or
Throw light on four important sources of information on Punjab History written in English.
Answer:
The records of the British Indian government provide the most important information regarding Sikh History from the beginning of Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s reign from 1799 A.D. to the downfall of the Sikh Empire in 1849 A.D. The records of Delhi Residency and Ludhiana Residency are significant in particular for the history of Punjab. Among these, the records of Murrey, Ochterloney, Richmond, Me Gregor, Nicholson, Cunningham, Princep, and Broadfoot are of great historical value. These records are stored in the National Archives Department Delhi. These records throw valuable light on Anglo-Sikh relations, about the Kingdom of Ranjit Singh and his reign and the relations of the English with Afghanistan and Sind. Besides the letters written by Governor Generals to the British Government, to their friends and family members also provide valuable information regarding the important events of Punjab. Though these records are biasedly written, yet they constitute an important source of the History of Punjab.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Question 12.
Examine the importance of coins in the construction of the History of Punjab.
Answer:
The coins are of special importance in the construction of the history of Punjab. We find the coins of Mughals, Banda Singh Bahadur, Jassa Singh Ahluwalia, Ahmad Shah Abdali and Maharaja Ranjit Singh. These coins throw valuable light on the dates and other important facts about the different rulers. The coins of Banda Bahadur prove that he had great respect for Guru Nanak Dev Ji and Guru Gobind Singh Ji. The coins of Jassa Singh Ahluwalia tell us that he had occupied the territory of Ahmad Shah Abdali. The coins of Maharaja Ranjit Singh throw light on the fact that he was a very kind-hearted king and he was a great follower of Sikhism. As the facts provided by these coins are very trustworthy, so they help a lot in solving many problems related to the history of Punjab.

1. Difficulties Regarding the History of Punjab: The Janam Sakhis related to the Sikh Gurus have several inconsistencies in them—The Muslim writers who were fanatics and biased have distorted the facts of history—The Sikhs did not have any time for writing their own history during this period of anarchy—Moreover, whatever meager historical books had already been written were destroyed during the foreign invasions—Several historical sources were also destroyed during the partition of Punjab in 1947 A.D.

2. Kinds of Sources: The main sources related to the history of Punjab are as follows :

→ Religious literature of the Sikhs: The Adi Granth Sahib gives us the most authentic information of this period. It wags compiled by Guru Arjan Dev Ji in 1604 A.D.The Dasam Granth Sahib is a compilation of the works of the tenth Guru, Guru Gobind Singh Ji, and the poets of his court, of these, the ‘Bachitar Natak’ and ‘Zafarnama’ are historically the most important.The 39 Vars written by Bhai Gurdas Ji give us important information about the lives of the first six Gurus and the famous pilgrimages. Among the Janam Sakhis based on the life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, the most important are Puratan Janam Sakhi, Meharban’s Janam Sakhi, Janam Sakhi of Bhai Bala, and Janam Sakhi of Bhai Mani Singh Ji.The Hukamnamas issued by the Sikh Gurus provide us with very valuable information about contemporary society Of these 34 Hukamnamas were issued by Guru Gobind Singh Ji and 23 Hukamnamas were issued by Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.

→ Historical and Semi-Historical works in Punjabi and Hindi: ‘Sri Gursobha’ gives us an eye-witness account of the events that took place from 1699 to 1708 A.D. Gursobha was written by Sainapat a famous court poet of Guru Gobind Singh Ji in 1741 A.D. Sikhan Di Bhagatmala provides valuable information about the social condition of the periods of the Gurus. It was written by Bhai Mani Singh Ji ‘Bansavali Nama’ written by Kesar Singh Chhibbar describes the incidents from the Guru period to the middle of the 18th century  ‘Gurpratap Suraj Granth’ written by Bhai Santokh Singh and ‘Prachin Panth Prakash’ written by Rattan Singh Bhangu has an important position in the construction of the history of Punjab.

3. Historical works in Persian: ‘Babarnama’ written by the Mughal emperor Babar gives us historical information about Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.‘Ain-i-Akbari’ and ‘Akbarnama’ written by Abul Fazl gives us information about the relations of Akbar with the Sikh Gurus‘Dabistan-i- Mazahib’ written by Mubid Zulfiqar Ardistani gives us valuable information pertaining to the Sikh Gurus‘Khulasat-ut-Tawarikh’ written by Sujan Rai Bhandari, ‘Muntakhib-ut-Lubab’ written by Khafi Khan and ‘Jang Nama’ written by Qazi Nur Muhammad gives us information about the Punjab of the 18th century‘Umdat-ut-Tawarikh’ written by Sohan Lai Suri and ‘Char-Bagh-i- Punjab’ written by Ganesh Das Wadhera give us a detailed account of the incidents related to the reign of Maharaja Ranjit Singh.

4. Bhat Vahis: The Bhats used to write down all the important events with dates in their Vahis These give us useful information about the lives of the Sikh Gurus, their travels and battles.

5. Khalsa Darbar Records: These are the official records of Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s time They were written in Persian and their number is more than 1 lakh—The Khalsa Darbar Records give useful information on the life and times of Maharaja Ranjit Singh.

6. Writings of Foreign Travellers and Europeans: The writings of foreign travelers and Europeans contribute greatly to the construction of the history of Punjab—Prominent among them are ‘A Journey from Bengal to England’ by George Forster, ‘Sketch of the Sikhs’ by Malcolm, ‘Origin of Sikh Power in the Punjab’ by H.T. Princep, ‘The Court and Camp of Ranjit SingJT by Captain William Osborne, ‘The Punjab’ by Steinbach, ‘History of the Sikhs’ by J.D. Cunningham.

7. Historical Buildings, Paintings, and Coins: The historical buildings, paintings, and coins of Punjab are also a very valuable source for tracing out the history of Punjab. The architecture of Khadur Sahib, Goindwal Sahib, Amritsar, Tarn Taran, Kartarpur, and Paonta Sahib, various forts, paintings in the Gurdwaras, and coins of Sikh leaders also throw ample light on the contemporary society.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Essay Type Questions:

Difficulties Regarding The History Of Punjab:

Question 1.
Explain the difficulties of the historians while constructing the history of Punjab.
Or
Or
Which difficulties are being faced by historians while composing the History of Punjab?
Answer:
Writing the history of Punjab has always remained a serious challenge for historians were: The historian confronts numerous problems in writing the history of Punjab. These problems are briefly described below :

1. Sikhs did not find time to write their own History: Punjab became an arena of wars in the 18th century. Anarchy was the order of the day. The Sikhs were fighting for their existence. They had to flee to the mountains and jungles leaving their homes. The government had put a price on their heads. The royal forces were always at their heels to hunt them. It was a time for the Sikhs to hold a sword rather than a pen in their hands. As a result, they could hardly find time to pen down their history.

2. Biased views of Muslim Historians: Most of the sources available to understand the history of Punjab are written in Persian by Muslim historians were: They were staunch Muslims. They considered the Sikhs their inveterate enemies. They willfully distorted the facts of Sikh history in a malicious manner. They described the Sikhs as brigands, dacoits, ruffians, and butchers. They described the teachings of the Sikh Gurus as anti-Islam. Therefore, their writings cannot be trusted.

3. Destruction of Historical Sources: Till the seventh decade of the 18th century, there was no peace, and anarchy prevailed in Punjab. Firstly, the Mughals and then the Afghans left no stone unturned to crush the Sikhs. The invasion of Nadir Shah in 1739 A.D. and subsequently eight invasions of Ahmad Shah Abdali from 1747 to 1767 A.D. ruined the Punjab. How could the Sikhs preserve their sacred documents when even the lives of their families were at risk? A large number of their holy writings were lost. Thus, the Sikhs were deprived of their numerous invaluable works.

4. Punjab, a part of Mughal Empire: Till 1752 A.D. Punjab formed a, part of the Mughal empire. As a result, no history could be written apart from the history of India. The contemporary writers wrote largely on the Mughal emperors but just wrote about the political, social, religious, and economic conditions of Punjab. Therefore, a detailed account of the history of Punjab is not available from the works of contemporary historians.

5. Partition of Punjab: With the partition of India in 1947 A.D., Punjab too was bifurcated. As a sequel to it, Lahore, the capital of Punjab, the Punjab University, many historical buildings, and valuable books were left in Pakistan. Many historical sources were destroyed due to riots caused by partition vandalization. So, we had to remain deprived of many historical sources which could have proved extremely useful in the construction of the history of Punjab.

Main Sources of the History of the Punjab:

Question 2.
Describe briefly the important sources of Punjab.
Or
Describe the main sources of Punjab History.
Or
Examine the sources of the History of Punjab from 1469 to 1849 A.D.
Answer:
Many types of sources of the history of Punjab from 1469 to 1849 A.D. are available. These sources can be categorized into main two parts :

  1. Literary sources and
  2. Archaeological sources.

1. Literary Sources :
These sources consist of:

  • Religious literature of the Sikhs.
  • Historical and Semi-historical works written in Punjabi and Hindi.
  • Historical works were written in Persian.
  • Bhat Vahid.
  • Khalsa Darbar Records.
  • Writings of Foreign Travellers and Europeans.

2. Archaeological Sources:
These sources consist of :

  • Buildings and Monuments.
  • Coins and Pantings.

1. Literary Sources:

1. Religious Literature of the Sikhs: Religious literature of the Sikhs played an important. role in the making of the history of Punjab. Adi Granth Sahib Ji occupies the chief place among these sources. These. days it is called Guru Granth Sahib Ji. It was compiled by Guru Arjan Dev Ji in 1604 A.D. It reveals the priceless information on political, religious, social, and economic conditions of the Punjab of that time. The Dasam Granth Sahib Ji edited by Bhai Mani Singh Ji in 1721 A.D. holds second place. It is a compilation of the writings of Guru Gobind Singh Ji and his court poets. It consists of a total of 18 compositions. Bachelor Natak and Zafarnama are the most significant from the historical point of view. These books contain information about the life of Guru Gobin.d Singh Ji and relation between Mughals and Sikhs. Then come 39 Vars written by Bhai Gurdas Ji. These contain precious information about the lives of Sikh Gurus. Besides, Janam Sakhis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and Hukamnamas of Sikh Gurus provide valuable information about the history of Punjab.

2. Historial and Semi-Historial Sikh Literature: Sri Gursobha compiled by Sainapat plays a significant role in writing the history of Punjab. It gives eye witness account of the events that took place from 1699 to 1708 A.D. Besides, Sikhan Di Bhagat Mala written by Bhai Mani Singh Ji, Bansavali Nama written by Kesar Singh Chhibbar, Mehma Prakash Vartik written by Bawa Kirpal Singh, and Prachin Panth Prakash written by Rattan Singh Bhangu throw ample light on the history of Punjab.

3. Historical works were written in Persian: Persian compositions are mainly compiled by Muslims. These works do not contain any history about Punjab or Sikhs, but these have helped in writing the history of Punjab. Babarnama written by Babar, Ain-i-Akbari and Akbarnama written by Abul Fazl, Tuzak-i-Jahangiri written by Jahangir, Umdat-ut-Tawarikh written by Sohan Lai Suri, Twarikh- i-Punjab written by Bute Shah, Zafarnama-i-Ranjit Singh by Diwan Amarnath, and Ibratnama by Ala-ud-din Mufti is worth mentioning.

4. Bhat Vahid: Bhats used to write down important events with dates in their Vahid. These Bhat Vahis have reliable contributions in writing Punjab history. The complete description of many important incidents that happened in the lives of Guru Hargobind Ji to Guru Gobind Singh Ji is mentioned in these Bhat Vahid.

5. Khalsa Darbar Records: Offical records of Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s time throw ample light on medieval Punjab. These are written in Persian. These are over one lakh in number. Sita Ram Kohli prepared a catalog of these records.

6. Writings of Foreign Travellers and Europeans: Foreign travelers to Punjab and Europeans have thrown ample light on the history of Punjab in their writings. A Journey from Bengal to England by George Foster, Sketch of Sikhs by Malcolm. Origin of Sikh Power in Punjab by H.T. Princep, The Court, and Camp of Ranjit Singh by Capt. William Osborne, History of Punjab by Murray are some significant works. History of the Sikhs written by J.D. Cunnigham is considered the most reliable and important source. It has details of incidents occurring from 1699 to 1846 A.D.

2. Archaeological Sources:

The historical buildings, monuments, coins, and paintings of Punjab also contribute to writing the history of Punjab. Towns like Khadur Sahib, Goindwal Sahib, Amritsar, Tarn Taran, Kartarpur, Anandpur Sahib, etc. which were founded by Sikh Gurus, are worth mentioning religious cities of Punjab history. Besides the royal palaces and forts built by Sikhs of the 18th century throw light on the architecture of that time. Paintings related to the Sikh Gurus and others have been found which provide us information about the social and religious conditions of that time. Coins issued by different rulers of Punjab, Banda Singh Bahadur, Maharaja Ranjit Singh, Mughal, and Sikh Chiefs reveal historical dates, religious beliefs, and economic conditions of that time. So these coins contribute an important role in writing the history of Punjab.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Religious Literature Of The Sikhs:

Question 3.
Evaluate the Sikh religious literature as a source of Punjab history.
Or
What is the contribution of the Sikh Gurmukhi Literature in the history of Punjab?
Or
Describe the significance of Adi Granth Sahib and Janam Sakhis as sources of Punjab history.
Answer:
Religious literature of the Sikhs contributes much to the writing of the history of Punjab.

1. The Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The Adi Granth Sahib Ji is the most sacred and authentic scripture of Sikhism. Guru Arjan Dev Ji compiled this great holy scripture in 1604 A.D. In it the hymns of the first five Sikh Gurus and those of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji, the ninth Guru of the Sikhs, are compiled. In addition to it, the hymns of many Hindu Bhagats, Muslim Sufi Saints, Bhats, etc. were also included. Although the Adi Granth Sahib Ji or Guru Granth Sahib Ji was not compiled for any historical purpose, yet its thorough study gives us the most valuable information regarding the political, religious, social, and economic life of the people of those days. As this information is the most authentic, the Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a valuable source for the history of Punjab. Moreover, Adi Granth Ji is a priceless treasure of Indian spirituality, culture, literature, and languages. Dr. Indu Bhushan Banerjee aptly says, “It may be recalled the Bible of Sikhism and is admitted to be the greatest authority on Sikhism.”

2. Dasam Granth Sahib Ji: Dasam Granth Sahib Ji is another holy scripture of Sikhism. It is a compilation of the writings of Guru Gobind Singh Ji and his court poets. This holy scripture was compiled by Bhai Mani Singh Ji in 1721 A.D. The Dasam Granth Sahib was primarily compiled to awaken heroic sentiments among the Sikhs so as to enable them to fight against political injustice and religious intolerance. It is a work of 18 compositions of which ‘Jaap Sahib’, ‘Akal Ustat’, ‘Chandi Di Var’, ‘Chaubis Avtar’, ‘Shabad Hazare’, ‘Shastra Nama’, ‘Bachitar Natak’ and ‘Zafarnama’ are worth noting. ‘Bachelor Natak and ‘Zafarnama are the most significant from the historical point of view. ‘Bachelor Natak’ is the autobiography of Guru Gobind Singh Ji.

It is a very important source of information about the ancient history of the Bedis and the Sodhi’s, martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji, and the battles of Guru Gobind Singh Ji against the Hill Chiefs. ‘Zafarnama’ (letter of victory) was written by Guru Gobind Singh Ji at Dina. It is a letter written by Guru Gobind Singh Ji to the Mughal emperor Aurangzeb in Persian. In this letter, Guru Gobind Singh Ji has described the cruelties of Aurangzeb, the treachery of Mughal commanders, and the breaking of oaths taken on the holy Quran in a very courageous and fearless manner. Dasam Granth Sahib Ji is thus an important source of the life and works of Guru Gobind Singh Ji.

3. Vars of Bhai Gurdas Ji: Bhai Gurdas Ji was the son of Bhai Datar Chand Bhalla, a brother of Guru Amar Das Ji. He was a contemporary of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and Guru Hargobind Ji. He composed 39 Vars. These Vars are considered the key to understanding Guru Granth Sahib Ji. Vars No. 1 and 11 are considered important from the historical point of view. The first Var contains a very detailed description of the life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Besides, we get a glimpse of Guru Angad Ji, Guru Amar Das Ji, Guru Ram Das Ji, Guru Arjan Dev Ji, and Guru Hargobind Ji’s life from this Var. In the eleventh Var, we get information of the important Sikhs and places connected with the first six Gurus.

4. Janam Sakhis: The stories relating to the birth and life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji are called Janam Sakhis. Many such Janam Sakhis were written in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. They were written in the Punjabi language. They were compiled for the faithful and not for students of history. Though they are a mixture of facts and fiction, yet they provide valuable information about the life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. A brief description of the important Janam Sakhis is as follows :

(a) Puratan Janam Sakhi: This Janam Sakhi was edited by Bhai Vir Singh in 1926 A.D. It is prepared by coordinating ‘two Janam Sakhis’—Wilayat Wali Janam Sakhi and Hafizabad Wali Janam Sakhi. This is the oldest Janam Sakhi. It is considered more reliable than other Janam Sakhis.

(b) Janam Sakhi of Meharban: Meharban was the son of Prithi Chand, the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was a great scholar. As he himself belonged to the Guru family, he had a thorough and authentic knowledge of the stories about Guru Nanak Dev Ji. He gave a very detailed description of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and his stay at Kartarpur. For a long time, this Janam Sakhi was not considered reliable because it was written by the son of Prithi Chand, a sworn opponent of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. However, the latest researches have proved beyond doubt that this Janam Sakhi is very dependable. First, it offers a more satisfactory chronology. Secondly, the names of persons and places mentioned in it are generally correct. Thirdly, there are a few miraculous stories.

(c) Janam Sakhi of Bhai Bala Ji : Bhai Bala Ji was a childhood companion of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. He accompanied Guru Nanak Dev Ji in some of his Udasis. It is said that this Janam Sakhi was written during the times of Guru Angad Dev Ji on the verbal details given by Bhai Bala Ji himself. But .this does not seem correct, as the events mentioned in this Janam Sakhi show, that it was written either in the time of Guru Gobind Singh Ji or afterward. Some historians even deny the very existence of Bhai Bala Ji. Many events denoted in this Janam Sakhi are imaginary and many others are historically incorrect. Thus, this Janam Sakhi is regarded as the least authentic.

(d) Janam Sakhi of Bhai Mani Singh Ji: This Janam Sakhi, popularly known as ‘Gyan Ratnavali’, was written by Bhai Mani Singh Ji, a devotee of Guru Gobind Singh Ji. It was written between 1675 A.D. and 1708 A.D. This Janam Sakhi is very reliable due to many reasons. First, it is written on the basis of the first Var of Bhai Gurdas Ji. Secondly, it contains no imaginary events. Thirdly, all events are recorded in a chronological manner. Fourthly, it avoids many errors of other Janam Sakhis.

5. Hukamnamas: Hukamnamas were those orders or proclamations that were issued by the Sikh Gurus or by the members of their families to the Sikhs from time to time. In the majority of such Hukamnamas, demands were made to supply grains for the Langar (common kitchen), to donate money for building religious places, and to bring horses and arms for battles. 89 Hukamnamas are available up to this day. Of these, 34 Hukamnamas were issued by Guru Gobind Singh Ji and 23 Hukamnamas were issued by Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji. These Hukamnamas provide very valuable information about the political, religious, economic, and literary history of the period of the great Gurus.

Historical And Semi-Historical Works It Punjabi And Hindi:

Question 4.
How far are Sikh Historical and Semi-Historical literature helpful in giving information about Punjab History?
Answer:
Many historical and semi-historical works were written in Punjabi and Hindi languages in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. These works throw ample light on the history of Punjab. Most prominent among them are mentioned below :

1. Sri Gursobha: Sri Gursobha was written by Sainapat, a famous court poet of Guru Gobind Singh Ji in 1741 A.D. He has given an eye-witness account of the events that took place from 1699 A.D. to 1708 A.D. about its historical value.

2. Sikhan Di Bhagat Mala: This work was written by Bhai Mani Singh Ji in the eighteenth century. It is also known as ‘Bhagat Ratnavali’. It provides valuable information about the lives of the Gurus, names of the prominent Sikhs, their castes, and places of residence along with the social conditions of the time.

3. Bansavali Nama: It was written by Kesar Singh Chhibbar in 1780 A.D. It covers the history from Guru Nanak Dev Ji to the middle of the eighteenth century. It is more reliable as far as later history is concerned than that of the Guru’s period because the writer gives an eye-witness account of many such events.

4. Mehma Prakash: In fact, it comprises two” books —(a) Mehma Prakash Vartik (b) Mehma Prakash Kavita. (a) Mehma Prakash Vartik was written by Bawa Kirpal Singh in 1741 A.D. It describes the. lives of the Sikh Gurus, in brief, (b) Mehma Prakash Kavita was written by Sarup Das Bhalla in 1776 A.D. It describes the lives of Sikh Gurus in detail.

5. Gur Partap Suraj Granth: It is a comprehensive work. It was written by Bhai Santokh Singh. It has two parts :

  • Nanak Prakash: It was written in 1823 A.D. It gives a graphic account of the life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji only.
  • Suraj Prakash: It was written in 1843 A.D. It refers to the events that took place from the time of Guru Angad Dev Ji to Banda Singh Bahadur. Although the work is very comprehensive and detailed, it is less useful from a historical point of view.

6. Prachin Panth Prakash: It was written by Rattan Singh Bhangu in 1841 A.D. It provides very important information regarding the history from Guru Nanak Dev Ji to the eighteenth century. The foremost importance of this book lies in the fact that it gives the description of the facts in a systematic manner. Dr. Hari Ram Gupta aptly says,
“This work is the first attempt made by a Sikh to compile a Sikh history and is of supreme importance.”

7. Panth Prakash and Twarikh Guru Khalsa: Both these books were written by Giani Gian Singh. ‘Panth Prakash’ is written in a poetic form whereas ‘Twarikh Guru Khalsa’ is a prose work. Both these books narrate history from Guru Nanak Dev Ji till the end of the Sikh empire (1849 A.D.). From a historical point of view, Twarikh Guru Khalsa is more useful than Panth Prakash.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What problems are faced by the students in composing the History of Punjab?
Or
Describe any three important problems being faced by the students in composing the history of Punjab.
Answer: We face several problems in respect of sources of the history of Punjab.

  • The sources related to the period of the Gurus are quite insufficient
  • The Muslim writers have deliberately not presented the Sikh history correctly.
  • Several books of Sikh history were destroyed in the 18th century during the invasions of Nadir Shah and Ahmad Shah Abdali.
  • Many sources of Punjab history are still lying without scrutiny.

Question 2.
Write a short note on Hukamnamas.
Answer:
Hukamnamas were the orders of the Sikh Gurus or of their family members. In most of these Hukamnamas, they were asked to bring ration, for ‘ community kitchen, money for the construction of religious places, horses and arms to be used in battles. In all 89 Hukamnamas have been compiled so far by Dr. Ganda Singh. Of these 34 Hukamnamas were issued by Guru Gobind Singh Ji and 23 by Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji. The Sikhs obeyed these Hukamnamas as orders from God.

Question 3.
Mention briefly any five important historical sources related to the religious literature of the Sikhs.
Answer:

  • In the religious Sikh literature, Adi Granth Sahib occupies the highest place. Guru Arjan Dev Ji compiled it in 1604 A.D. We get valuable information about the political, religious, social, and economic conditions of that time from Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
  • Bhai Mani Singh Ji compiled Dasam Granth Sahib in 1721 A.D. It is a precious source of knowledge about Guru Gobind Singh JI’s life,
  • Bhai Gurdas Ji wrote 39 Vars. These Vars are called the key to understanding Guru Granth Sahib,
  • Gyan Ratnavali written by Bhai Gurdas Ji has presented historical facts in a sequence,
  • Hukamnamas also provide us with knowledge about the Sikh Gurus and the contemporary social structure.

Question 4.
What is meant by Janam Sakhis? Explain briefly the three Janam Sakhis.
Or
What are the Janam Sakhis? Discuss the importance of different Janam Sakhis.
Or
Throw light on any three Janam Sakhis.
Answer:
The stories concerning the birth and life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji are called Janam Sakhis.

  • Bhai Vir Singh edited Puratan Janam Sakhi in 1926 A.D. This is the oldest and the most trustworthy Janam Sakhi.
  • The Janam Sakhi of Meharban was written by Meharban, the son of Prithi Chand. In it, he gave a detailed description of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
  • Bhai Balaji’s Janam Sakhi. It is not trustworthy,
  • Bhai Mani Singh Ji’s Janam-Sakhi. It is a very trustworthy source.

Question 5.
Write a short note on Janam Sakhi of Meharban.
Answer:
Meharban was the son of Prithi Chand, the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He gave a very detailed description of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and his stay at Kartarpur. It gives a more satisfactory chronology. Names of persons and places mentioned in it are generally correct. There are a few myths.

Question 6.
What do you know about Vars of Bhai Gurdas Ji?
Or
Write a note on Bhai Gurdas Bhalla.
Answer:
Bhai Gurdas Bhalla (1558-1635 A.D.) was the son of Datar Chand Bhalla, the brother of Guru Amar Das Ji. He was contemporary of third, fourth, fifth, and sixth Sikh Gurus. He was a top-class writer. He composed 39 Vars. These Vars are written in Punjabi. We get useful information about the first six Gurus’ lives, teachings of Sikh religion, names of cities, and the lives of Saints and Bhaktas from these Vars. The first and eleventh Vars are considered important from the historical point of view.

Question 7.
Describe the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji as a source of the History of Punjab.
Or
Write a note on Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
Give a brief description of Adi Granth Sahib Ji and its historical importance.
Answer:
Adi Granth Sahib Ji is considered the supreme, sacred and authentic scripture of the Sikhs. Guru Arjan Dev Ji compiled Adi Granth Sahib Ji in 1604 A.D. The Bani of the first five Sikh Gurus and of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji is included in it. Besides, the Bani (hymns) of many Hindu Bhagats, Sufi Saints, Bhats, etc. are also included in it. We get valuable information about the political, religious, social, and economic life of that time by studying Adi Granth Sahib Ji.

Question 8.
Write a short note on Dasam Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
What do you know about Dasam Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
Dasam Granth Sahib Ji is a compilation of the works of Guru Gobind Singh Ji and his court poets. Bhai Mani Singh Ji compiled Dasam Granth Sahib Ji in 1721 A.D. It is a collection of 18 works. Jaap Sahib, Akal Ustat, Chandi di Var, Chaubis Avtar, Shabad Hazare, Shastarnama, Bachitar Natak, and Zafarnama are worthy of special mention. Bachelor Natak is Guru Gobind Singh Ji’s autobiography. Zafarnama is a letter of victory written by Guru Gobind Singh Ji to Aurangzeb.

Question 9.
What is the importance of Bachittar Natak in the life of Guru Gobind Singh Ji?
Or
Write a short note on Bachittar Natak.
Or
Discuss Bachittar Natak.
Answer:
It is an autobiography of Guru Gobind Singh Ji. It explains the life of Guru Gobind Singh Ji. It also explains the creation of this world and History of Bedis and Sodhi’s and the battles of Guru Gobind Singh Ji. In it, the objective of the life of Guru Gobind Singh Ji is also given. It throws light on the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Question 10.
Give a brief account of five historical sources written in the 18th century in Punjabi.
Answer:
The five historical sources written in Punjabi in the 18th century are as follows :

  • Sikhan Di Bhagatmala: This work was written by Bhai Mani Singh Ji in the eighteenth century. It provides valuable information about the lives of the Gurus, names of the prominent Sikhs, their castes, and places of residence.
  • Bansavali Nama: It was written by Kesar Singh Chhibbar in 1780 A.D. It covers the historic middle of the eighteenth century.
  • Mehma Prakash Kavita was written by Sarup Das Bhalla in 1776 A.D. It describes the lives of Sikh Gurus in detail.
  • Prachin Panth Prakash. It was written by Ratna Singh Bhangu in 1841 A.D. It explains the history from Guru Nanak Dev Ji to mid 18th century.
  • Sri Gursobha. It was written by Sainapat a court poet of Guru Gobind Singh Ji in 1741 A.D. He explains the events that took place between the period 1699 A.D. to 1708 A.D.

Question 11.
Write a short note on Sri Gursobha.
Answer:
Sri Gursobha was written by the famous court poet Sainapat of Guru Gobind Singh Ji in 1741 A.D. It has given an eye-witness account of the events from the creation of the Khalsa in 1699 A.D. to the death of Guru Gobind Singh Ji in 1708 A.D. It gives a detailed account of the creation of Khalsa, the battles of the post-Khalsa period, how Zafarnama, was delivered by Bhai Daya Singh Ji, the meeting Guru Gobind Singh Ji with the new Mughal Emperor Bahadur Shah in Agra, and about the death of Guru Gobind Singh Ji.

Question 12.
What do you know about the Sikhan Di Bhagatmala?
Answer:
It was written by Bhai Mani Singh Ji in the 18th century. It is also known as Gyan Ratnavali. It throws light about the lives of the Gurus, names of the prominent Sikhs, their castes, and their places of residence. It also provides valuable information about the social conditions of that time.

Question 13.
Write a short note on Bansavalinama.
Answer:
Bansavalinama was written by Kesar Singh Chhibbar in 1780 A.D. It covers the history from Guru Nanak Dev Ji to the middle of the eighteenth century. This work is divided into 14 chapters. The first 10 chapters are related to the Sikh Gurus. The rest 4 are related to the martyrdom of Sahibzadas, Banda Singh Bahadur, Mata Sundri Ji, and the Khalsa Panth.

Question 14.
Give a brief account of Prachin Panth Prakash.
Answer:
Prachin Panth Prakash was written by Rattan Singh Bhangu in 1841 A.D. It provides very important information regarding the history from Guru Nanak Dev Ji to the eighteenth century. The foremost importance of this book lies in the fact that it is the first history book ever written by a Sikh. Secondly, the description of the facts is systematic and correct.

Question 15.
Give a brief account of important Persian sources of the History of Punjab.
Or
Explain any three important Persian sources which are essential for composing the History of Punjab.
Answer:

  • Ain-i-Akbari. It is the main source of information regarding Akbar’s relations with the Sikh Gurus. It is written by Abul Fazl.
  • Tezak-i-Jahangiri is the autobiography of the Mughal emperor Jahangir. It explains the reasons which led to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
  • Qazi Nur Muhammad wrote Jang Nama. He gave an eye-witness account of warfare of the Sikhs and their character,
  • Tarikh-i-Sikhan is written by Khushwat Rai. It describes the history of the Sikhs from Guru Nanak Dev Ji to 1811 A.D.
  • Char-Bagh-i- Punjab is written by Ganesh Das Wadehra about the administration of Maharaja Ranjit Singh.

Question 16.
Write a short note on Char Bagh-i-Punjab.
Answer:
This work was written by Ganesh Das Wadehra in 1855 A.D. He served as a Qanungo under Maharaja Ranjit Singh. The writer has narrated the history of Punjab from the ancient period to 1849 A.D. However, he has described the events relating to the reign of Maharaja Ranjit Singh as an eye-witness account in chronological order. He has taken special care about the authenticity of the facts.

Question 17.
Mention important English sources which give information about the History of Punjab.
Or
Throw light on three important sources of information on Punjab History written in English.
Answer:

  • The Court and Camp of Ranjit Singh: In it Capt. William Osborne has thrown light on the grandeur of Maharaja’s court, his courtiers, and his military administration.
  • History of the Sikhs: In this book, Dr. Mac Gregor provides useful information about the battles of Maharaja Ranjit Singh and the Sikhs against the English.
  • The Punjab: In this book, Steinbach has given very important details about the army of the Maharaja.
  • History of Punjab: Dr. Murray has given an account of the successors of Ranjit Singh.
  • Sketch of the Sikhs : In this book, Malcolm has given a brief account of the Sikhs.

Question 18.
Write a short note on the historical importance of Records of the British Indian Government.
Answer:
The records of the British Indian government provide the most important information regarding the Sikh History from the beginning of Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s reign from 1799 A.D. to the downfall of the Sikh Empire in 1849 A.D. These records throw valuable light on Anglo-Sikh relations, about the Kingdom of Ranjit Singh and his reign and “the relations of the English with Afghanistan and Sind.

Question 19.
Examine the importance of coins in the construction Of the History of Punjab.
Answer:
The coins are of special importance in the construction of the history of Punjab. We find the coins of Mughals, Banda Singh Bahadur, Jassa Singh Ahluwalia, Ahmad Shah Abdali and Maharaja Ranjit Singh. These coins throw valuable light on the dates and other important facts about the different rulers. As the facts provided by these coins are very trustworthy, so they help a lot in solving many problems related to the history of Punjab.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
Write anyone difficulty in the creation of the History of Punjab.
Answer:
The Punjabis were not much interested in writing History.

Question 2.
Name any one historical source of Punjab related to the Sikhs.
Or
Name any one source of the History of Punjab which is written in Gurmukhi script.
Answer:
Adi Granth Sahib Ji.

Question 3.
When was Adi Granth Sahib Ji compiled?
Answer:
In 1604 A.D.

Question 4.
Which Sikh Guru Sahib had compiled Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 5.
What is the name of the main religious book (Granth Sahib) of the Sikhs?
Or
Which is the most famous Granth of Sikhs?
Or
Name the central scripture of the Sikhs.
Answer:
Adi Granth Sahib Ji or Guru Granth Sahib Ji.

Question 6. When was Dasam Granth Sahib Ji compiled?
Answer:
In 1721 A.D.

Question 7.
Who compiled Dasam Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
Bhai Mani Singh Ji.

Question 8.
To which Guru is Dasam Granth Sahib related?
Or
Who is associated with Dasam Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
Guru Gobind Singh Ji.

Question 9.
Name any one composition of Guru Gobind Singh Ji included in Dasam Granth Sahib Ji.
Answer:
Bachelor Natak.

Question 10.
Who composed Bachitar Natak?
Answer:
Guru Gobind Singh Ji.

Question 11.
What is Bachitar Natak?
Answer:
Biography of Guru Gobind Singh Ji.

Question 12.
What is Zafarnama?
Answer:
Zafarnama is a letter of Guru Gobind Singh Ji written to Aurangzeb.

Question 13.
At which place did Guru Gobind Singh Ji write Zafarnama to Aurangzeb?
Answer:
Dina Kangar.

Question 14.
In which language Zafarnama was written?
Answer:
Persian.

Question 15.
Who was Bhai Gurdas Ji?
Answer:
He was the son of Guru Amar Das Ji’s brother Datar Chand Bhalla.

Question 16.
How many vars were composed by Bhai Gurdas Ji?
Answer:
39.

Question 17.
What is meant by Janam Sakhis?
Answer:
Janam Sakhis mean the episodes related to Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s birth and his life.

Question 18.
Write the name of anyone Janam Sakhi.
Answer:
Janam Sakhi of Bhai Mani Singh Ji.

Question 19.
Which is the most authentic Janam Sakhi?
Answer:
Puratan Janam Sakhi.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Question 20.
Who wrote Gyan Ratanavali?
Answer:
Bhai Mani Singh Ji.

Question 21.
Who was Bhai Bala Ji?
Answer:
A childhood companion of Bhai Mani Singh Ji.

Question 22.
What are the Hukamnamas?
Or
What is meant by Hukamnamas?
Answer:
Hukamnama means ‘an order’.

Question 23.
How many Hukamnamas issued by Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji have been found?
Answer:
23.

Question 24.
Which Guru Sahib has issued the maximum Hukamnamas found so far?
Answer:
Guru Gobind Singh Ji.

Question 25.
How many Hukamnamas of Guru Gobind Singh Ji have been found?
Answer:
34.

Question 26.
How many Hukamnamas have been found so far?
Answer:
89.

Question 27.
Who was Sainapat?
Answer:
A famous poet in the Darbar of Guru Gobind Singh Ji.

Question 28.
Who composed the book Sikhan Di Bhagatmala?
Answer:
Bhai Mani Singh Ji.

Question 29.
Who wrote Prachin Panth Parkash?
Answer:
Rattan Singh Bhangu wrote Prachin Panth Parkash.

Question 30.
When did Rattan Singh Bhangu write Panth Prakash?
Answer:
1841 A.D.

Question 31.
Who wrote Gur Partap Suraj Granth?
Answer:
Bhai Santokh Singh Ji.

Question 32.
Who wrote Bansawali Nama?
Answer:
Kesar Singh Chhibbar.

Question 33.
Who was the author of Tuzak-i-Babari?
Answer:
Babar.

Question 34.
Who was the most famous scholar in the court of Akbar?
Answer:
Abul Fazl.

Question 35.
Who wrote Ain-i-Akbari and Akbarnama?
Answer:
Abul Fazl.

Question 36.
Give the name of the autobiography of Jahangir.
Answer:
Tezak-i-Jahangiri.

Question 37.
Name the famous book written by Khafi Khan.
Answer:
Muntkhib-ul-Luba.

Question 38.
Who wrote the book ‘Jang Nama’?
Answer:
Qazi Nur Mohammad.

Question 39.
Name any two famous Persian sources related to the period of Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s rule.
Answer:
Umdat-ut-Tawarikh.

Question 40.
Who was the court historian of Maharaja Ranjit Singh?
Or
Who wrote Umdat-ut-Tawarikh?
Answer:
Sohan Lai Suri.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Question 41.
Who wrote Zafar-Nama-i-Ranjit Singh?
Answer:
Diwan Amar Nath.

Question 42.
Who wrote Tawarikh-i-Punjab?
Answer:
Bute Shah.

Question 43.
Who wrote the book ‘Char-Bagh-i-Punjab’?
Answer:
Ganesh Das Wadehra.

Question 44.
Who wrote Tawarikh-i-Sikhan?
Answer:
Khushwaqat Rai.

Question 45.
Who discovered Bhat Vahis?
Answer:
Gyani Garza Singh Ji.

Question 46.
What were Bhat Vahis?
Answer:
The records compiled by Bhats.

Question 47.
Who compiled Khalsa Darbar Records?
Answer:
Sita Ram Kohli.

Question 48.
What information we get from Khalsa Darbar Records?
Answer:
About the life and times of Maharaja Ranjit Singh.

Question 49.
In which language Khalsa Darbar Records were written?
Answer:
Persian language.

Question 50.
Name the famous work of J.D. Cunningham?
Answer:
History of the Sikhs.

Question 51.
Write the name of any one town founded by Sikh Gurus.
Answer:
Amritsar.

Question 52.
By whom were the first Sikh coins issued?
Answer:
Banda Singh Bahadur.

Question 53.
In whose names Banda Singh Bahadur issued his coins?
Answer:
Guru Nanakdev Ji and Guru Gobind Singh Ji.

Fill in the blanks:

1. The main source of history concerning the period of Gurus is ………………
Answer:
Janam Sakhis

2. The Adi Granth Sahib was compiled in ……………..
Answer:
1604 A.D.

3. Guru Granth Sahib was compiled by ………………
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

4. ……………… compiled the Dasam Granth Sahib.
Answer:
Bhai Mani Singh Ji

5. Dasam Granth Sahib is related with ……………..
Answer:
Guru Gobind Singh Ji

6. ………………. is the autobiography of Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
Bachitar Natak

7. A letter written by Guru Gobind Singh to Mughal Emperor Aurangzeb is called ………………
Answer:
Zafarnama

8. Bhai Gurdas Ji composed a total of ……………. Vars.
Answer:
39

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

9. The stories relating to the birth and life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji are called ………………
Answer:
Janam Sakhis

10. The Janam Sakhi was written by Bhai mani Singh Ji is known as ……………..
Answer:
Gyan Ratnawali

11. Hukamnamas means ……………..
Answer:
Proclamations

12. Gursobha was written by …………………
Answer:
Sainapat

13. ……………….. was written by Bhai Mani Singh Ji.
Answer:
Sikhan Di Bhagatmala

14. ………………. wrote Prachin Panth Prakash.
Answer:
Rattan Singh Bhangu

15. Twarikh Guru Khalsa was written by ………………
Answer:
Giani Gain Singh

16. Guru Partap Suraj Granth was written by ……………….
Answer:
Bhai Santokh Singh

17. Gyan Ratnawali was written by ………………
Answer:
Bhai Mani Singh Ji

18. Autobiography of the Mughal Emperor Babar is known as ……………….
Answer:
Tuzak-i-Babari

19. ………………. wrote both Ain-i-Akbari and Akbarnama.
Answer:
Abul Fazl

20. …………… is Jahangir’s autobiography.
Answer:
Tuzak-i-Jahangiri

21. Muntakhib-ul-labab was written by …………….
Answer:
Khafi Khan

22. ……………… was written by Qazi Nur Mohammad.
Answer:
Jang Nama

23. …………… was court historian of Maharaja Ranjit Singh.
Answer:
Sohan Lal Suri

24. Sohan Lai Suri wrote ……………
Answer:
Umdat-ut-Tawarikh

25. Buta Shah wrote …………….
Answer:
Tawarikh-i-Punjab

26. Zafarnama-i-Ranjit Singh was written by ………………….
Answer:
Diwan Amarnath

27. Ganesh Das Wadhera composed ……………..
Answer:
Char-Bagh-i-Punjab

28. ………………….. was the writer of The Court and Camp of Ranjit Singh.
Answer:
William Osborne

29. J.D. Cunningham wrote …………………
Answer:
History of the Sikhs

30. The first Sikh coins were issued by ……………….
Answer:
Banda Singh Bahadur

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

True or False:

1. The Adi Granth Sahib is considered as the most sacred and authentic scripture of Sikhism.
Answer:
True

2. Guru Arjan Sahib compiled, the great holy scripture the Adi Granth Sahib in 1604 A.D.
Answer:
True

3. Dasam Granth Sahib was compiled by Bhai Mani Singh Ji in 1721 A.D.
Answer:
True

4. The autobiography of Guru Gobind Singh Ji is called ‘Zafarnama’.
Answer:
False

5. Bhai Gurdas Ji composed 39 Vars.
Answer:
True

6. The stories relating to the birth and life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji are called ‘Janam Sakhis’.
Answer:
True

7. Puratan Janam Sakhi was edited by Bhai Vir Singh Ji in 1926 A.D.
Answer:
True

8. Janam Sakhi of Bhai Mani Singh Ji is also called ‘Gyan Ratnavali’.
Answer:
True

9. Hukamnamas were those orders that were issued by the Sikh Gurus or by the members of their families to the Sikh Sangat.
Answer:
True

10. Gursobha was written by Sainapat in 1741 A.D.
Answer:
True

11. Sikhan Di Bhagatmala was written by Bhai Mani Singh Ji.
Answer:
True

12. Gur Partap Suraj Granth was written by Bhai Santokh Singh.
Answer:
True

13. The writer of Panth Parkash was Giani Gian Singh.
Answer:
False

14. The autobiography of Babar is called Tuzak-i-Babari.
Answer:
True

15. The writer of Ain-i-Akbari and Akbamama was Abul Fazl.
Answer:
True

16. Tuzak-i-Jahangiri was the creation of Shah Jahan.
Answer:
False

17. Khulasat-ut-Tawarikh was written by Sujan Rai Bhandari.
Answer:
True

18. Jang Nama was written by Qazi Nur Mohammad.
Answer:
True

19. Umdat-ut-Tawarikh was written by Sohan Lai Suri.
Answer:
True

20. Diwan Amarnath wrote Zafarnama-i-Ranjit Singh.
Answer:
True

21. Ganesh Das Wadhera was the writer of Char Bagh-i-Punjab.
Answer:
True

22. Khalsa Darbar Records are written in Gurmukhi.
Answer:
False

23. Malcolm wrote Sketch of Sikhs.
Answer:
True

24. The Court and Camp of Ranjit Singh was written by Captain William Osborne.
Answer:
True

25. History of the Sikhs was written by J.D. Cunningham.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. When was Adi Granth Sahib Ji compiled?
(a) In 1601 A.D.
(b) In 1602 A.D.
(c) In 1604 A.D.
(d) In 1605 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1604 A.D.

2. Who compiled Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Arjan Dev Ji

3. Who edited Dasam Granth Sahib Ji?
(a) Guru Gobind Singh Ji
(b) Bhai Mani Singh Ji
(c) Baba Deep Singh Ji
(d) Guru Arjan Dev ji.
Answer:
(b) Bhai Mani Singh Ji

4. To which Guru is Dasam Granth Sahib Ji related?
(a) First Guru
(b) Third Guru
(c) Fifth Guru
(d) Tenth Guru.
Answer:
(d) Tenth Guru.

5. Who wrote Zafarnama?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Amar Dass Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji

6. Bachitar Natak is the autobiography of :
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Hargobind Ji
(c) Guru Gobind Singh Ji
(d) Banda Singh Bahadur.
Answer:
(c) Guru Gobind Singh Ji

7. How many Vars were composed by Bhai Gurdas Ji?
(a) 15
(b) 20
(c) 29
(d) 39.
Answer:
(d)

8. Who edited Puratan Janam Sakhi?
(a) Bhai Kaan Singh Nabha
(b) Bhai Veer Singh
(c) Bhai Mani Singh Ji
(d) Meharban.
Answer:
(b) Bhai Veer Singh

9. Who was the author of Gyan Ratanavali?
Or
Who wrote Gyan Ratanavali?
(a) Kesar Singh Chhibbar
(b) Bhai Mani Singh Ji
(c) Bhai Bala Ji
(d) Bhar Gurdas Ji.
Answer:
(b) Bhai Mani Singh Ji

10. Who was the writer of Meharban’s Janam Sakhi?
(a) Manohar Das
(b) Akhil Das
(c) Bhai Bala Ji
(d) Bhai Gurdas Ji
Answer:
(a) Manohar Das

11. What are the Hukamnamas?
(a) Letters of Sikh Gurus
(b) The most famous Janam Sakhi
(c) Orders of Mughal kings
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(a) Letters of Sikh Gurus

12. Who wrote Sri Gursobha?
(a) Bhai Mani Singh Ji
(b) Rattan Singh Bhangu
(c) Sainapat
(d) Giani Gian Singh
Answer:
(c) Sainapat

13. Who wrote Bansavalinama?
(a) Kesar Singh Chibbar
(b) Bhai Mani Singh Ji.
(c) Bhai Gurdas Ji
(d) Rattan Singh Bhangu.
Answer:
(a) Kesar Singh Chibbar

14.Who composed the book ‘Sikhan Di Bhagatmala’?
(a) Bhai Mani Singh Ji
(b) Bhai Daya Singh Ji
(c) Bhai Santokh Singh
(d) Rattan Singh Bhanghu.
Answer:
(a) Bhai Mani Singh Ji

15. Who wrote Gurpartap Suraj Granth?
(a) Saroop Das Bhaila
(b) Bhai Santokh Singh
(c) Rattan Singh Bhangu
(d) Giani Gian Singh.
Answer:
(b) Bhai Santokh Singh

16. When did Rattan Singh Bhangu compose Prachin Panth Prakash?
(a) In 1641 A.D.
(b) In 1741 A.D.
(c) In 1841 A.D.
(d) In 1849 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1841 A.D.

17. Who wrote Tawarikh-Guru Khalsa?
(a) Giani Gian Singh
(b) Bhai Santokh Singh
(c) Rattan Singh Bhangu
(d) Bhai Mani Singh Ji.
Answer:
(a) Giani Gian Singh

18. Tuzak-i-Babri was related with which ruler?
(a) Humayun
(b) Babar
(c) Jahangir
(d) Akbar
Answer:
(b) Babar

19. In which language Babar wrote Tuzak-i-Babari?
(a) Persian
(b) Turkish
(c) Urdu
(d) Arabian
Answer:
(b) Turkish

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of the History of the Punjab

20. Who wrote Ain-i-Akbari and Akbarnama?
(a) Abul Fazl
(b) Sujjan Rai Bhandari
(c) Sohan Lai Suri
(d) Quzi-Nur-Mohammad
Answer:
(a) Abul Fazl

21. Who wrote Tuzak-i-Jahangiri?
(a) Babar
(b) Jahangir
(c) Shah Jahan
(d) Aurangzeb
Answer:
(b) Jahangir

22. Who wrote Khulasat-ut-Tawarikh?
(a) Sujjan Rai Bhandari
(b) Quzi Nur-Mohammad
(c) Khafi-Khan
(d) Sohan Lal Sur.
Answer:
(a) Sujjan Rai Bhandari

23. Name the famous book written by Khafi Khan.
(a) Dabistan-i-Majahib
(b) Jang Nama
(c) Khulasat-ut-Tawarikh
(d) Muntkhib-ul-Lubab
Answer:
(d) Muntkhib-ul-Lubab

24. Who wrote Jang Nama?
(a) Sohan Lai Suri
(b) Qazi Nur Mohammad
(c) Khafi Khan
(d) Abul Fazl.
Answer:
(b) Qazi Nur Mohammad

25. Which famous granth was written by court historian, Sohan Lai Suri of Maharaja Ranjit Singh?
(a) Umdat-ut-Tawarikh
(b) Tawarikh-i- Sikhan
(c) Tawarikh-i-Punjab
(d) Ibratnama.
Answer:
(a) Umdat-ut-Tawarikh

26. When did Khushwaqt Rai compose Tawarikh-i-Sikhan?
(a) In 1764 A.D.
(b) In 1784 A.D
(c) In 1811 A.D
(d) In 1821 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1811 A.D

27. Who wrote Tawarikh-i-Sikhan?
(a) Diwan Amarnath
(b) Khushwaqt Rai
(c) Sohan Lai Suri
(d) Bute Shah.
Answer:
(b) Khushwaqt Rai

28. Who wrote Zafarnama-i-Ranjit Singh?
(a) Sohan Lai Suri
(b) Diwan Amarnath.
(c) Allaudin Mufti
(d) Qazi-Nur-Mohammad.
Answer:
(b) Diwan Amarnath.

29. Name the famous- book of Ganesh Das Wadehra :
(a) Tawarikh-i-Punjab
(b) Tawarikh-i-Sikhan
(c) Char-Bagh-i-Punjab
(d) Ibratnama.
Answer:
(c) Char-Bagh-i-Punjab

30. In which language Khalsa Darbar Records were written?
(a) English
(b) Persian
(c) Urdu
(d) Punjabi
Answer:
(b) Persian

31. When did Malcolm compose Sketch of Sikhs?
(a) In 1802 A.D.
(b) In 1812 A.D.
(c) In 1822 A.D.
(d) In 1832 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1812 A.D.

32. Who wrote the famous book The Court and Camp of Ranjit Singh?
(a) H.T. Princep
(b) Wiliam Osborne
(c) Dr. Mac. Gregor
(d) J. D. Cunningham
Answer:
(b) Wiliam Osborne

33. Who was the writer of the History of the Sikhs?
(a) J.D. Cunningham
(b) Alexander Burns
(c) Dr. Muray
(d) Malcolm.
Answer:
(a) J.D. Cunningham

34. Who issued the first Sikh coins?
(a) Guru Gobind Singh Ji
(b) Banda Singh Bahadur
(c) Jassa Singh Ahluwalia
(d) Maharaja Ranjit Singh
Answer:
(b) Banda Singh Bahadur

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Describe any five physical features of the Punjab.
Or
Give a brief description of geographical features of Punjab.
Answer:
1. The Himalayas : The Himalayas are situated to the north of the Punjab. ‘Himalaya’ means ‘abode of snow’. Its tops remain covered with snow throughout the year. It stretches from Assam in the east to Afghanistan in the west. Its length is 2500 kilometres and the breadth ranges from 240 kilometres to 320 kilometres. The Himalayas have proved to be of great advantage to the Punjab in many ways.

2. Sulaiman Mountain Ranges : The Sulaiman mountain ranges are situated in the north-west of the Punjab. These are the western ranges of the Himalayas. These ranges have manf ‘Passes’ which connect India with other countries of Asia. The Khyber is the most prominent pass. The other known passes are Bolan, Kurram, Tochi and Gomal. The majority of foreign invaders came to the Punjab through these passes. Besides, these passes served as trade routes for India with Afghanistan and Central Asia.

3. Sub-mountainous Region : This region is located between the Shivalik ranges and the plains of the Punjab. It is called Tarai. The height of these mountains ranges between 1000 feet and 3000 feet. This region consists of Hoshiarpur, Kangra, Ambala, northern part of Gurdaspur and some areas of Sialkot. As the region is hilly, its soil is less fertile and means of transport are under-developed. Thus, the population in this region is not dense.

4. The Plains : The Plains constitute the largest and most important region of the Punjab. It is rightly called the real Punjab. This part is located between the rivers of Indus and Jamuna. It is considered one of the best fertile plains of the world. Five great rivers of the Punjab (Sutlej, Beas, Ravi, Chenab, Jhelum) flow in this very part. The plains of the Punjab can further be sub-divided into the following three parts:

  • Five Doabs,
  • Malwa and Bangar,
  • South-West Deserts.

5. Climate of the Punjab: The climate of the Punjab also shows much variation. It is extremely cold in winter and becomes too hot in summer. December and January are bitterly cold. The hilly areas receive plenty of snowfall. The temperature falls below 0°C on many occasions. The plains experience fog and mist in winter. In the months of summer, especially in May and June, scorching winds blow. The Punjab receives rainfall from July to September. The hilly areas receive more rainfall than the plains. The climate of the Punjab in the months of October, November, February and March is very pleasant.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 2.
Why is the Punjab called as the Gateway of India?
Answer:
The Punjab has acted as the gateway of India for centuries due to its geographical location. Towards its north-west are Khyber, Kurram, Tochi and Bolan passes. It was not difficult to cross these passes. Therefore, since the ancient times, the foreign invaders had been crossing these passes to invade India. The Aryans, Persians, Greeks, Kushana, Hunas, Turks, Mughals and Durranis passed through these passes and invaded India. The people of Punjab had to struggle against these invaders first of all. They could advance only after conquering Punjab. So the Punjab is called the gateway of India.

Question 3.
What is the importance of the Punjab in the Indian History?
Answer:
The holy land of the Punjab, the territory of five rivers has, undoubtedly, contributed to a great’extent in diversified fields, not only to India but to the world also. About five thousand years ago, the Indus Valley Civilisation, India’s oldest and marvellous civilisation, was born and flourished on this very land. This civilisation is considered as one of the greatest civilisations of the world. The Aryans compiled their famous religious scripture ‘Rigveda’ on this holy land. The great characters of Ramayana and Mahabharata also belonged to the Punjab. The great Mahabharata war was also fought on this land and Lord Krishna delivered his spiritual message i.e. the Gita here. The world famous Takshshila University and the centre of Gandhara Art were also situated here.

This land has the honour of giving birth to great scholars like Kautilya, Charka and Panini. It was the place where Chandragupta Maurya founded India’s first empire. The most important and decisive wars of Indian history were fought here. This land gave birth to the nine Gurus of the Sikh religion. Guru Gobind Singh Ji spent most part of his life in Punjab. The Khalsa was created here. On this land Maharaja Ranjit Singh founded the first Sikh empire whose splendour is still remembered by the people. Finally, the Punjabi patriots made greatest sacrifices to break the chains of slavery of India.

Question 4.
What do you know about Himalayas ? What were its main benefits to Punjab?
Or
What were the main benefits Of the Himalayas to Punjab?
Answer:
The Himalayas are situated to the north of the Punjab. ‘Himalaya’ means ‘abode of snow’. Its tops remain covered with snow throughout the year. It stretches from Assam in the east to Afghanistan in the west. Its length is 2500 kilometres and the breadth ranges from 240 kilometres to 320 kilometres. On the basis of its height the Himalayas can be divided into three parts. The first part, the Greater Himalayas, consists of those high peaks whose height is 20,000 ft. or above. Mount Everest, the world’s highest peak, is 29,028 ft. or 8848 meters high. These peaks remain covered with snow throughout the year. The second part consists of those peaks whose height ranges between 10,000 feet and 20,000 feet. It is called the Middle Himalayas. Shimla, Dalhousie and Kashmir are situated in it. The third part, the Outer Himalayas, consists of hill areas with a height ranging from 3,000 feet to 10,000 feet. This part is known as Shivalik range of mountains.

The Himalayas have proved to be of great advantage to the Punjab in many ways. Firstly, the Himalayas stand like a watchman both for the Punjab and India because it is the highest mountain range in the world and it always remains snow clad. So, no foreign invader dared to cross these mountains. Consequently, the Punjab remained protected from the foreign invasions from the north for a long time. Secondly, the monsoon winds hit the Himalayas and cause adequate rainfall in the Punjab. Thirdly, the great rivers flowing down the Himalayas have made the land of the Punjab very fertile.

Question 5.
What do you mean by Doab? Give a brief description of five Doabs of Punjab.
Or
Explain the five Doabs of Punjab.
Answer:
‘Doab’ is a Persian word meaning ‘two waters’ or ‘land between the two rivers’. The name of each Doab is composed of the first letters of those two rivers between which it is located.

  • Bist Jalandhar Doab: The area located between the rivers Sutlej and Beas is called Bist Jalandhar Doab. This is the most famous Doab. Jalandhar and Hoshiarpur are the two biggest cities of this Doab.
  • Bari Doab: This Doab is located between the Beas and the Ravi rivers. It is also called Majha. Lahore and Amritsar are two famous cities of this Doab.
  • Rachna Doab: The area located between the Ravi and the Chenab rivers is called Rachna Doab. Gujranwala and Sheikhupura are two important cities of this Doab.
  • Chaj Doab: The area lying between the Chenab and the Jhelum is known as Chaj Doab. Gujarat and Shahpur are two important cities of this Doab.
  • Sindh Sagar Doab: The area lying between the Jhelum and the Sindh rivers is called Sindh Sagar Doab. Rawalpindi is the most famous city of this Doab. All the Doabs except Sindh Sagar Doab are very fertile.

Question 6.
What do you understand by Malwa and Bangar?
Answer:
Besides the five Doabs, the plains of the Punjab also included a vast tract between the Sutlej and Jamuna. This area can be divided into two parts—Malwa and Bangar.

  • Malwa: The area lying between the Sutlej and the Ghaggar rivers is called Malwa. Patiala, Ludhiana, Sirhind, Sangrur, Malerkotla, Bathinda, Faridkot and Nabha fall in this area. In this area lived a famous tribe ‘Malavas’ in the ancient times, for which this region got the name Malwa. The inhabitants of this area are called Malwai.
  • Bangar: The area which falls between the Ghaggar and the Jamuna rivers is called Bangar. It is also called Haryana. It includes Ambala, Panipat, Rohtak, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Gurgaon, Jind, and Hissar. Many important and decisive battles of Indian history were fought in this part.

Question 7.
What influence did the physical features of the Punjab have on its political history?
Or
What were the political effects of the geographical features of the Punjab?
Answer:
1. Punjab—Gateway of India : There are a number of passes (Khyber, Kurram, Tochi, Bolan etc.) in the north-west of the* Punjab which were easy to cross. So, the foreign invaders kept on attacking India for centuries passing through these passes. First of all these invadersJiad to fight with-the people of the Punjab. So, the Punjab has been called the gateway of India.

2. Influence of the Rivers of the Punjab : The rivers flowing into this land have also influenced its history. These rivers checked the entry of foreign invaders many times and thus protected the country. When these rivers were in flood, it was almost impossible to cross them. Thus the future of the Punjab depended upon these rivers.

3. Influence of the Forests and Hills of the Punjab : The forests and the hills of the Punjab have influenced the history of Punjab to a great extent. After the martyrdom of Banda Singh Bahadur in 1716 A.D., started the persecution of the Sikhs. So they took shelter in these forests and hills. From here, they resisted the enemy and adopted guerilla warfare.

4. Special traits of the Character of Punjabis : The peculiar geographical features of the Punjab were responsible for developing certain special traits of the character of the Punjabis. These special traits provided separate identity to the Punjabis from the rest of the IndiAnswer: They developed traits like bravery, courage, hard work, sympathy, co-operation, social service, tolerance and sacrificing the self for the country.

5. Prosperity of the Punjab : The Punjab has been very much prosperous since the ancient times due to its geographical situation. The plains of the Punjab are so fertile that’ they are described as producing gold. The foreign trade of the Punjab had also been very- flourishing. Consequently, the Punjab is were very rich.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 8.
What impact did the physical features of the Punjab have on its economic history?
Or
Name main economic influences on the geography of Punjab.
Answer:
1. Punjab—Gateway of India : There are a number of passes (Khyber, Kurram, Tochi, Bolan etc.) in the north-west of the Punjab which were easy to cross. So, the foreign invaders kept on attacking India for centuries passing through these passes. First of all these invaders had to fight with the people of the Punjab. They could go further only after defeating the Punjab.

2. Punjab—Field of Historic Battles : Punjab has been the battlefield of many important and decisive battles of Indian history because of its geographical location. First of all, the Aryans fought the Dravidians in the ancient times. Then, the battles between Alexander and Porus, and Chandragupta Maurya and the Greeks were also fought on this land.

3. North-West Frontier Problem : The northrwest frontier has always remained a great headache for the rulers of India in general, and for those who ruled the Punjab in particular. It was due to two main reasons. Firstly, all the foreign invaders except the British came to the Punjab from this side. Secondly, the tribesmen living in this area were very wild and uncivilized.

4. Punjabis had to suffer for Centuries: It was also due to the geographical location of the Punjab, that the Punjabis had to suffer hardships and the cruelties of invaders for centuries. Mahmud Ghaznavi, Mohammad Ghori, Timur, Nadir Shah and Ahmad Shah Abdali were such invaders, who had let loose a reign of terror on the Punjabis.

5. Influence of the Rivers of the Punjab : The rivers flowing into this land have also influenced its history. These rivers checked the entry of foreign invaders many times and thus protected the country. When these rivers were in flood, it was almost impossible to cross them. These rivers also determined the routes of the invaders at many occasions.

Question 9.
Describe the major economic effects of geography of Punjab on the people of Punjab.
Answer:
1. Agriculture : The soil of the plains of the Punjab was very fertile. Moreover, the Punjab received sufficient rainfall and has developed means of irrigation. That was why a majority of the population of the Punjab is engaged in agriculture. Wheat, rice, cottonseed, sugarcane, maize, barley and oil-seeds were main crops of the Punjab. People living in the hilly areas earned their livelihood by rearing sheep and goats, because nothing can grow on it.

2. Foreign Trade : Due to its geographical location the people of the Punjab had the opportunity to develop good foreign trade since ancient times. Being a border province, the Punjab had a flourishing trade with Afghanistan and countries of Central Asia. Much of this trade was carried on through the passes located in the north-west of the Punjab..

3. Prosperity of the Punjab : The Punjab has been very much prosperous since the ancient times due to its geographical situation. The plains of the Punjab are so fertile that they are described as producing gold. The foreign trade of the Punjab had also been very flourishing. Consequently, the Punjabis were very rich.

Question 10.
How did the rivers of the Punjab influence its history.
Answer:
The rivers flowing into this land have also influenced its history. These rivers checked the entry of foreign invaders many times and thus protected the country. When these rivers were in flood, it was almost impossible to cross them. Alexander, the Great, could not cross the Beas. These rivers determined the routes of the invaders at many occasions. They advanced from those sides, where these rivers were shallow and it was easier to cross them. Thus the future of the Punjab depended upon these rivers. These rivers also proved helpful in determining the boundaries of Sarkars and Parganas. These rivers made the plains of the Punjab very fertile, which enhanced its political significance to a great extent.

Question 11.
How did the forests of Punjab affects its history?
Answer:
The forests and the hills of the Punjab have influenced the history of Punjab to a great extent. After the martyrdom of Banda Singh Bahadur in 1716 A.D., when Abdus Samad Khan, Zakariya Khan, Yahiya Khan and Mir Mannu started the persecution of the Sikhs. They took shelter in these forests and hills. They adopted guerilla warfare to resist enemy. They used to attack their enemy all of a sudden and took shelter once again in their hideouts in the forests and hills. The Sikhs even looted Nadir Shah in 1739 A.D. through guerilla warfare. They had become a great headache for Ahmad Shah Abdali. He invaded Punjab for not less than eight times to crush the Sikh power, but he failed in his attempts. Finally, the Sikhs succeeded in establishing their independent Misls in many parts of the Punjab.

Question 12.
What effects did the physical features of Punjab have on its socio-cultural history?
Or
Mention the socio-cultural effects of the geographical features of the Punjab.
Answer:
1. Special traits of the Character of Punjabis : The peculiar geographical features of the Punjab were responsible for developing certain special traits of the character of the Punjabis. These special traits provided separate identity to the Punjabis from the rest of the IndiAnswer: After fighting countless wars and facing many difficulties, they developed traits like bravery, courage, hard work, sympathy, co-operation, social service, tolerance and sacrificing the self for the country.

2. Increase in the number of Castes and Sub-castes: The Punjab has been the victim of foreign invasions from the ancient times. The Iranians, Greeks, Hunas, Kushanas, Mongols, Turks, Mughals and Afghans invaded the Punjab and many of them settled here. They married the women folk of this land. Thus, many new castes and sub-castes emerged.

3. Distinct Culture of the Punjab : People belonging to different countries and practising different religions got settled in the Punjab. As a result a new culture evolved as a result of their synthesis. For example, a new language (Urdu) developed.

4. Loss of the Art and Literature: The art and literature of Punjab could not develop because of its geographical location. For cfenturies together the Punjab remained the battlefield of foreign invaders. Lack of peace and constant threat to the lives of the people resulted in the lack of art and literature. If some art and literature were ever produced they were destroyed and burnt by the foreign invaders. Consequently, the art and literature of Punjab received a great jolt.

Question 13.
How did Geography of the Punjab affect its religious life?
Or
“Punjab was a land of religious movements.” Explain the statement.
Answer:
The Punjab is considered the birth place of Hinduism. First of all, the Aryans settled in the Sapt Sindhu. They composed their holy scriptures here. Islam was much propagated in Punjab as compared to other parts of India due to many reasons. Firstly, the Muslims had occupied the Punjab in the very beginning. Secondly, the Punjab remained under the Sultans of Delhi and the Mughals for centuries. Guru Nanak Dev and his eight spiritual successors blessed this sacred land of five rivers by their incarnation. The tenth and the last Sikh Guru, Guru Gobind Singh Ji spent the major part of his life in the holy land of Punjab. People of this land were economically rich, so they contributed a lot towards the development of Sikhism.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Essay Type Questions:

different Names of Punjab and its Boundaries:

Question 1.
Describe the geographical features of Punjab.
Or
Examine the physical features of Punjab.
Or
Describe in detail the physical features of Punjab.
Or
How did the geographical features of Punjab affect its history?
Answer:
The word ‘Punjab’ is a combination of two words of Persian language: ‘Punj’ and ‘Aab’ which literally means ‘five’ and ‘water’ respectively. Thus ‘Punjab’ means the territory or land of five rivers. These five rivers are the Sutlej, the Beas, the Ravi, the Chenab and the Jhelum.

Punjab has been known by various names during different periods of history. It was called ‘Sapta Sindhu’ in the Rigvedic period, on the basis of the seven rivers that flowed in this land. They were: Sindhu (Indus), Vitasta (Jhelum), Asikni (Chenab), Parushni (Ravi), Vipasha (Beas), Sutudri (Sutlej) and Saraswati. The rivers Sindhu and Saraswati were the outer boundaries of Punjab. It is called ‘Panchnada’ in the Epics and the Puranas. ‘Panchnada’ means the land of five rivers. The Greeks named it ‘Pentapotamia’—‘Penta’ means five and ‘Potamia’ means river. So, the Greeks also called it the land of five rivers. The territories of Afghanistan and Baluchistan were annexed to Punjab during the Mauryan period. Thus its northwest boundary stretched up to the Hindukush.

As the Tak’ tribe ruled this vast land for centuries, Punjab was also called ‘Tak Desh. In the medieval period, Punjab was known as Lahore Suba, after the name of its capital (Lahore). Akbar, the great Mughal emperor, divided Punjab into two provinces i.e. Suba of Lahore and Suba of Multan. Punjab was called Lahore Raj during the reign of Maharaja Ranjit Singh. Under his rule, its boundaries stretched from Ladakh in the north to Shikarpur in the south and from the Sutlej in the east to Peshawar in the west. When the British annexed it to the British empire, it was termed as ‘Punjab Province’. A famous historian S.M. Latif has rightly remarked,

“No country in the East presents the same variety of features as does the land of five rivers.” Punjab can be divided into the following three parts on the basis of its physical or geographical features:

  1. The Himalayas and the Sulaiman Mountain Ranges.
  2. Sub-mountainous Region.
  3. The Plains.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

1. The Himalayas and the Sulaiman Mountain Ranges:

1. The Himalayas: The Himalayas are situated to the north of Punjab. ‘Himalaya’ means ‘abode of snow. Its tops remain covered with snow throughout the year. It stretches from Assam in the east to Afghanistan in the west. Its length is 2500 kilometres and the breadth ranges from 240 kilometres to 320 kilometres. On the basis of its height, the Himalayas can be divided into three parts: the Greater Himalayas, the Middle Himalayas and the Outer Himalayas also known as the Shivalik mountains.

The Himalayas have proved to be of great advantage to Punjab in many ways. Firstly, the Himalayas stand like a watchman both for the Punjab and India, because it is the highest mountain range in the world and it always remains snow-clad. So, no foreign invader dared to cross these mountains and consequently, Punjab remained protected from the foreign invasions from the north for a long time. Secondly, the monsoon winds hit the Himalayas and cause adequate rainfall in Punjab. Thirdly, the great rivers flowing down the Himalayas have made the land of the Punjab very fertile. Fourthly, the valleys of the Himalayas gave Punjab such famous hill stations like Shimla, Manali, Kullu, Kangra and Dalhousie.

2. Sulaiman Mountain Ranges: The Sulaiman mountain ranges are situated in the northwest of Punjab. These are the western ranges of the Himalayas. These ranges have many ‘Passes’ which connect India with other countries of Asia. The Khyber is the most prominent pass. The other known passes are Bolan, Kurram, Tochi and Gomal. The majority of foreign invaders came to Punjab through these passes. Besides, these passes served as trade routes for India with Afghanistan and Central Asia.

2. Sub-mountainous Region:

This region is located between the Shivalik ranges and the plains of Punjab. It is called Tarai. The height of these mountains ranges between 1000 feet and 3000 feet. This region consists of Hoshiarpur, Kangra, Ambala, the northern part of Gurdaspur and some areas of Sialkot. As the region is hilly, its soil is less fertile and means of transport are under-developed. Thus, the population in this region is not dense.

3. The Plains:

The Plains constitute the largest and most important region of Punjab. It is rightly called the real Punjab. This part is located between the rivers of Indus and Jamuna. It is considered one of the best fertile plains in the world. Its average height from the sea level is less than 1000 feet. Five great rivers of Punjab (Sutlej, Beas, Ravi, Chenab, Jhelum) flow in this very part. The plains of Punjab can further be sub-divided into the following three parts—(a) Five Doabs, (b) Malwa and Bangar, (c) South-West Deserts.

(a) Five Doabs: A bigger part of the plains is surrounded by the five Doabs. These Doabs were created during the reign of Mughal emperor Akbar and can be found in the same way even today. ‘Doab’ is a Persian word meaning ‘two glasses of water or ‘land between the two rivers. These five Doabs are briefly described below:

1. Best Jalandhar Doab: The area located between the rivers Sutlej and Beas is called Best Jalandhar Doab. This is the most famous Doab. Jalandhar and Hoshiarpur are the two biggest cities of this Doab. This Doab is very fertile.

2. Bari Doab: This Doab is located between the rivers Beas and the Ravi. It is located in the middle of Punjab, so it is called Majha and its residents are called Majhail. Lahore and Amritsar are two famous cities of this Doab. It is also very fertile.

3. Rachna Doab: The area located between the rivers Ravi and the Chenab is called Rachna Doab. Gujranwala and Sheikhupura are two important cities of this Doab. This Doab is also very fertile.

4. Chaj Doab: The area lying between the rivers Chenab and the Jhelum is known as Chaj Doab. Gujarat and Shahpur are two important cities of this Doab. It is also very fertile.

5. Sind Sagar Doab: The area lying between the rivers Jhelum and the Sind is called Sind Sagar Doab. Rawalpindi is the most famous city of this Doab. This Doab is less fertile.

(b) Malwa and Bangar: In addition to the areas covered by the Five Doabs, the vast plains located between the rivers Sutlej and the Jamuna also form a part of the plains of Punjab. It is further sub-divided into two parts—Malwa and Bangar.

1. Malwa: The area located between the rivers Sutlej and the Ghaggar is called Malwa which includes Patiala, Ludhiana, Sirhind, Sangrur, Malerkotla, Bhatinda, Faridkot and Nabha. There lived a famous tribe named ‘Malwa’ in the ancient period in this area, so the area came to be called Malwa. Its inhabitants are called ‘Malwai’.

2. Bangar: The area located between the rivers Ghaggar and the Jamuna is known as Bangar. It is known as Haryana as well. Ambala, Panipat, Rohtak, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Gurugram (Gurgaon), Jind, and Hissar are included in it. Many important and decisive wars of Indian History have been fought in this part of Punjab.

(c) South-West Deserts: Sind, Bahawalpur, and the desert of Multan which are located in the southwest also form part of the plains of Punjab. As this area receives inadequate rainfall, so it is less fertile.

4. Climate of Punjab:

The climate of Punjab also shows much variation. It is extremely cold in winter and becomes too hot in summer. December and January are bitterly cold. The hilly areas receive plenty of snowfall. The temperature falls below 0°C on many occasions. The plains experience fog and mist in winter. In the months of summer, especially in May and June, scorching winds blow. Punjab receives rainfall from July to September. The hilly areas receive more rainfall than the plains. The climate of Punjab in the months of October, November, February, and March is very pleasant.

Influence Of Physical Features On The History Of Punjab:

Question 2.
How have the physical features of the Punjab affected its Political History?
Or
How have the physical features of the Punjab affected its History?
Or
Examine the influence of physical features of the Punjab on the course of its history.
Or
How did the geographical features of the Punjab affect its History?
Or
How did the geographical features of the Punjab influence its political, social, religious and economic history?
Or
Explain the socio-cultural, economic and religious effects of the physical features of the Punjab.
Or
Explain the political effects of the physical features of the Punjab.
Or
Explain the social and economic effects of the physical features of the Punjab.
Or
What were the political, military and social effects of the geographical features of the Punjab?
Answer:
History is always closely related to Geography, because the geographical conditions of a country have a great influence upon the history of that country. The political, social, economic and religious life of the people is greatly influenced and controlled by the geographical factors. Thus, the geographical conditions of the Punjab have greatly influenced the history of this land. These factors have influenced social, political, economic, religious and cultural life of the Punjab in many ways.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

1. Political Effects:

1. Punjab—Gateway of India: As a result of its geographical location, the Punjab has been the gateway of India for many centuries. There are a number of passes (Khyber, Kurram, Tochi, Bolan etc.) in the north-west of the Punjab which were easy to cross. So, the foreign invaders kept on attacking India for centuries passing through these passes. The Aryans, Iranians, Greeks, Kushanas, Hunas, Turks, Mughals and Durranis invaded India passing through these passes. First of all these invaders had to fight with the people of the Punjab. They could go further only after defeating the Punjab. So, the Punjab has been called the gateway of India.

2. Punjab—Field pi Historic Battles: Punjab has been the battlefield of many important and decisive battles of Indian history because of its geographical location. First of all, the Aryans fought the Dravidians in the ancient times. Then, the battles between Alexander and Porus, and Chandragupta Maurya and the Greeks were also fought on this land. In the medieval period, two battles were fought between Prithviraj Chauhan and Mohammad Ghori at Tarain in 1191 A.D. and 1192 A.D. Mohammad Ghori defeated Prithviraj Chauhan in the second battle of Tarain and thus he laid the foundation of the Muslim rule in India. Similarly, the first battle of Panipat was fought in 1526 A.D. between Ibrahim LodKi and Babar, and the second battle of Panipat was fought in 1556 A.D. between Hemu and Akbar, which resulted in establishing the Mughal empire in India. The third battle of Panipat was fought in 1761 A.D. between the Marathas and Ahmad Shah Abdali, which marked the end of the Maratha power in the Punjab. Thus, we see that many historic battles of Indian history were fought on this land of five rivers.

3. North-West Frontier Problem: The north-west frontier has always remained a great headache for the rulers of India in general, and for those who ruled the Punjab in particular. It was due to two main reasons. Firstly, all the foreign invaders except the British came to the Punjab from this side. Secondly, the tribesmen living in this area were very wild and uncivilized. Their main profession was to loot and plunder the neighbouring territories. People had to face many hardships due to their cruel activities.

Consequently, every ruler of the Punjab who did not pay heed to the north-west frontier had to lose his kingdom very soon. Thus, the success or failure of any ruler depended upon his north-western frontier policy. It was one of the main causes of the downfall of the great Gupta Empire. So, having understood its significance, Balban, Alauddin Khalji, Akbar, Maharaja Ranjit Singh and the British paid special attention towards the solution of this knotty problem. As a result, they succeeded in protecting their empires to a large extent.

4. Punjabis had to suffer for Centuries: It was also due to the geographical location of the Punjab, that the Punjabis had to suffer hardships and the cruelties of invaders for centuries. As the Punjab lay in the way of the foreign invaders coming from north-western side, it had to bear the brunt of their onslaughts. Mahmud Ghaznavi, Mohammad Ghori, Timur, Nadir Shah and Ahmad Shah Abdali were such invaders, who had let loose a reign of terror on the Punjabis. Wherever, they went they looted all villages and towns and killed many people. They caused dishonour to womenfolk, who were chained and sold in foreign countries as slaves. They forcibly converted the people to Islam.

5. Influence of the Rivers of the Punjab: The rivers flowing into this land have also influenced its history. These rivers checked the entry of foreign invaders many times and thus protected the country. When these rivers were in flood, it was almost impossible to cross them. Alexander, the Great, could not cross the Beas. These rivers determined the routes of the invaders at many occasions. They advanced from those sides, where these rivers were shallow and it was easier to cross them. Thus the future of the Punjab depended upon these rivers. These rivers made the plains of the Punjab very fertile, which enhanced its political significance.

6. Influence of the Forests and Hills of the Punjab: The forests and the hills of the Punjab have influenced the history of Punjab to a great extent. After the martyrdom of Banda Singh Bahadur in 1716 A.D., when Abdus Samad Khan, Zakariya Khan, Yahiya Khan and Mir Mannu started the persecution of the Sikhs. They took shelter in these forests and hills. From here, they resisted the enemy and adopted guerilla warfare. They used to attack their enemy all of a sudden and took shelter once again in their hideouts in the forests and hills. The Sikhs even looted Nadir Shah in 1739 A.D. through guerilla warfare. They had become a great headache for Ahmad Shah also. He invaded Punjab for not less than eight times to crush the Sikh power, but he failed in his attempts. Finally, the Sikhs succeeded in establishing their independent Misls in many parts of the Punjab.

2. Social and Cultural Effects:

1. Special traits of the Character of Punjabis: The peculiar geographical features of the Punjab were responsible for developing certain special traits of the character of the Punjabis. These special traits provided separate identity to the Punjabis from the rest of the IndiAnswer: After fighting countless wars and facing many difficulties, they developed traits like bravery, courage, hard work, sympathy, co-operation, social service, tolerance and sacrificing the self for the country. Besides, one more distinct trait developed in the Punjabis. It was—‘eat, drink and be merry’. As the foreign invaders invariably looted the wealth, riches and all other belongings, so the Punjabis preferred to spend all the money rather than saving it. It was a famous saying at the time of Ahmad Shah Abdali:
“Khaada peeta laahe da, Rehnda Ahmad Shahe da.”.

2. Increase in the number of Castes and Sub-castes: The Punjab has been the victim of foreign invasions from the ancient times. The Iranians, Greeks, Hunas, Kushanas, Mongols, Turks, Mughals and Afghans invaded the Punjab and many 5 of them settled here. They married the women folk of this land. Thus, many new S castes and sub-castes emerged. Of such castes and sub-castes, Pathan, Gujjar, Dogra, Baluch, Syal, Jat, Mahajan and Arora were prominent. .

3. Distinct Culture of the Punjab: People belonging to different countries and practising different religions got settled in the Punjab. As a result a new culture evolved as a resul of their synthesis. For example, a new language (Urdu) developed.

4. Loss of the Art and Literature: The art and literature of Punjab could not develop because of its geographical location. For centuries together the Punjab remained the battlefield of foreign invaders. Lack of peace and constant threat to the lives of the people resulted in the lack of art and literature. If some art and literature were ever produced they were destroyed and burnt by the foreign invaders. Consequently, the art and literature of Punjab received a great jolt.

3. Religious Effects:

1. Origin of Hinduism: The Punjab is considered the birthplace of Hinduism. First of all, the Aryans settled in the Sapta Sindhu. They composed their holy scriptures here. These works depict geographical or natural aspects of the Punjab clearly. The rivers, the” forests and the mountains of the Punjab are mentioned in these books more than once.

2. Propagation of Islam: Islam was much propagated in Punjab as compared to other parts of India due to many reasons. Firstly, the Muslims were the first to occupy Punjab. Secondly, the Punjab was located nearer to Afghanistan and Central Asia. All these countries were populated by Muslims. Thirdly, many Muslims got settled in the Punjab. Fourthly, the Punjab remained under the Sultans of Delhi and the Mughals for centuries. All these causes \yere responsible for the spread of Islam in Punjab.

3. Origin and Development of Sikhism: Guru Nanak Dev Ji and his eight spiritual successors blessed this sacred land of five rivers by their incarnation. The development and growth of Sikhism is very closely related to the geographical features of the Punjab. People of this land were economically rich, so they contributed a lot towards the development of Sikhism. They never hesitated in contributing for the Langar, historical buildings and other necessary projects of the Sikh Panth. They always helped the needy and the poor which made many of them become the followers of Sikhism.

4. Economic Effects:

1. Agriculture: The soil of the plains of the Punjab was very fertile. Moreover, the Punjab received sufficient rainfall and has developed means of irrigation. That was why a majority of the population of the Punjab is engaged in agriculture. Wheat, rice, cottonseed, sugarcane, maize, barley and oil-seeds were main crops of the Punjab. People living in the hilly areas earned their livelihood by rearing sheep and goats, because were nothing can grow on it.

2. Foreign Trade: Due to its geographical location the people of the Punjab had the opportunity to develop good foreign trade since ancient times. Being a border province, the Punjab had a flourishing trade with Afghanistan and countries of Central Asia. The Punjab traders exported foodgrains, sugar, cottonseed, woollen, silken and cotton textile, shawls and blankets, etc. to these countries and in return imported horses, dry fruit, daris, carpets, fur and weapons, etc. Much of this trade was carried on through the passes located in the north-west of the Punjab.

3. Prosperity of the Punjab: The Punjab has been very much prosperous since the ancient times due to its geographical situation. The plains of the Punjab are so fertile that they are described as producing gold. The foreign trade of the Punjab had also been very flourishing. Consequently, the Punjabis were very rich. So, we conclude with the befitting remarks by Dr. B.S. Nijjar, “The effects of physical features of the Punjab have exercised a great influence on its history.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 3.
Throw light on the physical features of the Punjab. How did they influence the History of the Punjab?
Or
Explain the geographical features of the Punjab. How did they influence the History of the Punjab?
Note: To answer this question the students are requested to see the answers of question numbers 1 and 2.

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Describe any three physical features of the Punjab.
Or
Give a brief description of geographical features of the Punjab.
Answer:
The Himalayas is located to the north-west of the’Punjab. As this mountain is very high, it acts as a watchman for the Punjab and India. The monsoon strikes ‘ against these mountains and brings rain in the Punjab. The sub-mountainous region of the Punjab is situated between the Shivalik hills and the plains. This region is also known as Tarai. The land being rocky is less fertile and means of transportation are also not much developed. The plains of Punjab is counted among the most fertile regions of the world.

Question 2.
Why is the Punjab called as the ‘Gateway of India’?
Answer:
The Punjab has acted as the gateway of India for centuries due to its geographical location. Towards its north-west are located Khyber, Kurram, Tochi and Bolan passes. It was not difficult to cross these passes. Therefore, since the ancient times, the foreign invaders had been crossing these passes to invade India. The people of the Punjab had to fight with these invaders. They could advance only after conquering the Punjab. So, the Punjab is called the gateway of India.

Question 3.
What is the importance of the Punjab in the Indian History?
Answer:
The Punjab has occupied a pivotal position in the history of India due to many reasons. The Aryans compiled their famous religious scripture Ttigveda’ on this holy land. The great Mahabharata war was also fought on this land. Lord Krishna delivered his spiritual message i.e. the Gita here. It was the place where Chandragupta Maurya founded India’s first empire. The most important and decisive wars of Indian history were fought here. This land gave birth to the nine great Gurus of the Sikh religion. The tenth Guru, Guru Gobind Singh Ji spent most part of his life in Punjab.

Question 4.
What were the main benefits of the Himalayas to the Punjab?
Or
Write any three benefits of the Himalayas to the Punjab.
Or
What were the three merits of the Himalayas to the Punjab?
Answer:

  • The Himalayas stood like a watchman both for the Punjab and India.
  • The sub-mountainous region has given us many beautiful townships and tourist resorts like Kulu, Manali, Dalhousie and Shimla etc.
  • It has contributed a lot to the economic prosperity of the state.

Question 5.
What do you mean by Doab? Give a brief description of Doabs of the Punjab.
Or
Explain any three Doabs of the Punjab.
Answer:
‘Doab’ is a Persian word meaning the ‘land between the two rivers’.

  • Bist Jalandhar Doab: The area located between the rivers Sutlej and Beas.
  • Bari Doab: It is located between the Beas and the Ravi rivers.
  • Rachna Doab: The area located between the Ravi and the Chenab rivers.
  • Chaj Doab: The area lying between the Chenab and the Jhelum.
  • Sind Sagar Doab: The area lying between the Jhelum and the Sind.

Question 6.
Describe briefly about plain areas of Punjab.
Answer:
The plains constitute the largest and most important region of the Punjab. It is rightly called the virtual Punjab. This part is located between the rivers of Indus and Jamuna. It is considered one of the best fertile plains of the World. Its average height from the sea level is less than 1000 feet. Five great rivers of Punjab (Sutlej, Beas, Ravi, Chenab, Jhelum) flow in this very part. The land of this area is very fertile, it receives ample rainfall and the means of transport are fairly developed. So, the population of this area is very dense. The plains of the Punjab can further be sub-divided into the following three parts:

  • Five Doabs,
  • Malwa and Bangar and
  • South West Deserts.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 7.
What do you understand by Malwa and Bangar?
Answer:

  • Malwa: The area lying between the Sutlej and the Ghaggar rivers is called Malwa. Patiala, Ludhiana, Sirhind, Sangrur, Malerkotla, Bathinda, Faridkot and Nabha fall in this area. In this area lived a famous tribe ‘Malavas’ in ancient times, for which this region got the name Malwa. The inhabitants of this area are called Malwai.
  • Bangar: The area which falls between the Ghaggar and the Jamuna rivers is called Bangar. It is also called Haryana. It includes Ambala, Panipat, Rohtak, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Gurugram (Gurgaon), Jind and Hisar. Many important and decisive battles of Indian history were fought in this part.

Question 8.
What influence did the physical features of the Punjab have on its political history?
Or
What were the political effects of the geographical features of the Punjab.
Or
Write any three political effects of the geographical features of the Punjab.
Answer:

  • The Punjab remained the gateway of India for centuries due to its geographical location.
  • Many important and decisive battles of the Indian history were also fought in the Punjab,
  • The rivers flowing through the Punjab, its forests and hills have deeply influenced the history of the Punjab,
  • The forests and mountains lying in the Punjab have also affected its history.

Question 9.
What impact did the physical features of the Punjab have on its economic history?
Or
Write any three main economic influences on the geography of the Punjab.
Answer:

  • As the plains of the Punjab were very fertile, so the main occupation of people here was agriculture,
  • People reared sheep and goats in the mountainous regions of the Punjab,
  • It being a frontier province, foreign trade was carried on with Afghanistan and Central Asian countries on a large scale,
  • The cities like Lahore, Multan, Sirhind, Jalandhar and Amritsar became trade centres.

Question 10.
How did the rivers of the Punjab affect its history?
Or
What were the effects of Punjab rivers on the history of the Punjab?
Answer:
The rivers flowing through the Punjab also greatly influenced its history. These rivers checked the advancement of the foreign invaders many times and defended the country. These rivers, when in spate, were very difficult to cross. These rivers also determined the passage of many invaders. The soil of the Punjab became very fertile due to these rivers and it yielded bumper crops. The economic prosperity of the Punjab was mainly due to these rivers.

Question 11.
The forests and hills of the Punjab have deeply influenced its history. Do you agree with this statement?
Or
How did the forests and hills of the Punjab influence its history?
Or
How did the forests of the Punjab affect its history?
Answer:
The forests and hills of the Punjab have also deeply influenced its history. After the martyrdom of Banda Singh Bahadur in 1716 A.D., when Mughals and Afghans vigorously persecuted the Sikhs, they took shelter in these forests and hills. They faced their enemy from here through guerilla warfare. By adopting the guerilla warfare the Sikhs had plundered even the great tyrant Nadir Shah and Ahmad Shah Abdali.-Ultimately, the Sikhs succeeded in setting up independent Misls in many parts of the Punjab.

Question 12.
What effects did the physical features of the Punjab have on its socio-cultural history?
Or
“Punjab was a land of religious movements.” Explain the statement.
Answer:
The Punjab is considered the birthplace of Hinduism. First of all, the Aryans settled in the Sapta Sindhu. They composed their holy scriptures here. Islam was much propagated in the Punjab as compared to other parts of India due to many reasons. Guru Nanak Dev Ji and his eight spiritual successors blessed this sacred land of five rivers by their incarnation. The tenth Guru, Guru Gobind Singh Ji spent most part of his life in Punjab. Many religions were prevalent in the Punjab. That is why it came to be called, “The land of religious movement.”

Question 14.
Physical features of the Punjab greatly influenced its history. Write briefly three important effects.
Answer:

  • The Punjab has acted as the gateway to India for ages, due to its physical features,
  • The foreign invaders had been invading India through Khyber, Kurram, Tochi and Bolan passes since ancient times,
  • The Sikh religion was bom on the sacred land of the Punjab,
  • As the Punjab had remained a battlefield for ages, art and literature could not flourish here,
  • Since the ancient times, the Punjab has been an economically prosperous state due to its physical features.

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
What is the meaning of the word Punjab?
Answer:
The land of five rivers.

Question 2.
Why did Punjab get its name Punjab?
Answer:
Because of the five rivers flowing here.

Question 3.
Name any one river of Punjab.
Answer:
Sutlej.

Question 4.
By which name was the Punjab known in the Rigvedic period and why?
Or
By which name Punjab was called during Rigvedic period and why?
Answer:
Sapta Sindhu.

Question 5.
What is meant by Sapta Sindhu?
Answer:
The land of seven rivers.

Question 6.
With what name did Greeks call Punjab?
Answer:
Pentapotamia.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 7.
What is meant by Pentapotamia?
Answer:
The land of five rivers.

Question 8.
What name was given to Punjab by the Epics and Puranas?
Answer:
Panchnada.

Question 9.
What is meant by Panchnada?
Answer:
The land of five rivers.

Question 10.
Why was Punjab called Tak Desh?
Answer:
Because Tak tribe ruled here for a long time.

Question 11.
By which name was Punjab known in medieval period?
Or
What was Punjab known as in the Medieval Period?
Or
What was the name of the Punjab in the Medieval Period?
Answer:
Lahore Suba (Province).

Question 12.
What was the name given to Punjab during Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s times?
Answer:
Lahore Raj.

Question 13.
When was Lahore state annexed to the British empire?
Answer:
March 29, 1849 A.D.

Question 14.
Why was Punjab annexed by the British last of all?
Answer:
Due to the geographical location of Punjab.

Question 15.
Which part of Punjab was given to Pakistan in 1947?
Answer:
Western part.

Question 16.
Write the names of the physical features of the Punjab.
Or
Give the three physical features of the Punjab.
Answer:
Himalayas and Sulaiman Mountain Ranges, Sub-Mountainous Region and the Plains.

Question 17.
Punjab is known as the Sword Arm of whom?
Answer:
India.

Question 18.
Why is Punjab known as ‘Sword Arm of India’?
Answer:
Because people of Punjab played the role of defending India’s security.

Question 19.
Which was called the Gateway of India?
Answer:
Punjab.

Question 20.
Why is the Punjab called the Gateway of India?
Answer:
Because the foreign invaders had to cross Punjab to reach India.

Question 21.
Name the frontier direction through which foreign invaders entered Punjab.
Answer:
North West Frontier.

Question 22.
Name any one pass through which the invaders came to Punjab.
Answer:
Khyber.

Question 23.
Name the ‘pass’ through which maximum foreign invasions took place.
Answer:
Khyber.

Question 24.
Which is the highest peak of the Himalayas?
Answer:
Mount Everest.

Question 25.
Mention any one advantage of Himalayas to Punjab.
Answer:
It saved Punjab from the invaders of the North.

Question 26.
Name the beautiful city in the mountainous regions of the Punjab which is the outcome of Himalayas.
Answer:
Shimla.

Question 27.
Where is Tarai or sub-mountainous region located?
Answer:
Himalayas and the plains of the Punjab.

Question 28.
What do you mean by ‘Doab’?
Answer:
The region between the two rivers.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 29.
Into how many Doabs has Punjab been divided?
Answer:
Five Doabs.

Question 30.
Name any one Doab of Punjab.
Answer:
Bist Jalandhar Doab.

Question 31.
In which Doab Jalandhar is situated?
Answer:
Bist Jalandhar Doab.

Question 32.
In which Doab Hoshiarpur is situated?
Answer:
Bist Jalandhar Doab.

Question 33.
Name any one city located in Bari Doab.
Answer:
Lahore.

Question 34.
What is meant by Bari Doab?
Answer:
The area located between the rivers Sutlej and Beas.

Question 35.
Why is Bari Doab called ‘Majha’?
Answer:
Because it is located in the middle of Punjab.

Question 36.
By what other name Bari Doab is known as?
Answer:
Majha.

Question 37.
In which Doab is Amritsar situated?
Answer:
Bari Doab.

Question 38.
With which name are the people of Malwa known?
Answer:
People of Malwa are called Malwai.

Question 39.
Write the names of any two main citiSs of Malwa.
Or
Mention any two cities of Malwa.
Answer:

  • Patiala,
  • Ludhiana.

Question 40
Where is Malwa situated?
Answer:
Between Sutlej and Ghaggar rivers.

Question 41.
Why is Malwa so called?
Answer:
Because it was inhabited by a brave tribe called Malav.

Question 42.
Write the names of any two main cities of Malwa.
Or
Mention any two cities of Malwa.
Answer:

  • Patiala,
  • Ludhiana.

Question 43.
What is meant by Rachna Doab?
Answer:
The region located between the Ravi and the Chenab rivers.

Question 44.
Name two famous towns of Rachna Doab.
Answer:
Gujranwala and Sheikhupura.

Question 45.
What is meant by Chaj Doab?
Answer:
The region located between the Chenab and the Jhelum rivers.

Question 46.
Where is Chaj Doab situated?
Answer:
Between the Chenab and the Jhelum rivers.

Question 47.
Where is Sind Sagar Doab situated?
Answer:
Between the Sind and the Jhelum rivers.

Question 48.
Where is Bangar situated?
Answer:
Between Ghaggar and Jamuna rivers.

Question 49.
Name two important agricultural products of the Punjab.
Answer:
Wheat and cotton.

Question 50.
Name the most important town of Sind Sagar Doab.
Answer:
Rawalpindi.

Question 51.
When was the first battle of Tarain fought?
Answer:
1191 A.D.

Question 52.
When was the second battle of Tarain fought?
Answer:
1192 A.D.

Question 53.
When was the first battle of Panipat fought?
Answer:
1526 A.D.

Question 54.
When was the second battle of Panipat fought?
Answer:
1556 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 55.
Name any effect of the Himalayas on the History of Punjab.
Answer:
It increased the economic prosperity of Punjab.

Question 56.
How have the plains of Punjab affected its History?
Answer:
The economic prosperity of Punjab became the main source of attraction of foreign invaders.

Question 57.
Write any’one reason for the economic prosperity of Punjab.
Answer:
Foreign trade.

Question 58.
How is the soil of Punjab?
Answer:
Very fertile.

Question 59.
How have the rivers of Punjab affected its history?
Answer:
These rivers acted as the defense barrier of “the country.

Question 60.
How have the mountains and forests affected the history of Punjab?
Answer:
They gave invaluable contribution to the rise of the power of the Sikhs.

Fill in the blanks:

1. Punjab is combination of two Persian words ……………. and ……………….
Answer:
Punj, Aab

2. Punjab means a land of ……………….. rivers.
Answer:
five

3. Punjab was called the ………….. of India.
Answer:
Gateway

4. The Punjab was called ……………. in Rigveda period.
Answer:
Sapt Sindhu

5. The Greeks have named Punjab …………….
Answer:
Pentapotamia

6. In Puranas Punjab was called …………….
Answer:
Panchnada

7. During medieval times Punjab was called …………..
Answer:
Lahore Suba

8. Punjab was named ……………… at the time of Ranjit Singh.
Answer:
Lahore Raj

9. Himalaya means ……………
Answer:
Abode of snow

10. The highest peak of the Himalayas was …………….
Answer:
Mount Everest

11. The most famous …………….. pass lies in the North-west of Punjab.
Answer:
Khyber

12. There are ………….. Doabs in Punjab.
Answer:
five

13. The word ‘Doab’ means ……………
Answer:
land between the two rivers

14. Bari Doab is also called ……………..
Answer:
Majha

15. The most important city of Rachna Doab is ………………
Answer:
Gujranwala

16. ……………. is most important city of Sind Sagar Doab.
Answer:
Rawalpindi

17. The inhabitants of Malwa are called ………………..
Answer:
Malwai

18. The first battle of Tarain was fought in …………….
Answer:
1191A.D.

19. In …………… second battle of Tarain was fought.
Answer:
1192 A.D.

20. …………….. battle of panipat was fought between Hemu and Akbar in 1556 A.D.
Answer:
Second

21. Third battle of Panipat was fought in …………………
Answer:
1761 A.D.

22. The main occupation of people of Punjab was …………….
Answer:
Agriculture

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

True/False:

Pick out the True or False statements:

1. The word ‘Punjab’ means a ‘land of five rivers’.
Answer:
True

2. The Punjab was called Sapt Sindhu in the Rigvedic period.
Answer:
True

3. The Punjab was called Tak Desh in the Epics and the Puranas.
Answer:
False

4. The Greeks called Punjab Pentapotamia.
Answer:
True

5. In medieval period, Punjab was known as Lohore Suba.
Answer:
True

6. The word ‘Himalaya’ means ‘abode of snow’.
Answer:
True

7. The Punjab was given name ‘Lahore Raj’ during the reign of Maharaja Ranjit Singh.
Answer:
True

8. The name of the famous pass in the north-west of Punjab is Gomal.
Answer:
False

9. The word ‘Doab’ means ‘land between the two rivers’.
Answer:
True

10. Hoshiarpur is a city of Bari Doab.
Answer:
False

11. Bari Doab is also known as ‘Majha’.
Answer:
True

12. The area located between the rivers Sutlej and Beas is called ‘Bist Jalandhar Doab’.
Answer:
True

13. The area located between the rivers Ravi and Chenab is called ‘Rachna Doab’.
Answer:
True

14. Gujranwala is an important city of Rachna Doab.
Answer:
True

15. The area lying between the rivers Sutlej and Chenab is called Chaj Doab.
Answer:
False

16. Rawalpindi is the most famous city of Sind Sagar Doab.
Answer:
True

17. The Plain located between the Sutlej and the Jamuna river is called Malwa.
Answer:
False

18. The inhabitants of Malwa are called ‘Malwai’.
Answer:
True

19. The area located between the Ghaggar and the Jamuna rivers is known as Bangar.
Answer:
True

20. The second battle of Tarain was fought in 1193 A.D.
Answer:
False

21. The first battle of panipat between 1536 A.D.
Answer:
False

22. In 1556 A.D. the second battle of Panipat was fought between Hemu and Akbar.
Answer:
True

23. The third battle of Panipat was fought in 1761 A.D.
Answer:
True

24. Sikhism was originated in Punjab
Answer:
True

25. The main occupation of the people of Punjab was agriculture.
Answer:
True

26. Punjab has been very much properous since the ancient times due to its geographical situation.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. What is the meaning of the the word ‘Punjab’?
(a) Land of two rivers
(b) Land of three rivers
(c) Land of four rivers
(d) Land of five rivers
Answer:
(d) Land of five rivers

2. Punjab is the word of which language?
(a) Persian
(b) Urdu
(c) Hindi
(d) Gurmukhi
Answer:
(a) Persian

3. By which name was Punjab known in the Rigvedic period?
(a) Sapt Sindhu
(b) Pentapotamia
(c) Tak Desh
(d) None of these
Answer:
(a) Sapt Sindhu

4. Which name was given to Punjab by the Greeks?
(a) Panchnad
(b) Sapta Sindhu
(c) Tak Desh
(d) Pentapotamia
Answer:
(d) Pentapotamia

5. Why was Punjab called Tak Desh in ancient times?
(a) Tak tribe
(b) Tak ruler
(c) Tak coin
(d) Tak mountain.
Answer:
(a) Tak tribe

6. What was the name of capital of Punjab in medieval period?
(a) Multan
(b) Rawalpindi
(c) Kabul
(d) Lahore
Answer:
(d) Lahore

7. Which was the famous pass on the North-West Frontier of the Punjab?
(a) Khyber
(b) Kurram
(c) Tochi
(d) Bolan.
Answer:
(a) Khyber

8. Which is the highest peak of the Himalayas?
(a) Kanchanjanga
(b) Nanda Devi
(c) Mount Everest
(d) K/2
Answer:
(c) Mount Everest

9. What is average length of the Himalayas?
(a) 1200 km
(b) 1800 km
(c) 200 km
(d) 2500 km
Answer:
(d) 2500 km

10. What do you mean by ‘Doab’?
(a) Region between two rivers.
(b) Region between two mountains.
(c) Region between two plains.
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(a) Region between two rivers.

11. How many Doabs are there in Punjab?
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Answer:
(d) Five

12. In which Doab Amritsar is situated?
(a) Chaj Doab
(b) Bist-Jalandhar
(c) Rachna Doab
(d) Bari Doab
Answer:
(d) Bari Doab

13. Where is Rachna Doab situated?
(a) Between the Ravi and the Chenab rivers
(b) Between the Chenab and the Jhelum rivers
(c) Between the Ravi and the Sutlej rivers
(d) Between the Sutlej and the Beas rivers?
Answer:
(a) Between the Ravi and the Chenab rivers

14. Which Doab has Gujarat and Shahpur as main cities?
(a) Chaj Doab
(b) Rachna Doab
(c) Bari Doab
(d) Bist-Jalandhar Doab.
Answer:
(a) Chaj Doab

15. Which is the most important town of Sind Sagar region?
(a) Sind
(b) Jalandhar
(c) Ludhiana
(d) Rawalpindi
Answer:
(d) Rawalpindi

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

16. When was the first battle of Tarain fought?
(a) In 1191 A.D.
(b) In 1192 A.D.
(c) In 1291 A.D.
(d) In 1491 A.D.
Answer:
(a) In 1191 A.D.

17. When was the second battle of Tarain fought?
(a) In 1152 A.D.
(b) In 1192 A.D.
(c) In 1292 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1192 A.D.

18. In which year was the second battle of Panipat fought?
(a) 1526 A.D
(b) 1536 A.D
(c) 1556 A.D
(d) 1656 A.D
Answer:
(c) 1556 A.D

19. In which year was the third battle of Panipat fought?
(a) 1526 A.D
(b) 1561 A.D
(c) 1556 A.D
(d) 1761 A.D
Answer:
(d) 1761 A.D

20. Name the city of Punjab which was considered important from the geographical point of view.
(a) Multan
(b) Lahore
(c) Peshawar
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

21. Which language was not spoken in Punjab in 16th century?
(a) Urdu
(b) Hindi
(c) Punjabi
(d) Tamil
Answer:
(d) Tamil

22. Which trait is not the outcome of the geographical condition of Punjab?
(a) Bravery
(b) Hard work
(c) Tolerance
(d) Treachery
Answer:
(d) Treachery

23. Which foreign invaders did not come through North-Western Frontier?
(a) Mughals
(b) Hunas
(c) Greeks
(d) British
Answer:
(d) British

24. What led to the spread of Islam in Punjab?
(a) Muslims of Punjab were economically happy.
(b) Muslims had occupied Punjab in the very beginning.
(c) People of Punjab liked this religion.
(d) Muslims had more propaganda centres in Punjab.
Answer:
(b) Muslims had occupied Punjab in the very beginning.

25. Which of these was not exported by Punjab in the sixteenth century?
(a) Horses
(b) Cotton
(c) Sugar
(d) Clothes
Answer:
(a) Horses

26. Which of these was not imported in Punjab in the sixteenth century?
(a) Dry Fruit
(b) Weapons
(c) Horses
(d) Cotton
Answer:
(d) Cotton

27. Which city was not an important trading centre in 16th century?
(a) Amritsar
(b) Lahore
(c) Hisar
(d) Rawalpindi
Answer:
(d) Rawalpindi

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 Political Science Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write a note on U.N.
Answer:
There breathes nobody in this world who is not acquainted with the name of the United Nations. After long debates and discussions which took place in various World Conferences held from time to time between 1940 and 1945, ultimately the United Nations Conference was held at San-Francisco from April 26 to 25 June 1945. The Conference adopted the U.N. Charter which was signed by delegates of 51 Nations. The U.N. actually started functioning on October 24, 1945. It is an organisation of 193 countries of the world which aims at establishing peace in the world. Peace can be established in the world if all the countries extend willing co-operation to this organization.

Aims and Principles of U.N.
The U.N. Charter contains 111 short articles, prefaced by a preamble, which speaks for the aims of the United Nations. It starts with the words. “We the people of the United Nations,” signifying thereby that the United Nations speak in the name of the people of the world. The basic aims of the U.N. are:

  • To save succeeding generations from the scourge of war;
  • To re-affirm faith in the fundamental human rights;
  • To establish justice and respect for international obligations; and
  • To promote social progress and better standards of life.

These aims can be classified as under:

  • To maintain international peace and security.
  • To develop friendly relations among nations based on respect for the principle of equal rights and self-determination of people.
  • To achieve international co-operative for solving international problems of an economic, social and humanitarian character.
  • To promote and encourage respect for human rights and for fundamental freedoms for all without any distinction of race, sex, language or region.
  • To act as a centre for harmonizing the actions of world nations in the achievement of agreed common ends.

Basic Principles of The U.N.
All the members, in order to achieve the main purpose of U.N., will act in accordance with the principles given ahead:

  • The organization is based on the principles of sovereign equality of its members.
  • All member-States are supposed to fulfil the obligation imposed upon them by Charter.
  • All international disputes are to be settled through peaceful means.
  • All member-States must refrain from the use of force in any international dispute.
  • The organization as far as possible, shall avoid intervention in the domestic affairs of a State.
  • The member-States are supposed to assist the organization in any action taken by it in accordance with the U.N. Charter.
  • All member-States must give free help to U.N.O. in any action taken according to the Charter.
  • All members must act according to the principles of U.N.O. in order to create international peace and security.

Organs of U.N.
The principal organs of U.N. are given as under:
1. The General Assembly
2. The Security Council
3. The Economic and Social Council
4. The International Court of Justice
5. The Trusteeship Council
6. The Secretariat.

1. General Assembly:
The General Assembly consists of all the members of U.N. Each state can send five representatives in the General Assembly. Each member-State has, however, one vote. In the Assembly all the member- States, however big or small, meet on the terms of sovereign equality of all the member-States. It elects its President and Vice-Presidents for each session. The General Assembly meets regularly once every year, commencing usually in September.

Special sessions may be convened at the request of the Security Council or of a majority of the members of the U.N. All decisions on important questions are taken by 2/3 majority of those present. A majority of the.members of the General Assembly constitutes a quorum. The General Assembly does most of its work in Committee’s voting but decision regarding less important questions may be taken by a simple majority of votes. Functions. The General Assembly can be called World Parliament or World Panchayat.

The Assembly elected 10 non-permanent members of the Security Council for a term of two years, 54 members of the Economic and social Council and some members of the Trusteeship Council. A Secretary-General is elected on the recommendations of the Security Council. It is the deliberative body of the organization. Apart from the duties discussed above, it performs the following functions:

  • The General Assembly can deal with all matters within the scope of U.N. Charter.
  • It can make recommendations to any member or to the Security Council on any question within its jurisdiction.
  • It considers principle of co-operation for the creation of world peace and security.
  • It can initiate studies and make recommendations for the development of International Law and its codification.
  • It can call the attention of the Security Council to such situations which may endanger world peace.
  • It is empowered to make suggestions for promoting international co-operation in economic, social, cultural and health fields.
  • It receives and considers the annual reports from the Security Council and other organs about the maintenance of world peace.
  • It considers and approves the budget of U.N.
  • It fixes the amount which each member-State has to contribute for the working of U.N.
  • To assist in the realization of fundamental human rights for all without distinction of race, sex, language or religion.

‘The Uniting for Peace Resolution’ confers effective power on the General Assembly for the purpose of maintaining International peace and security.This Resolution was adopted by the General Assembly on 3rd November, 1950.

2. Security Council:
It consists of 15 members, five of which are permanent members. It is the most important and most powerful organ of the U.N. The permanent members are- England, France, U.S.A., Russia and Republic of China. Ten members are non-permanent, These non-permanent members are elected by the General Assembly for a period of two years. No State can be elected as a member for two consecutive terms.

The Security Council must meet at least twice a month, but its meeting can be held even before if the need arises. Meetings of the Security Council are held at the call of the President at any time he deems necessary, but the interval between meetings must not exceed fourteen days. Each member presides over the meeting of the council for a month turn by turn.

The concurrence of permanent members is necessary for all vital decisions of the Security Council affecting international peace and security. Decisions on all matters are to be made by a majority of nine members (including the five permanent) except on procedural matters which require the decision of any nine members.

By casting a negative vote, any one of the permanent members can veto a decision. But mere abstention from the vote, or the absence of a permanent member from the meeting, does not operate as a veto. No member can cast his vote in a matter with which he is personally connected. The Security Council can invite any State to participate in its meeting but it is not entitled to exercise its vote.

Functions:

  • The admission of new States to the organization and the expulsion therefrom can only be done on the recommendation of the Security Council.
  • It makes recommendations to the General Assembly for the appointment of the General Secretary.
  • It can take any measure necessary to maintain or restore international peace.
  • It can ask the contesting parties to solve their conflict by peaceful means, like negotiation, enquiry and mediation.
  • The Security Council may decide measures, not involving the use of armed force, to be employed to give effect to its decisions.
  • The Security Council may take such action by air, sea or land force, as may be necessary to maintain or restore international peace and security.
  • It shares with the General Assembly the function of electing judges to the International Court of Justice and right to request the court for advisory opinion or legal matters.

3. Economic and Social Council:
Before 1965 this body consisted of 18 members who were elected by the General Assembly. From 1st Jan. 1966 its membership was increased to 27 and now-a-days it has 54 members. One- third of its members retire after every one year and this way a member is elected for a period of three years. A retiring member is eligible for immediate re-election. It can have extra members also but these members cannot have the right to vote. It must meet at least twice a year and decisions are taken by ordinary majority. It elects its own President.

Functions:
Its main function is to solve the economic and social problem of the people.

  • It initiates studies and makes report about international economic, social, educational, health and cultural matters to the General Assembly and other specialized agencies.
  • It sets up commissions in economic and social fields for the promotion of human rights.
  • It calls international conferences on matters under its jurisdiction.
  • It makes recommendations for the purpose of promoting respect for and observance of human rights and fundamental freedom of all.
  • It helps the nations in their development plans.
  • It may take appropriate steps to obtain regular reports from the specialised agencies.

4. International Court of Justice:
It is the judicial organ of the United Nations. It decides the disputes among different member-States of the U.N. It has 15 judges, and they are elected by the General Assembly and the Security Council, voting independently. Those candidates who obtain an absolute majority of votes in the General Assembly and in the Security Council are considered as elected. The judges are elected for nine years.

After every 3 years, 1/3rd of the judges retire but they can be re-elected. Its meetings are held at the Hague and decisions are taken by a majority vote of the judges present. The Court elects its President and Vice-president for three years. Except for judicial vacations, the Court is permanently in session. A quorum of nine judges is required to constitute the Court. French and English are the official languages of the Court.

Functions:

  • It decides disputes among different States. Any State can refer its case to the court for decision.
  • It hears and decides disputes on the basis of International Law. United Nations Charter, international treaties and international customs and traditions.
  • The General Assembly can ask for legal advice on any issue from the International Court of Justice.
  • Its decisions are only in the form of advice and no member is bound to act according to the decision given by it. The Security Council gets its decisions enforced

5. Trusteeship Council:
It consists of members from States which administer Trust territories and such of the five permanent members of the Security Council as do not administer any trust territory. But it has also to include some other representations in such a way that the total becomes equally divided between the trust administering members and the non-trust administering members. All these extra members are to be elected by the General Assembly for a period of 3 years. The Trusteeship Council meets twice a year, generally in January and June. At its summer session each year it elects its President and a Vice-president to preside over its meetings. All the decisions are made by a majority of the members present and voting. Each member of the Trusteeship Council possesses one vote.

Functions:

  • The council is to see that trust territories are administered and ultimately get responsible government or independence according to the wishes of the masses.
  • It also considers reports which have been submitted by the administering authority.
  • It further examines petitions and visits the respective trust territories in order to promote world peace.
  • It makes efforts for the promotion of moral, social and economic welfare of the trust territories.
  • It formulates a questionnaire on the political, economic, social and educational advancement of the inhabitants of each trust territory.

6. Secretariat:
A Secretariat has been established for working out the administration of the various organs of the U.N. It functions under the Supervision and direction of a Secretary General. He is appointed for a period of five years. The General Assembly appoints the Secretary General on the recommendations of the Security Council. Secretary General can be re-elected. He is the Chief Administrative Officer of the United Nations. Antonio Guterres of Portugal is the present Secretary General. The international staff is required by him under the rules and regulations laid down by the General Assembly.

The Secretariat is located at the Headquarters of the U.N. in New York. It has branch offices at Geneva, Vienna and Nairobi.
Functions:

  • The Secretariat maintains the records of the proceeding of the various organs of the U.N.. It collects information and materials needed by them and conducts correspondence with States on behalf of the U.N.
  • It calls the meeting of the various organs of the U.N.
  • It enforces the decisions taken by various organs of the U.N.
  • It prepares the annual report of each organ of the U.N. and presents it to the General Assembly.
  • It brings to the notice of Security Council any matter which in its opinion may threaten the international peace and security.
  • It produces statistical publication, information bulletins and analytical work in accordance with the decisions of the General Assembly.
  • It organises conferences, expert group meetings, seminars on topics of concern to the international community.
  • It is to run the working of the U.N. smoothly and efficiently.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 2.
Describe India’s role in the United Nations.
Or
Describe the role of India in United Nations Organisation (U.N.O.).
Answer:
India has been a member of the U.N.O from the very beginning. She is among those countries which signed the U.N. Charter first of all. As India is a peace- loving country so its policies are very much in tune with the policies of the U.N.O. After the attainment of Independence, India took a keen interest in the activities of the U.N.O. She co-operated with the U.N.O. in all its activities. She helped the U.N.O. in its aim of maintaining world peace. India also became the member of the specialised agencies of U.N.O. and helped in its co-operative efforts. Whenever the U.N.O. was faced with a problem, India extended her full support for solving it. India performed the following functions for helping the U.N.O. in the fulfilment of its objects:

1. Policy of Neutrality:
India had adopted the policy of neutrality in international affairs. India is always anxious for maintaining friendly relations with all countries of the world. Today the entire world is divided into two blocs and each bloc is opposed to the other. This division of the – world into two blocs is a hindrance in the fulfilment of the objectives of the U.N.O. It increases the chances of war and decreases the chances of co- 1 operative efforts on the part of member countries. India has kept itself aloof from these power-blocs and has always stood for the policy of neutrality. India has also made efforts to bridge the gap in these two power-blocs and has done its best in reducing the tension between them.

2. Panchsheel:
India had propagated the principles of Panchsheel for the maintenance of world peace. By following the principles of Panchsheel the chances of war are much reduced and all the countries of the world live in co-operation with one another. The principles of Panchsheel have been accepted by Asian, African and many European countries. It has helped a great deal in the maintenance of world peace. The maintenance of world peace is one of the main aims of the U.N.O.

3. Peaceful solution of her disputes with other countries:
India has always tried to find out a peaceful solution of her disputes with other countries.
Just after the attainment of Independence, India had a dispute with Pakistan over the Kashmir issue, and the dispute was referred to the U.N.O. by India.
In 1962, China attacked India and we put in our best to solve the problem peacefully. In 1965, India was attacked by Pakistan, but it accepted the cease-fire and respected the resolution on cease-fire of Security Council of the U.N.O. Whatever differences we have with other countries, we are always: desirous of solving them peacefully.

4. Co-operation in ending wars in other countries:
India has always; co-operated with U.N.O. in ending wars in other countries. It helped in bringing to an end the civil war in Korea. India had a hand in the maintenance of peace in Laos and Indo-China. India was given the responsibility of defending the ceasefire line in Korea. Indian representative headed the Commission appointed for the maintenance of peace in Indo-China. India helped U.N. to the maximum in ending the civil war in the Congo. India was substantially associated with the conversion of the United Nations Operation in the Congo from a non-military to a military force.

India was:also appointed a member of the Advisory Committee on the Congo. India; made every possible effort to bring the dispute between England and Egypt over Suez Canal to an end. Speaking in the debate on the question of Cyprus in the General Assembly on May 11, 1983, India called for the withdrawal of foreign military forces from Cyprus and appealed to both parties to resume the inter-community talks. India declared, Cyprus cannot be divided or partitioned The identity and integrity of this island republic must be preserved at all costs.” Thus whenever world peace is threatened, India takes a keen interest in solving the issues peacefully.

5. Help in the freedom of dependent countries:
India has always helped the dependent countries in the attainment of freedom. India helped Indonesia -in the attainment of freedom. Whenever any country started the movement for attaining independence, India always supported the cause.

6. Anti-Colonialism:
India stood for anti-colonialism. India is for stepping up fight against Colonialism. Speaking during a General Assembly debate on decolonisation on Nov. 23, 1982, India called for combating colonialism and its new manifestations like Namibia and Palestine with renewed vigour. On April 8, 1987, India asked the U.N. Security Council not to ‘shy away’ from its responsibility in getting Namibia freed from its illegal occupation bySouth Africa against whom it demanded comprehensive mandatory sanctions.

7. Criticism of Injustice-rand Aggression. Whenever any country committed aggression against any other country or did injustice to any other country, India always raised its voice against the aggressor. It criticised the aggressive designs of powerful nations. When Russia attacked Hungary; Britain and

France attacked Egypt and Britain attacked Cyprus, India criticised their actions without any hesitation. India condemned South Africa’s unprovoked and wanton aggression against Lesotho and acts of subversion and aggression against Angola. On Dec. 13, 1982 India called for the total isolation of South Africa to compel it to end its illegal occupation of Namibia as well as its terrorist activities against other countries in the region. India has always supported a measure on its merits and has always sided with truth. It had adopted the policy of neutrality.

8. Support of Disarmament:
India has also supported disarmament for lessening the possibility of wars. India is against the policy of performing nuclear experiments. In principle, India has stood for general and complete disarmament within the framework of the United Nations.
Addressing the General Assembly, Mr. Rajiv Gandhi, Prime Minister of India, asked nuclear powers to eliminate all nuclear weapons by the year 2010.

India proposed a Comprehensive Global Security System that would ensure “peaceful co-existence for a new, just, equitable and democratic world order.” On January 14, 1993 India signed along with other countries the Chemical Weapons Ban Treaty. After India conducted nuclear tests in May, 1998 United States and other countries urged India to sign CTBT (Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty) unconditionally. But India reiterated its stand that since the treaties are discriminatory, they are not acceptable to the nation without any change.

9. Admission of New States:
India tried her best for the admission of Communist China and Bangla Desh into the United Nations.

10. Against Racial Discrimination:
India has always spoken fearlessly against the racial discrimination to which the ‘Coloured people’ (as in South Africa) are being subjected by the ‘White’ ruling class. India was the first country to impose comprehensive voluntary sanctions against the apartheid regime of South Africa in 1946. India urged the United Nations to treat the problem of racial discrimination as a threat to international peace and security and carry out the responsibility enjoined by the Charter. Consequently, the United Nations adopted a number of resolutions calling upon the government of South Africa to end racial discrimination. In this way India has become the friend of the black people.

11. Protection of Human Rights:
India is a great supporter of human rights. India has always made great efforts that U.N. should adopt proper measures to safeguards the human rights.

12. India in Space Committee of U.N. India is a member of space committee of U.N. India has always made efforts that space should be used for world peace.

13. Restructuring the U.N. Security Council:
India has raised the question of restructuring the Security Council. Addressing the General Assembly on Sept. 26,1998 Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee proposed induction of fresh blood in the Security Council so as to make it more representative of the membership of the United Nations. The Prime Minister made a passionate plea that some developing countries should be made permanent members at par with the present members. Mr. Vajpayee also put India’s claims for a permanent seat in the Security Council.

The Secretary-General expressed appreciation of India’s role in furthering the efforts of the non-aligned movement for peace, security and development. Thus India has played a significant role in U.N.O.’s peace keeping role.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you mean by United Nations?
Or
When did India become the member of the U.N.O.?
Answer:
United Nations Organisation is an international organisation which was established after Second World War on October 24,1945. India is the founder member of this organisation. The United Nations represents the second major effort in the twentieth century to achieve the goal of a better world through a general international organisation of the states. U.N.O. is an association of states and its primary objective is maintenance of international peace and security. At present 193 States are the members of the United Nations.

Question 2.
Write the main objectives of United Nations.
Or
Write the main objects of U.N.O. (United Nations Organisation.)
Answer:
The aims and purposes of the United Nations as laid down in Article 1 of the Charter are as follow:

  1. To maintain international peace and security.
  2. To develop friendly relations among nations.
  3. To achieve international co-operation in solving international problems of an economic, social, cultural and humanitarian character and to promote respect for human rights and humanitarian freedoms.
  4. To promote and encourage respect for human rights and for fundamental freedoms for all without any distinction of race, sex, language or region.

Question 3.
What role has India played in the United Nations in the maintenance of world peace?
Or
What role has India played in maintaining the world peace?
Answer:
The main aim of the United Nations is maintenance of international peace and security. India is a peace-loving country and India has played a very important role in the United Nations in maintaining world peace. India has given its full co¬operation to U.N. to settle international disputes such as:
1. Korean problems:
In 1950 North Korea attacked South Korea. India supported the resolution of the U.N. by which North Korea was declared the aggressor. To stop war U.N. sent forces of sixteen countries and India also participated. ,

2. Indo-China problems. Indian representatives headed the Commission appointed for the maintenance of peace in Indo-China.

3. Congo and Gaza crises. India helped U.N. to the maximum in ending theCivil War in Congo. India was substantially associated with the conversion of the United Nations’ operation in Congo from a non-military to a military force. Lt. General P. S. Gyani from India was the commander of the U.N. forces in Gaza.

4. Iran-Iraq War. India played a very important role in ending Iran-Iraq war.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 4.
What do you mean by United Nations? Write its main organs.
Or
When was United Nations formed? Write the names of its organs.
Answer:
Meaning of United Nation:
United Nations Organisation is an international organisation which was established after Second World War on October 24,1945. India is the founder member of this organisation. The United Nations represents the second major effort in the twentieth century to achieve the goal of a better world through a general international organisation of the states. U.N.O. is an association of states and its primary objective is maintenance of international peace and security. At present 193 States are the members of the United Nations.

Main organs of United Nations:
There are six organs of U.N-

  1. General Assembly
  2. Security Council
  3. The Economic and Social Council
  4. International Court of Justice
  5. Trusteeship Council
  6. The Secretariat.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 5.
What are the major organs of the United Nations?
Or
Write down names of the four organs of United Nations.
Answer:
There are six organs of the United Nations. The brief description of these organs is given below:
1. General Assembly:
General Assembly is the biggest organ of the U.N. and it consists of all the members of the U.N. At present 193 states are the members of the General Assembly. Mainly General Assembly is the deliberative body and it also approves the annual budget of the United Nations.

2. Security Council:
Security Council is mainly responsible for the maintenance of international peace and security. The Security Council is the executive body of the United Nations. At present it consists of fifteen members. Five big powers (England, U.S.A., France, Russia, China) are the permanent members of the Security Council and ten are the temporary members elected by the General Assembly for a period of two years.

3. Economic and Social Council:
Economic and Social Council consists of 54 members and they are elected by the General Assembly for a period of three years. This Council is mainly responsible for solving economic and social problems of the world.

4. Trusteeship Council:
Trusteeship Council is responsible for supervising the administration of trust territories. The Trusteeship Council consists of an equal number of administering and non-administering powers.

5. International Court of Justice:
It consists of fifteen judges who are elected by the General Assembly on the recommendation of the Security Council for nine years. International Court of Justice decides the cases between the states.

6. Secretariat:
Secretariat comprises a Secretary General and such staff as the organisation may require. Secretary General is the Chief Administrative Officer of the Secretariat.

Question 6.
Write the names of five countries having veto power in U.N.O.
Or
Write down the names of four permanent members of the Security Council of United Nations.
Answer:
The Security Council of the U.N. consists of 15 members, five of which are permanent. The permanent members are- England, France, U.S.A., Russia and People’s Republic of China. Ten members are non-permanent or temporary. These non-permanent members are elected by the General Assembly for a period of two years. The permanent members of the Security Council enjoy the power of Veto. Veto power is a special power of permanent members by which they can affect the decisions of the Security Council.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 7.
Enumerate three main organs of the U.N which are considered to be as Legislature, Executive and Judiciary of the U.N.
Answer:
1. General Assembly:
General Assembly is the largest organ of the U.N. It can also be called world parliament, world panchayat or the legislature of the U.N. The General Assembly consists of all the members of U.N. All the deliberative functions are performed by it.

2. Security Council:
Security Council is the executive body of the U.N. consisting of 15 members, of which 5 members are permanent and 10 members are temporary. No decision can take place without the consensus of the Security Council.

3. It considers and approves the budget of U.N.O.

4. International Court of Justice:
It is the Judicial organ or the Judiciary of the U.N. It decides the disputes among different member-states of the U.N. It has 15 Judges.

Question 8.
Mention the main functions of the General Assembly.
Answer:
The General Assembly performs the following functions:

  • The General Assembly can deal with all matters within the scope of the U.N. Charter.
  • It considers and approves the budget of U.N.O.
  • The General Assembly can call the attention of the Security Council to such situations which may endanger world peace.
  • It is empowered to make suggestions for promoting international co-operation in economic, social, cultural and health fields.

Question 9.
Write the names of five countries having Veto Power in United Nations.
Answer:

  1. U.S.A.
  2. Russia,
  3. China,
  4. England
  5. France.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 10.
Write important specialised Agencies of United Nations.
Answer:

  • UNESCO
  • World Health Organisation (W.H.O)
  • International Labour Organisation (I.LO)
  • Food and Agriculture Organisation (F.A.O).

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you mean by United Nations?
Answer:
United Nations Organisation is an international organisation which was established after Second World War on October 24, 1945. India is the founder member of this organisation. U.N.O. is an association of states and its primary objective is maintenance of international peace and security. At present 193 States are the members of the United Nations.

Question 2.
Write two objectives of United Nations.
Answer:
The aims and purposes of the United Nations as laid down in Article 1 of the Charter are as follow:—
1. To maintain international peace and security.
2. To develop friendly relations among nations.

Question 3.
Write down the names of the principal organs of the United Nations.
Answer:
There are six organs of U.N.

  1. General Assembly
  2. Security Council
  3. The Economic and Social Council
  4. International Court of Justice
  5. Trusteeship Council
  6. The Secretariat.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 4.
Write the names of five countries having veto power in U.N.O.
Answer:
The Security Council of the U.N. consists of 15 members, five of which are permanent. The permanent members are-England, France, U.S.A., Russia and People’s Republic of China.

Question 5.
Mention two functions of the General Assembly.
Answer:
The General Assembly performs the following functions:

  • The General Assembly can deal with all matters within the scope of the U.N. Charter.
  • The General Assembly can call the attention of the Security Council to such situations which may endanger world peace.

Question 6.
When was United Nations Organisation formed? What is the number of its founder member countries?
Answer:
United Nations organisation was formed on 24th October, 1945. The number of its founder member countries was 51. India is the founder member of this organisation.

Question 7.
Write down the names of four specialised agencies of the U.N.O.
Answer:

  1. UNESCO
  2. World Health Organization (W.H.O.)
  3. International Labour Organization (I.L.O.)
  4. Food and Agriculture Organization (F.A.O.)

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 8.
Write two organs of U.N.O. which are called respectively legislature and executive.
Answer:

  1. Legislature – General Assembly.
  2. Executive – Security Council.

One Line Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Why was U.N.O. established?
Answer:
The United Nations Organisation was established to stop wars in the world and to promote international peace and security.

Question 2.
Give any one basic principle of the United Nations.
Answer:
A basic principle of the United Nations is to establish the United Nations on the basis of equity of nations.

Question 3.
Write down any one objective of establishing the United Nations.
Answer:
The main objective of the United Nations Organisation is to maintain international peace and security.

Question 4.
Write one important specialised Agency of the United Nations.
Answer:
International Labour Organisation (I.L.O.).

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 5.
Write names of two organs of the United Nations.
Or
Write two main organs of the United Nations.
Answer:

  • General Assembly
  • Security Council.

Question 6.
When was the U.N. Declaration of Human Rights adopted?
Answer:
The U.N. Declaration of Human Rights was adopted on 10 December, 1948.

Question 7.
When was United Nations founded?
Or
When was United Nations established?
Answer:
United Nations was established on 24 October, 1945.

Question 8.
How are the temporary members of the Security Council elected? Answer: The temporary members of the Security Council are elected by the General Assembly.

Question 9.
Who is the present Secretary General of the United Nations Organisation?
Answer:
The present Secretary General of the United Nations is Shri Antonio Guterres.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 10.
When did India become member of the United Nations?
Answer:
India became member of the U.N.O. in 1945.

Fill in The Blanks

1. India is a founder member of ……………………..  .
Answer:
U.N.O.

2. U.N.O. was established in ……………………..  .
Answer:
1945

3. The U.N.O. has …………………….. principal organs.
Answer:
Six

4. Security Council of …………………….. U.N.O consists of members.
Answer:
15.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

True Or False Statement

1. U.N.O was established after Second World War.
Answer:
True

2. All members of the U.N.O are sovereign state.
Answer:
True

3. The U.N.O has 10 principal organs.
Answer:
False.

4. Kofi Annan is a General Secretary of U.N.O.
Answer:
False.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
India became the member of U.N.O. in:
(a) 1945
(b) 1947
(c) 1950
(d) 1960.
Answer:
(a) 1945

Question 2.
The number of nations which gathered at San Francisco to formulate U.N. Charter was:
(a) 51
(b) 49
(c) 50
(d) 52
Answer:
(a) 51

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 3.
Who was the first Woman President of the U.N. General Assembly?
(a) Sarojini Naidu
(b) Aruna Asaf Ali
(c) Vijay Luxmi Pandit
(d) Raj Kumari Amrit Kaur.
Answer:
(c) Vijay Luxmi Pandit

Question 4.
Which one of the following is not a permanent member of U.N. Security Council?
(a) Russia
(b) India
(c) China
(d) France.
Answer:
(b) India

Question 5.
How many organs has U.N.O.?
(a) 5
(b) 6
(c) 7
(d) 8
Answer:
(b) 6

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 Political Science Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the various determinants of India’s Foreign Policy.
Or
What do you mean by foreign Policy? Explain the main factors that determine India’s Foreign Policy.
Answer:
Meaning of Foreign Policy. Foreign policy is the set of principles and means adopted by a nation for defining, justifying and securing the objectives of national interests. According to Dr. Mohinder Kumar, “Foreign Policy is a thought out course of action for achieving objectives in foreign relations as dictated by the ideology of national interest.”
Norman Hill defines foreign policy “As the substance of Nation’s efforts to promote its interests vis-a-vis other nations.”

Factors determining India’s Foreign Policy:
A number of factors influence the foreign policy of a nation. India had to formulate its foreign policy after attaining freedom in 1947. The Directive Principles of State Policy have been described in the Constitution of free India and they are to be followed. Following are the principles related to foreign policy:
1. To contribute to international peace and security.

2. To establish just and respectable relations with various nations.

3. To create the feeling of devotion and trust in the nation for international laws and treaties.

4. To encourage the settlement of international disputes by arbitration. Indian leaders, even before attaining independence, started thinking about the principles which the Government of India would follow in its foreign policy after independence. Congress, in 1925, expounded the following four principles with regard to foreign policy:

  • To oppose imperialistic and colonialistic Governments.
  • To support people’s struggle for freedom and equality.
  • To establish world-peace and to develop hatred for wars.
  • To remain aloof from foreign groupism.

Free India has adopted that foreign policy which is based on national interest. Various factors given below have contributed in determining this policy:
1. Geographical Factors:
The geographical factors have contributed a lot in determining India’s foreign policy. India has enormous coastal dimensions- its length is about 3,500 miles. Any country dominating Indian Ocean can easily overpower Indian trade and can pose danger to India politically. The Britishers could rule over India by their sea-power only. So, strong naval forces are required for the security of India and efforts are being directed in this direction. But Indian naval forces will take a long time to be at par with the English, American and Russian naval forces. That is why India has friendly relations with Great Britain.

India shares its boundaries with Pakistan, China, Nepal, Bangla Desh and Myanmar. Some of the provinces of Kashmir State, though under Pakistan at present, have common boundaries with Afghanistan and Russia. China is situated in the north of India. The Himalayas are situated between India and China and they have performed the role of a watchman in the ancient and middle ages. Now the situation has undergone a change because of scientific inventions and production of war weapons. But Chinese aggression in 1962 disillusioned India. India had always tried to improve its relations with Communist China. Besides, India has followed the policy of non¬alignment to avoid strained relations with China.

The Communist and Western Blocs in international politics have tried to maintain friendly relations with India. India’s geographical situation is in the middle of Indian Ocean. It is equally connected with West Asia and South East Asia by sea route. It is not far from China and Russia situated in North. So under these circumstances, it is not safe for India to join either of the two Blocs. India’s policy of non-alignment, in fact is the result of these geographical factors.

2. Historical Background:
Every nation’s foreign policy is under the impact of its historical background. India’s foreign policy, too, is not devoid of this effect. India remained under the British rule for two hundred years and as a result it has more contacts with Great Britain as compared to other nations. After the Second World War and because of changed circumstances, the British themselves ended their rule. Both the countries are friendly with each other even today because of this background.

Historical background has played important role in Indo-Pak relations. Kashmir problem has not been solved so far because Pakistan claims its right over the majority of Muslims whereas Kashmir is an inseparable part of India. The welfare of both the nations lies in the policy of co-operation from geographical point of view, but their historical background embitters their relations.

India’s exploitation and slavery because of imperialism has influenced its foreign policy and how its main principle is to oppose imperialism and colonialism.

3. Economic Factors:
The economic factors of a developing country play a major role in shaping the foreign policy of a nation. Economic considerations influence the foreign policy of even advanced nations like the U.S.A., the Russia, Britain, France etc. India depends on advanced countries for scientific and technological assistance. India has trade links mainly with England and United States of America. India imports machinery and foodstuffs mainly from these countries. Enough of the capital of America and Britain has been invested in Indian factories. India’s foreign policy is favourably inclined towards western capitalistic states. India, during the last few years, has increased its trade relations with Russia also. As Pt. Jawahar Lai Nehru once remarked, “The foreign policy of a country is the outcome of her economic policy.”

(i) Population:
Population, too, affects foreign policy. The progress of a nation can be slack because of its over-population as it has to get assistance from other nations also. A big nation having over-population is weaker than a small nation with less population. We have to depend upon foreign countries for food-stuffs because of growing population. According to Morgenthau, “India’s foreign policy has weakened because of food crisis.”

The return of immigrants from South-East Africa, Sri Lanka, South East Asia and other countries added to India’s population problem which influences India’s foreign policy. The population of immigrants in India is less in proportion to its total population but their number is large in the countries accepting them. Because of this, various problems have arisen between natives and Indian immigrants.

(ii) Natural Resources:
The foreign policy of a nation is undoubtedly, affected by its natural resources. These natural resources play an important role in developing the industry and trade of that nation. America and Russia, because of their abundant natural resources, are self-dependent economically and possess huge military power. These natural resources hold an important place in India’s independent foreign policy.

The proper use of natural resources depends upon other co-factors such as capital, labour, organisation, new social set-up and values. Japan progressed sufficiently even in the absence of these factors and raw-material whereas Myanmar, with all these facilities, didn’t make a headway. The availability of natural resources for a long time properly influences the foreign policy of a nation.

(iii) Technology:
Every nation in the beginning has to depend upon foreign assistance or technology for economic development. For example America depended upon foreign monetary help or technology and Japan took assistance from other countries to strengthen itself. Similarly, Russia depended on foreign help to be an industrial nation. Russian capital made China prosperous after 1949. So India’s dependence on other countries for economic and industrial progress is not surprising but with the economic and industrial development, dependence on other countries lessened. India’s foreign policy will certainly be influenced by capitalistic and technologically prosperous countries as it becomes self-sufficient.

4. National Interest:
National interest has played a remarkable role in formulating foreign policy. On 4th Dec. 1947 while addressing Constituent Assembly, Pt. Nehru said, “Whatever policy you may lay down, the art of conducting the foreign affairs of a country lies in finding out what is most advantageous to the country. We talk about international goodwill and mean what we say but in the ultimate analysis, a Government functions for the good of the country; it governs and no Government dares to do anything which is disadvantageous to the country.
Therefore, whether a country is Imperialist or Socialist or Communist, its foreign minister thinks primarily in the interest of that country.”

Pt. Nehru based India’s foreign policy on non-alignment and establishment of world-peace and paved a way for economic and industrial development. Had India got involved in one of the two power Blocs, it wouldn’t have enjoyed economic help. Thus the policy of non-alignment was adopted, keeping in view the national interests.

India preferred to remain a member of Commonwealth of Nations for national advantage. For the safety of India’s sea boundaries and economic and trade development, it was essential to have relations with British Commonwealth. India, for national interest, indulged in certain activities which can’t be appreciated.

5. Impact of Ideology:
All ideology of a country leaves its deep impact on its foreign policy. The Congress, during national movement, presented various ideologies before the world in international spheres. Congress always favoured world peace, peaceful co-existence and strongly opposed imperialism and colonialism. Congress, on assuming office, had to formulate a foreign policy based on these ideals. Congress was under the impact of Gandhian ideals and principles and so India’s foreign policy was bound to be affected by Gandhism. India’s sympathies for Communist countries are attributed to the influence of Marxism. Pt. Nehru, the maker of India’s foreign policy, was under the impact of western democratic traditions. He liked the qualities of Western democracy and Communism and preferred to avoid their evils. So the policy of non-alignment was adopted.

6. National Struggle:
India’s national movement contributed a lot in the making of its foreign policy.

  • Indians were determined not to make national movement a pawn in the hands of great powers.
  • An awakening was created to play an important role in international politics inspite of remaining a non-aligned state.
  • People were encouraged to oppose colonialism, socialism and colour discriminations
  • People got inspired to participate in freedom struggle.

7. Personal Factors:
The foreign policy of India has been influenced by the individual trait of its great leaders. Pt. Nehru’s ideology has sufficiently affected India’s foreign policy. He was deadly against imperialism, colonialism, fascism and supported peaceful way of solving problems. He favoured friendly co-operation and peaceful co-existence but at the same time he supported the use of power against injustice.

Besides Pt. Nehru, the ideology of Dr. Radhakrishnan, Krishna Menon, Pannikar etc. left its impact on India’s foreign policy in relation with Chinese, in the beginning, was influenced by Pannikar’s personality. So India couldn’t properly judge the nature of its relations with China. As a result of the false reports given by Pannikar, India’s ambassador to China, Pt. Nehru remained in illusion and India faced defeat in Chinese aggression. But the events of 1962 gave realistic touch to India’s foreign policy. The basic as well as practical elements lying in India’s foreign policy were preserved during the regime of late Prime Ministers Shri Lai Bahadur Shastri, Mrs. Indira Gandhi, Mr. Rajiv Gandhi, P.V. Narasimha Rao, Mr. Atal Bihari Vajapyee and at present by Sh. Narinder Modi.

8. Promotion of World Peace:
One of the basic determinants of Indian Foreign policy is world peace. India has always formulated its foreign policy to promote world peace.

9. Principle of Non-alignment:
Principle of non-alignment has played a very important role in formulating foreign policy. India itself is a non-aligned country and so its foreign policy is also based on non-alignment.

Love for peace, toleration, friendly behaviour, co-operation, co- existence are the very pillars of our foreign policy even today but they are based on realism and practicality. Mere slogans for peace are futile-a strong nation with immense military force and capability are essential to give a true meaning to these slogAnswer: India is not interested in aggression and expansion, rather it needs strong military base for self-protection.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 2.
Describe main basic principles of the Foreign Policy of India.
Or
Write down any six features of India’s Foreign Policy. Explain.
Or
What do you mean by ‘Foreign Policy’? Write any four features of Indian Foreign Policy.
Or
What do you mean by ‘Foreign Policy’? Discuss the principles of ‘Non-Alignment’ and ‘Panchsheel’ under Indian Foreign Policy.
Answer:
Meaning of Foreign Policy:
Foreign policy is the set of principles and means adopted by a nation for defining, justifying and securing the objectives of national interests. According to Dr. Mohinder Kumar, “Foreign Policy is a thought out course of action for achieving objectives in foreign relations as dictated by the ideology of national interest.”
Norman Hill defines foreign policy “As the substance of Nation’s efforts to promote its interests vis-a-vis other nations.”

Factors determining India’s Foreign Policy:
A number of factors influence the foreign policy of a nation. India had to formulate its foreign policy after attaining freedom in 1947. The Directive Principles of State Policy have been described in the Constitution of free India and they are to be followed. Following are the principles related to foreign policy:
1. To contribute to international peace and security.

2. To establish just and respectable relations with various nations.

3. To create the feeling of devotion and trust in the nation for international laws and treaties.

4. To encourage the settlement of international disputes by arbitration. Indian leaders, even before attaining independence, started thinking about the principles which the Government of India would follow in its foreign policy after independence. Congress, in 1925, expounded the following four principles with regard to foreign policy:

  • To oppose imperialistic and colonialistic Governments.
  • To support people’s struggle for freedom and equality.
  • To establish world-peace and to develop hatred for wars.
  • To remain aloof from foreign groupism.

Free India has adopted that foreign policy which is based on national interest. Various factors given below have contributed in determining this policy:
1. Geographical Factors:
The geographical factors have contributed a lot in determining India’s foreign policy. India has enormous coastal dimensions- its length is about 3,500 miles. Any country dominating Indian Ocean can easily overpower Indian trade and can pose danger to India politically. The Britishers could rule over India by their sea-power only. So, strong naval forces are required for the security of India and efforts are being directed in this direction. But Indian naval forces will take a long time to be at par with the English, American and Russian naval forces. That is why India has friendly relations with Great Britain.

India shares its boundaries with Pakistan, China, Nepal, Bangla Desh and Myanmar. Some of the provinces of Kashmir State, though under Pakistan at present, have common boundaries with Afghanistan and Russia. China is situated in the north of India. The Himalayas are situated between India and China and they have performed the role of a watchman in the ancient and middle ages. Now the situation has undergone a change because of scientific inventions and production of war weapons. But Chinese aggression in 1962 disillusioned India. India had always tried to improve its relations with Communist China. Besides, India has followed the policy of non¬alignment to avoid strained relations with China.

The Communist and Western Blocs in international politics have tried to maintain friendly relations with India. India’s geographical situation is in the middle of Indian Ocean. It is equally connected with West Asia and South East Asia by sea route. It is not far from China and Russia situated in North. So under these circumstances, it is not safe for India to join either of the two Blocs. India’s policy of non-alignment, in fact is the result of these geographical factors.

2. Historical Background:
Every nation’s foreign policy is under the impact of its historical background. India’s foreign policy, too, is not devoid of this effect. India remained under the British rule for two hundred years and as a result it has more contacts with Great Britain as compared to other nations. After the Second World War and because of changed circumstances, the British themselves ended their rule. Both the countries are friendly with each other even today because of this background.

Historical background has played important role in Indo-Pak relations. Kashmir problem has not been solved so far because Pakistan claims its right over the majority of Muslims whereas Kashmir is an inseparable part of India. The welfare of both the nations lies in the policy of co-operation from geographical point of view, but their historical background embitters their relations.

India’s exploitation and slavery because of imperialism has influenced its foreign policy and how its main principle is to oppose imperialism and colonialism.

3. Economic Factors:
The economic factors of a developing country play a major role in shaping the foreign policy of a nation. Economic considerations influence the foreign policy of even advanced nations like the U.S.A., the Russia, Britain, France etc. India depends on advanced countries for scientific and technological assistance. India has trade links mainly with England and United States of America. India imports machinery and foodstuffs mainly from these countries. Enough of the capital of America and Britain has been invested in Indian factories. India’s foreign policy is favourably inclined towards western capitalistic states. India, during the last few years, has increased its trade relations with Russia also. As Pt. Jawahar Lai Nehru once remarked, “The foreign policy of a country is the outcome of her economic policy.”

(i) Population:
Population, too, affects foreign policy. The progress of a nation can be slack because of its over-population as it has to get assistance from other nations also. A big nation having over-population is weaker than a small nation with less population. We have to depend upon foreign countries for food-stuffs because of growing population. According to Morgenthau, “India’s foreign policy has weakened because of food crisis.”

The return of immigrants from South-East Africa, Sri Lanka, South East Asia and other countries added to India’s population problem which influences India’s foreign policy. The population of immigrants in India is less in proportion to its total population but their number is large in the countries accepting them. Because of this, various problems have arisen between natives and Indian immigrants.

(ii) Natural Resources:
The foreign policy of a nation is undoubtedly, affected by its natural resources. These natural resources play an important role in developing the industry and trade of that nation. America and Russia, because of their abundant natural resources, are self-dependent economically and possess huge military power. These natural resources hold an important place in India’s independent foreign policy.

The proper use of natural resources depends upon other co-factors such as capital, labour, organisation, new social set-up and values. Japan progressed sufficiently even in the absence of these factors and raw-material whereas Myanmar, with all these facilities, didn’t make a headway. The availability of natural resources for a long time properly influences the foreign policy of a nation.

(iii) Technology:
Every nation in the beginning has to depend upon foreign assistance or technology for economic development. For example America depended upon foreign monetary help or technology and Japan took assistance from other countries to strengthen itself. Similarly, Russia depended on foreign help to be an industrial nation. Russian capital made China prosperous after 1949. So India’s dependence on other countries for economic and industrial progress is not surprising but with the economic and industrial development, dependence on other countries lessened. India’s foreign policy will certainly be influenced by capitalistic and technologically prosperous countries as it becomes self-sufficient.

4. National Interest:
National interest has played a remarkable role in formulating foreign policy. On 4th Dec. 1947 while addressing Constituent Assembly, Pt. Nehru said, “Whatever policy you may lay down, the art of conducting the foreign affairs of a country lies in finding out what is most advantageous to the country. We talk about international goodwill and mean what we say but in the ultimate analysis, a Government functions for the good of the country; it governs and no Government dares to do anything which is disadvantageous to the country.
Therefore, whether a country is Imperialist or Socialist or Communist, its foreign minister thinks primarily in the interest of that country.”

Pt. Nehru based India’s foreign policy on non-alignment and establishment of world-peace and paved a way for economic and industrial development. Had India got involved in one of the two power Blocs, it wouldn’t have enjoyed economic help. Thus the policy of non-alignment was adopted, keeping in view the national interests.

India preferred to remain a member of Commonwealth of Nations for national advantage. For the safety of India’s sea boundaries and economic and trade development, it was essential to have relations with British Commonwealth. India, for national interest, indulged in certain activities which can’t be appreciated.

5. Impact of Ideology:
All ideology of a country leaves its deep impact on its foreign policy. The Congress, during national movement, presented various ideologies before the world in international spheres. Congress always favoured world peace, peaceful co-existence and strongly opposed imperialism and colonialism. Congress, on assuming office, had to formulate a foreign policy based on these ideals. Congress was under the impact of Gandhian ideals and principles and so India’s foreign policy was bound to be affected by Gandhism. India’s sympathies for Communist countries are attributed to the influence of Marxism. Pt. Nehru, the maker of India’s foreign policy, was under the impact of western democratic traditions. He liked the qualities of Western democracy and Communism and preferred to avoid their evils. So the policy of non-alignment was adopted.

6. National Struggle:
India’s national movement contributed a lot in the making of its foreign policy.

  • Indians were determined not to make national movement a pawn in the hands of great powers.
  • An awakening was created to play an important role in international politics inspite of remaining a non-aligned state.
  • People were encouraged to oppose colonialism, socialism and colour discriminations
  • People got inspired to participate in freedom struggle.

7. Personal Factors:
The foreign policy of India has been influenced by the individual trait of its great leaders. Pt. Nehru’s ideology has sufficiently affected India’s foreign policy. He was deadly against imperialism, colonialism, fascism and supported peaceful way of solving problems. He favoured friendly co-operation and peaceful co-existence but at the same time he supported the use of power against injustice.

Besides Pt. Nehru, the ideology of Dr. Radhakrishnan, Krishna Menon, Pannikar etc. left its impact on India’s foreign policy in relation with Chinese, in the beginning, was influenced by Pannikar’s personality. So India couldn’t properly judge the nature of its relations with China. As a result of the false reports given by Pannikar, India’s ambassador to China, Pt. Nehru remained in illusion and India faced defeat in Chinese aggression. But the events of 1962 gave realistic touch to India’s foreign policy. The basic as well as practical elements lying in India’s foreign policy were preserved during the regime of late Prime Ministers Shri Lai Bahadur Shastri, Mrs. Indira Gandhi, Mr. Rajiv Gandhi, P.V. Narasimha Rao, Mr. Atal Bihari Vajapyee and at present by Sh. Narinder Modi.

8. Promotion of World Peace:
One of the basic determinants of Indian Foreign policy is world peace. India has always formulated its foreign policy to promote world peace.

9. Principle of Non-alignment:
Principle of non-alignment has played a very important role in formulating foreign policy. India itself is a non-aligned country and so its foreign policy is also based on non-alignment.

Love for peace, toleration, friendly behaviour, co-operation, co- existence are the very pillars of our foreign policy even today but they are based on realism and practicality. Mere slogans for peace are futile-a strong nation with immense military force and capability are essential to give a true meaning to these slogAnswer: India is not interested in aggression and expansion, rather it needs strong military base for self-protection.

The basic elements of India’s foreign’s policy today are the same what they were previously. The only difference is that idealism was emphasised more in the age of Nehru whereas realism got the upper hand in Shastri-era. But a fine combination of idealism in India’s foreign policy was witnessed under the leadership of Mrs. Gandhi. Shri Morarji Desai, too, preferred to combine idealism and realism in India’s foreign policy. Also under the able leadership Mr. Atal Bihari Vajpayee, and at present Sh. Narender Modi, the same old principles are being emphasised.

Following are the features of India’s foreign policy:

1. The policy of non-alignment.
2. Opposition to imperialists and colonialists.
3. Opposition to the policy of caste, colour and discriminations etc.
4. Friendly relations with other States.
5. Unity of Afro-Asian countries to strengthen mutual economic and political relations.
6. Importance of the principles of United Nations,
7. India is not neutral in International Politics.
8. Panchsheel.
9. National consensus.

1. Non-Alignment:
The main characteristic of India’s foreign policy is non¬alignment. India itself is a non-aligned country and so its foreign policy is also based on non-alignment. In fact India was the first country which initiated the policy of non-alignment which was adopted by most of the countries of Asia and Africa which attained indepedence in the post World- War II period. Pt. Nehru said-as far as possible, we don’t want to associate with power groups which caused two World Wars which can take place in future also. India signed a friendship treaty with Russia in 1971 to make its relations all the more friendly. For this agreement, the critics started condemning India’s foreign policy.

Non-alignment doesn’t mean that India can’t have friendly relations with other countries. The Janata Government, after assuming office in 1977, stressed the policy of real non-alignment. Non alignment is still the best policy for India and in recognition of this fact there is no intention in official or non-official circles to deviate from it. Late Mrs. Gandhi’s foreign policy was truly based on non-alignment. Former Prime Ministers-Rajiv Gandhi, P.V. Narsimha Rao, H.D. Deve Gowda, I. K. Gujral, Atal Bihari Vajpayee followed the principles of non-alignment. At present Sh. Narender Modi is also following the policy of non-alignment.

2. Opposition to Imperialists and Colonialists:
Since India itself remained a victim of British imperialism it has always opposed imperialism and colonalism. India regards imperialism to be injurious to world peace as it leads to war. So Indian leaders by visiting other countries and delivering speeches in U.N. have tried to liberate slave countries from the clutches of imperialistic countries. India has always supported the national movements in the slave countries. Whenever imperialism tried to dominate, India strongly opposed it. When Holland, after the Second World-War, tried to overpower Indonesia, India protested against it.

When England and France attacked Egypt to capture Suez Canal in 1956, India sided with Egypt. In the same way India strived to liberate countries like Malaya, Algeria, Congo and Morocco. India strongly protested against United States of America when it tried to overpower Cuba.

3. Opposition to the policy of caste, colour, discrimination etc. Another basic principle of India’s foreign policy is that it has always raised its voice against the policy of caste and colour discriminations. India has always favoured the abolition of caste system and it has tried to remove caste- ridden policies from the world also. India has consistently raised the question of the treatment of the people of Indian origin in the Union of South Africa and severely condemned the policy of racial segregation followed by the government of South Africa. India also took up the cause of Negroes in United States and non-white population in Rhodesia.

4. Friendly relations with other States:
India is always ready to have friendly relations with other States of the world. India not only improved its friendly ties with Asian countries but with other countries of the world also.

5. Unification of Afro-Asian countries:
India tries to unify Asian and African countries to strengthen economic and political relations. India believes that these countries can unitedly oppose colonialism and create an atmosphere for the freedom of other Asian and African countries. The imperialistic and developed countries believe that Afro-Asian countries will depend upon them for economic and technical help and thus they will dominate them. But the united Afro-Asian countries can successfully face this challenge and safeguard their freedom.

6. Importance to the principles of United Nations:
Much importance has been attached to the principles of United Nations in India’s foreign policy. India has always strived to establish world peace by stopping wars. India has full faith in the capacity of the United Nations to settle the disputes. It was precisely out of this faith that India took the issue of Kashmir to the United Nations. India also extended full support to the United Nations in implementation of its decision by providing military and other personnel. During the Congolese conflict, India made available a large number of contingents to preserve peace in the region.

7. India is not neutral in international politics:
Non-alignment is the very basis of the India’s foreign policy but it doesn’t stand for India’s non¬participation in international politics. Since India has not joined any group, it adopts the policy of rational judgement. In the words of Pt. Nehru-“We can’t and won’t remain neutral when freedom is in danger, justice is challenged or invasion is in progress.”

India is partial neither to Russia nor to America. That is why India, like other non-aligned countries, blamed Soviet Union when Korean war took place and also held America responsible in Vietnam war.

8. Panchsheel:
Panchsheel is another important contribution of India to international politics. The principles became popular when an agreement on the issue of Tibet took place between India and China. Five principles were evolved to maintain friendly ties between the States. These five principles called ‘Panchsheel’ are as given below:

1. The nations should respect each other’s territorial unity and sovereignty.
2. No nation should attack another nation.
3. No nation should interfere in the internal affairs of another nation.
4. All the countries should have peaceful and harmonious co-existence. All the non-aligned countries, including India, participated in

Bandung conference in 1955 and India added five more points to the principles of Panchsheel:
1. To respect fundamental human rights.
2. To protect one’s self alone or collectively, India will retaliate against the attack of another country but won’t initiate war. India heroically faced Chinese attack in 1962 and fought bravely against Pakistan in 1965 and 1971.
3. All the agreements and treaties on the international level will be signed by India independently.
4. India will indulge in secret agreements for its own welfare.
5. India will peacefully settle disputes with different nations.

9. National Consensus:
India’s foreign policy is based on a national consensus. The consensus does not necessarily mean complete indentity of views on all matters but foreign policy issues have seldom been controversial during elections. This has been the case since the days of Jawaharlal Nehru, the prime builder to non-alignment. There have been no wide swings or radical changes in India’s foreign policy, though there has been a shift in emphasis, for instance, on close ties with the U.S.A. or Moscow.

The foreign policy of India under Rajiv Gandhi was based on the basic principles enunciated by Nehru and followed by Shasrti and Mrs. Gandhi. United Front government also followed the same basic principles. Present government is also following the same basic principles.

10. Faith in Disarmament:
India has full faith in disarmament. It means reduction or destruction of armament. India considers race for armaments as a grave threat to the world peace. For the realisation of this end, India has pleaded for disarmament within and outside the United Nations.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is meant by Foreign Policy?
Answer:
Foreign policy is the set of principles and means adopted by a nation for defining, justifying and securing the objectives of national interests. According to Dr. Mohinder Kumar, “Foreign Policy is a thought out course of action for achieving objectives in foreign relations as dictated by the ideology of national interest.” Norman Hill defines foreign policy as: “It is the substance of Nation’s efforts to promote its interests vis-a-vis- other nations.”

Question 2.
What is ‘Panchsheel’? Write the principles of Indian Panchsheel.
Or
What do you mean by Panchsheel?
Answer:
Panchsheel is another important contribution of India to international politics. The principles became popular when an agreement on the issue of Tibet took place between India and China. Five principles were evolved to maintain friendly ties between the two States. These five principles called ‘Panchsheel’ are as given below:

  • Mutual respect for each other’s territorial integrity and sovereignty.
  • Non-aggression.
  • Non-intervention in each other’s domestic affairs.
  • Mutual benefit and equality.
  • Peaceful co-existeqce.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 3.
Describe any four determinants of India’s Foreign Policy.
Answer:
1. Geographical Factors:
The geographical factors have contributed a lot in determining India’s foreign policy. India shares its boundaries with Pakistan, China, Nepal, Bangla Desh and Myanmar. That is why India has always tried to maintain friendly relations with her neighbouring countries.

2. Economic Factors:
Economic factors have largely influenced the Indian policy. Population, national resources, technology etc. have played a remarkable role in determining foreign policy of India.

3. National Interest:
National interest has played a remarkable role in formulating foreign policy. The policy of non-alignment was adopted keeping in view the national interests. India preferred to remain a member of Commonwealth of Nations for national advantage.

4. Promotion of World Peace:
One of the basic determinants of Indian Foreign Policy is world peace. India has always formulated its foreign policy to promote World Peace.

Question 4.
What is the meaning of Non-Alignment?
Or
What do you understand by Non-Alignment?
Answer:
Pt. Nehru, the architect of India’s foreign policy, adopted non-alignment as its base. Following are the meanings derived from the policy of non-alignment.

  • India has not joined any bloc nor will it join any group.
  • The policy of non-alignment is an independent policy.
  • Non-alignment is a policy of peacefulness.
  • Non-alignment does not stand for isolationism.
  • Non-alignment does not mean neutrality in international affairs. Our policy is that there should be active efforts for world peace and it should be given a firm foundation.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 5.
What is the role of geographical factors in determining the Indian foreign policy?
Or
Explain the geographical determinant of the Indian Foreign Policy.
Answer:
The geographical factor has played a very significant role in determining India’s foreign policy. India has enormous coastal dimensions-its length is about 3,500 miles. Strong naval forces are required for the security of India and efforts are being made in this direction. India has friendly relations with Great Britain. India shares its boundaries with Pakistan, China, Nepal and Burma (Myanmar). The Himalayas, situated between India and China, have performed the role of a watchman in the ancient and middle ages. India has always tried to improve its relations with Communist China, Pakistan, Bangla Desh, Nepal etc.

Question 6.
Explain the constitutional provisions with regard to India’s Foreign Policy.
Answer:
Article 51 of Chapter IV of the Indian Constitution lays down certain principles which are the bases of Indian Foreign Policy. Following are the constitutional bases of the Indian Foreign Policy-

  • To promote international peace and security.
  • To establish just and respectable relations with various nations.
  • To foster respect for international law and treaty obligations in the dealings of organised people with one another.
  • To encourage the settlement of international disputes by arbitration.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 7.
What is meant by statement that India is opposed to Colonialism and Racialism?
Answer:
1. India has always opposed imperialism and colonialism. India regards colonialism to be injurious to world peace as it leads to war. India has always supported the national movement in the slave countries. India strived to liberate countries like Malaya, Algeria, Congo, Morocco etc.

2. India has always raised voice against the policy of caste, colour and discrimination. India has always condmned the policy of racial discrimination followed by South Africa on every platform. India has opposed the discrimination against the Negroes in America.

Question 8.
What is Indian Nuclear Policy?
Answer:
India has stood for general and complete disarmament within the framework of the United Nations. Addressing the General Assembly, Mr. Rajiv Gandhi, Prime Minister, asked nuclear powers to eliminate all nuclear weapons by the year 2010. India is the sixth country in the world enjoying atomic power by having undertaken a successful experiment in 1974. There are four atomic power centres working in India. But this power is being utilised for peaceful and creative purpose and not for making atomic bomb.

After India conducted nuclear tests in May, 1998 United States and other countries urged India to sign CTBT (Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty) unconditionally. But India reiterated its stand that since the treaty is discriminatory, they are not acceptable to the nation without any change.

Question 9.
Write any four characteristics of Indian Foreign Policy.
Or
Write any three basic principles of India’s Foreign Policy.
Answer:
1. Non-Alignment:
Non-alignment is the basic principle of India’s foreign policy. In fact, India was the first country which initiated the policy of non-alignment which was adopted by most of the countries of Asia and Africa which attained independence in the post world war-II period.

2. Opposition to the policy of Caste, Colour and Discrimination etc. Another basic principle of India’s foreign policy is that it has always raised voice against the policy of caste, colour and discrimination.

3. Opposition to Imperialism:
India has always opposed imperialism and colonialism. India regards imperialism to be injurious to world peace as it leads to war.

4. Faith in United Nations: India is a founding member of the United Nations and has full faith in the aims and principles of the United Nations.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is meant by Foreign Policy?
Answer:
Foreign policy is the set of principles and means adopted by a nation for defining, justifying and securing the objectives of national interests. According to Dr. Mohinder Kumar, “Foreign Policy is a thought out course of action for achieving objectives in foreign relations as dictated by the ideology of national interest.”

Question 2.
Write down the principles of Panchsheel.
Answer:
Following are the five principles of Panchsheel:

  • Mutual respect for each other’s territorial integrity and sovereignty.
  • Non-aggression.
  • Non-intervention in another’s domestic affairs.
  • Mutual benefit and equality.
  • Peaceful co-existence.

Question 3.
Mention any two determinants of India’s Foreign Policy.
Answer:

  1. Geographical Factors: The geographical factors have contributed a lot in determining India’s foreign policy.
  2. Economic Factors: Economic factors have largely influenced the Indian policy. Population, national resources, technology etc. have played a remarkable role in determining foreign policy.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 4.
What is the meaning of Non-Alignment?
Answer:
Pt. Nehru, the architect of India’s foreign policy, adopted non-alignment as its base. Following are the meanings derived from the policy of non-alignment.

  • India has not joined any bloc nor will it join any group.
  • The policy of non-alignment is an independent policy

Question 5.
What is meant by statement that India is opposed to Colonialism and Racialism?
Answer:
1. India has always opposed imperialism and colonialism. India regards colonialism to be injurious to world peace as it leads to war. India has always supported the national movement in the slave countries. India strived to libterate countries like Malaya, Algeria, Congo, Morocco etc.

2. India has always raised voice against the policy of caste, colour and discrimination. India has always condmned the policy of racial discrimination followed by South Africa on every platform. India has opposed the discrimination against the Negroes in America.

Question 6.
Write any two characteristics of Indian Foreign Policy.
Answer:

  • Non-Alignment. Non-alignment is the basic principle of India’s foreign policy.
  • Opposition to the policy of Caste, Colour and Discrimination etc.

Another basic principle of India’s foreign policy is that it has always raised voice against the policy of caste, colour and discrimination.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

One Line Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you mean by Foreign policy?
Answer:
Foreign policy is a group of those rules and principles through which a country establishes its relations with the other country.

Question 2.
In which Articles of the Indian Constitution the principles of foreign policy have been mentioned?
Answer:
In Art. 51 of the Directive Principles, the principles of foreign policy have been mentioned.

Question 3.
What are the main basic principles of the Indian foreign policy?
Answer:

  • Non-alignment
  • Protection of National Interests
  • Opposition to the policy of Apartheid.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 4.
Who was the main architect of Indian Foreign Policy?
Answer:
Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru was the main architect of Indian foreign policy.

Question 5.
Mention the main feature of Indian Foreign Policy.
Answer:
The main feature of India’s foreign policy is Non-alignment.

Question 6.
What do you mean by Non-alignment?
Answer:
Non-alignment means not to join any group and to have free domestic and foreign policy. It means that India is free and has not joined any group.

Question 7.
Write down any two determining factors of India’s foreign policy.
Answer:

  • Geographical position of India.
  • History of Indian struggle for freedom.

Question 8.
What is the meaning of Panch-Sheel?
Answer:
Panch-Sheel is the group of those five principles which were mentioned in the Preamble of an Agreement between India and China in 1954.

Question 9.
Mention any one element of Panch-Sheel.
Answer:

  • To honour territorial integrity and sovereignty of each other.
  • Peaceful co-existence.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 10.
Write down any two objectives of the foreign policy of India.
Answer:

  • To defend the territorial integrity.
  • To maintain and encourage international peace and security.

Question 11.
Mention any two principles of India regarding establishment of relations with other countries of the world.
Answer:

  • To promote international peace and security.
  • To establish honourable and peaceful relations among nations of the world.

Fill in The Blanks

1. India became independent in …………………………  .
Answer:
1947

2. ………………………… is main important policy of Indian foreign policy.
Answer:
Non-aligned Movement

3. Baidung conference was held in …………………………  .
Answer:
1955

4. India made its first Nuclear test in …………………………
Answer:
1974

5. So far ………………………… summits have been completed of Non-aligned movement.
Answer:
17.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

True Or False Statement

1. India is a peaceful country.
Answer:
True

2. India is an imperialist state.
Answer:
False

3. Economic factor effects the Indian foreign policy.
Answer:
True

4. Non-aligned Movement is a main feature of Indian foreign policy.
Answer:
True

5. India is a supporter of Panchsheel.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
The principles of Panchsheel were first propounded at international level between:
(a) India and China
(b) India and Pakistan
(c) India and Sri Lanka
(d) India and Japan.
Answer:
(a) India and China

Question 2.
‘The foreign policy of a country is the outcome of her economic policy.’ This remark was made by:
(a) Indira Gandhi
(b) Jawaharlal Nehru
(c) Morarji Desai
(d) Charan Singh.
Answer:
(b) Jawaharlal Nehru

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 3.
Main principles of Indian Foreign Policy are:
(a) NAM
(b) Opposition to imperialism
(c) Support to UNO
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 4.
Which out of the following is not the feature of Indian Foreign Policy?
(a) Faith in the aims of UNO
(b) Support for disarmament
(c) Support for colour discrimination
(d) Non-Alignment.
Answer:
(c) Support for colour discrimination

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 Political Science Chapter 13 National Integration

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Define National Integration. Write suggestions to solve the problems of National Integration in India.
Or
Define National Integration. Explain the difficulties faced in way of National Integration.
Or
Explain three obstacles in the way of National Integration and also give any three suggestions to maintain National Integration in India.
Answer:
National Integration is our basic need. It means national unity or combining all the people of the nation into a single whole. It is a particular sentiment that binds together all people in one common bond. National integration refers to social and political integration within a nation-state. National integration is identifiable by the psychological or attitudinal criterion of an individual’s sense of belonging to his or her own nation. National integration includes nation-building and state-building.

A psychological and educational process……… involving the development of a feeling of unity, solidarity and cohesion, in the hearts of people, a sense of common citizenship (destiny) and a feeling of loyalty to the nation.

National Integration promotes political stability. It is essential to preserve our hard won independence. This problem has assumed new dimensions due to disruptive and divisive forces of communalism and linguism which are raising their ugly head in different parts of the country.

Today India is free but it is like a house divided against its own self. Instead of national integration or unity there is national disintegration. Anti-social and anti-national forces are gaining ground. Prof. R. Bhaskaran rightly observes that we feel the dire need of national integration as there is every fear that clashes can occur here in India due to casteism, communalism, linguism and provincialism. These are the expressions of narrow outlook and activities of the citizens and groups who pursue personal interests above national interests. Though the Indian government has strived to solve the problem of national integration, yet it exists even today.

Hindrances in The Way of National Integration:
There are innumerable hindrances in the way of National Integration owing to linguistic fanaticism, regionalism, separatist tendencies and communalism. Some of these obstacles are as under:
1. Language:
India is a multi-lingual nation. According to the population statistics collected in 1961, 1018 languages are spoken in India and 26 are prominent. They are Hindi, Punjabi, Assamese, Gujarati, Marathi, Bengali, Urdu, English, Tamil, Sindhi, etc. The states were reorganised in 1956 on the lingual basis to promote national integration. But it too, couldn’t solve the problem. Clashes took place in Mumbai over Gujarati and Marathi languages resulting in the division of Mumbai into two parts—Maharashtra and Gujarat in 1960.

Punjab was reconstituted in 1966 on lingual basis, resulting in the formation of Haryana. There is wide-spread grouping in India on the language issue and people are averse to consider this problem open-mindedly, so much so that even now there is no consensus about the national language and though the Constitution has made Hindi the official language, it has been opposed by the southern states in general and by Tamil Nadu in particular.

2. Communalism:
Communalism poses a strong challenge to National Integration. India was partitioned because of Hindu-Muslim communalism and these communal disputes are recurrent even in free India. Communal riots many a time took place in Ranchi, Jabalpur, Indore, Ahmedabad, Aligarh, Muradabad, Jammu & Kashmir. No part of the country is free from communal disturbances. In some parts of the country, religious places are being used for political purposes which is most unfortunate. The communal feelings totally mar the feeling of national unity and hinder the path of National Integration.

3. Casteism:
Casteism is another obstruction in the way of National Integration. Dr. Radhakrishnan, the then Vice-President of India, expressed his view in this context while addressing the first National Integration Conference. He opined that casteism is to be eliminated as a social evil, but it has emerged as a political and administrative evil. Casteism is being staked to win elections and absorb more people in jobs. Shri Jai Prakash Narayan once commented— casteism is the most prominent political party in India. Casteism has crept even into administrative fields.

4. Regionalism:
Regionalism poses another threat to National Integration. Regionalism is largely an outcome of economic and political reasons. The regions which are backward economically launch agitations for their economic development. Even political parties resort to regionalism to strengthen their stand. Akali Dal in Punjab, D.M.K. and Anna D.M.K. in Tamil Nadu, Telgu Desam in Andhra Pardesh —all depended upon regionalism to make themselves strong.

5. Poverty:
Poverty is the greatest hindrance in the way of National Integration. Indian society is replete with poverty. The poor are frustrated to see another class of society being prosperous and so the desperate politicans exploit it to satisfy their political ambitions.

6. Unacceptability of the basic values of the Constitution:
All the political parties do not accept the basic values of the Constitution. The communist and communal parties primarily are opposed to the basic values of Constitution.

7. Lack of Education:Majority of the people in India are illiterate and so the leaders with vested interests easily lead the common people to the path of agitation. Selfish political leaders play with the sentiments of innocent people in the name of religion, caste, language and provincialism to grind, their own axe.

8. Failure of Socialism:
According to Prof. Govind Ram Verma, failure of socialism has all the more complicated problem of National Integration. Had socialism succeeded, all would have enjoyed its fruit. But now unemployment, backwardness, poverty, economic inequality discourage emotional integration creating various political problems.

9. Corruption:
Indian Administration is the very embodiment of corruption which hinders National Integration. People have lost faith in Administration and an atmosphere of chaos and misrule prevails. Such disruptive tendencies severely challenge National Integration.

10. Government’s Policy:
The Government’s policy is considered to be another obstacle in the process of National Integration. The government has miserably failed in curbing disintegrating forces. The Congress leaders have raised voices against casteism, regionalism, communalism from time to time, but it has promoted regionalism and casteism in practice.

11. Sons of the Soil Theory:
Sons of the Soil theory is a serious threat to National Integration. This theory has practically nullified the concept of single Indian citizenship, thereby shaking the very foundation of India’s national unity.

12. Role of Political Parties:
The role of some of the political parties in the process of national integration has been disintegrative and negative. Regional Political Parties have spread the virus of communalism and casteism in the country and thereby they have weakened the process of national integration.

Methods to Remove Hindrances in the way of National Integration:
It is imperative to eliminate all obstacles to achieve National Integration. Here are some of the steps to get rid of these stumbling blocks.

1. Economic Development:
The country should be economically developed to bring about national integration. The possibilities of National Integration can be enhanced by overcoming unemployment, economic inequality, poverty and by properly sharing economic benefits.

2. Reforms in Political Atmosphere:
The political atmosphere in the country should be improved to effect National Integration. The people of different communities, castes and regions lack mutual faith and the same should be inculcated to improve political atmosphere in the country. It will ultimately help in achieving National Integration.

3. Proper Educational System:
Proper Educational System is as vital step to bring about National Integration. The country should have a uniform educational pattern aimed at inculcating the spirit of nationalism among the students who are the future citizens. The teachers in the educational institutions should be nationalists to the backbone.

4. Secularism should be real:
India has been declared a secular state in the Constitution, but it should be put into practice as well. People should be made to develop religious tolerance for other religions.

5. To remove corruption:
The administration should be cleansed of every type of corruption to achieve national integration.

6. Cultural Exchange:
Cultural programmes should be arranged among the people of different communities speaking diverse languages to create national integration.

7. Contribution of Political Parties:
Political parties can significantly contribute to bring about national integration. Political parties should not provoke religious, lingual and regional feelings of the masses for their vested interests, rather they should build a healthy public opinion for national integration.

8. Change in the policies of Government:
The central government must change its policies to create a suitable atmosphere for national integration. The government should give up its discriminatory policies. It should accept the genuine demands of the people without providing an opportunity to launch agitations or movements.

9. Restrictions on Communal Organisations:
Communal organisations should be put under strict control to achieve National Integration. The masses, too, should be enlightened about the propriety of the restrictions imposed upon communal organisations.

Steps taken to achieve National Integration:
The efforts which have been made so far for the achievement of National Integration can be classified under three heads:
1. Legislations passed by the Government.
2. Steps taken by Government and formal organisations.
3. Work done by informal organisations.

1. Legislations passed by the Government:
The government passed two legislations in 1961 to restrict communal propaganda. Any propaganda spreading hatred and enmity among people of different communities was declared a cognizable offence through these legislations. Moreover, there is a provision in the law that if a man is punished under this law, he forefeits his claim to contest elections and to franchise. In 1963, 16th amendment was affected to ensure the unity and sovereignty of the country.

2. Steps taken by Governmental and formal organisations:
A National Integration Conference was held at New Delhi from 28th Sept, to 1st Oct. 1961. The leaders of the political parties, prominent educationists, writers and scientists were invited to participate in it. This conference was of the view that political parties promoted communalism, casteism and regionalism and so they needed a set code of conduct. It contains following points:

(i) No political party should resort to a propaganda creating tension among the communities believing in different religions and speaking different languages.

(ii) The political parties should not launch any movement pertaining to communal, regional and lingual problems.

(iii) Political parties should not disrupt the meeting and exhibitions organised by other parties.

(iv) Political power should not be utilised to fulfil intra-party ends.

(v) The Government shouldn’t impose undesirable restrictions upon the freedom of citizens so that political parties may be able to work freely. The conference formed a National Integration Council consisting of Prime Minister, Home Minister, Chief Ministers of States, seven leaders of political parties, Chairman of University Grants Commission, two educationists, a nominee of scheduled castes and backward classes and seven persons nominated by the Prime Minister.

The Council had to chalk out a code of conduct for the masses, Press and students had to consider the complaints of the minority classes. On 20th June, 1968 the council held its meeting in Srinagar and condemned all tendencies which harm national integration. Communal riots occurred at Ahmedabad in 1969 and at Bhiwandi in May, 1970. The National Integration Council prepared a programme for mass- movement to end communalism. In 1970 the All India Committee of the ruling Congress passed a resolution suggesting that semi-militant and Communal organisations like R.S.S. and Jammait-Islam had no palce in secular society.

In June, 1975, Mrs. Gandhi after declaring internal emergency formed two committees to consider the problem of National Integration. One committee was headed by Brahma Nand Reddy and the second by Prof. Nurul Husan. A meeting was held at Delhi on 28th Nov. 1976, under the chairmanship of Mr. Reddy and seven-point programme was prepared for National Integration. In 1980 National Integration Council was revived. In June, 1987 a meeting of the Committee of National Integration Council was held and it condemned communal and anti-national forces.

Mr. V.P. Singh became Prime Minister on 2nd Dec. 1989. He called meeting of the National Integration Council which at its first meeting in April, 1990 adopted a five-point resolution affirming the resolve of the people to meet the challenges facing the country’s unity, integrity and its secular democratic polity in a united and determined manner.

Reorganisation of National Integration Council 1991. In Oct. 1991 Prime Minister Narsimha Rao reorganised National Integration Council and its members were increased. A meeting of the reconstituted National Integration Council was held on 2nd Nov., 1991 and discussion took place on the methods to maintain communal harmony. In this meeting general consensus was that Babri Masjid should not be touched and Ram Mandir should be built.

Meeting of the Standing Committee of the National Integration Council. On 22nd Oct. 1993 a meeting of the Standing committee of the National Integration Council was held and it supported the actions taken by the government to maintain communal harmony and peace. Reorganisation of National Integration Council-2010. On April, 12, 2010 Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh reorganised National Integration Council. Total members of its organisation is 147. Meeting of National Integration Council was held in Sept. 2013. In this meeting, the Council criticised the communal riots.

3. Work done by informal organisations:
Two informal organisations are prominent
1. Insani Biradri and
2. All India anti-communal committee.
‘Insani Biradri’ was established in 1970. Shri Jai Prakash Narayan was nominated its President and Sheikh Abdullah its Vice-President. But this organisation proved ineffective as it could not define communal organisations. All India Anti-communal Committee was headed by Smt. Subhadra Joshi. This organisation believes that combined forces of communalism are responsible for communal riots and Rashtriya Sawayam Sevak Sangh is prominent of them all.

The sixth conference of this committee was held at Delhi in 1974 and it suggested to put legal restrictions on communal organisations. It is of the view that the representatives of a communal organisation hke Muslim League shouldn’t be given any place in National Integration Council and every effort should be made to secularise educational system.

Conclusion
Thus the way of National Integration is blocked with innumerable hurdles which must be eliminated. It is imperative to develop emotional integration among the diverse communities having diverse languages, religions and diverse customs. So National Integration is necessary because unity is strength. Indians should transcend their petty differences and make Mother India happy, prosperous and united. Let the unity in diversity, the main feature of Indian society, be strengthened for all the times to come.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 2.
Discuss the various methods of national integration. What are the four aspects of national integeration?
Answer:
Various methods of National Integration:
National Integration is our basic need. It means national unity or combining all the people of the nation into a single whole. It is a particular sentiment that binds together all people in one common bond. National integration refers to social and political integration within a nation-state. National integration is identifiable by the psychological or attitudinal criterion of an individual’s sense of belonging to his or her own nation. National integration includes nation-building and state-building.

A psychological and educational process……. involving the development of a feeling of unity, solidarity and cohesion, in the hearts of people, a sense of common citizenship (destiny) and a feeling of loyalty to the nation.

National Integration promotes political stability. It is essential to preserve our hard won independence. This problem has assumed new dimensions due to disruptive and divisive forces of communalism and linguism which are raising their ugly head in different parts of the country.

Today India is free but it is like a house divided against its own self. Instead of national integration or unity there is national disintegration. Anti-social and anti-national forces are gaining ground. Prof. R. Bhaskaran rightly observes that we feel the dire need of national integration as there is every fear that clashes can occur here in India due to casteism, communalism, linguism and provincialism. These are the expressions of narrow outlook and activities of the citizens and groups who pursue personal interests above national interests. Though the Indian government has strived to solve the problem of national integration, yet it exists even today.

Hindrances in The Way of National Integration:
There are innumerable hindrances in the way of National Integration owing to linguistic fanaticism, regionalism, separatist tendencies and communalism. Some of these obstacles are as under:
1. Language:
India is a multi-lingual nation. According to the population statistics collected in 1961, 1018 languages are spoken in India and 26 are prominent. They are Hindi, Punjabi, Assamese, Gujarati, Marathi, Bengali, Urdu, English, Tamil, Sindhi, etc. The states were reorganised in 1956 on the lingual basis to promote national integration. But it too, couldn’t solve the problem. Clashes took place in Mumbai over Gujarati and Marathi languages resulting in the division of Mumbai into two parts Maharashtra and Gujarat in 1960.

Punjab was reconstituted in 1966 on lingual basis, resulting in the formation of Haryana. There is wide-spread grouping in India on the language issue and people are averse to consider this problem open-mindedly, so much so that even now there is no consensus about the national language and though the Constitution has made Hindi the official language, it has been opposed by the southern states in general and by Tamil Nadu in particular.

2. Communalism:
Communalism poses a strong challenge to National Integration. India was partitioned because of Hindu-Muslim communalism and these communal disputes are recurrent even in free India. Communal riots many a time took place in Ranchi, Jabalpur, Indore, Ahmedabad, Aligarh, Muradabad, Jammu & Kashmir. No part of the country is free from communal disturbances. In some parts of the country, religious places are being used for political purposes which is most unfortunate. The communal feelings totally mar the feeling of national unity and hinder the path of National Integration.

3. Casteism:
Casteism is another obstruction in the way of National Integration. Dr. Radhakrishnan, the then Vice-President of India, expressed his view in this context while addressing the first National Integration Conference. He opined that casteism is to be eliminated as a social evil, but it has emerged as a political and administrative evil. Casteism is being staked to win elections and absorb more people in jobs. Shri Jai Prakash Narayan once commented— casteism is the most prominent political party in India. Casteism has crept even into administrative fields.

4. Regionalism:
Regionalism poses another threat to National Integration. Regionalism is largely an outcome of economic and political reasons. The regions which are backward economically launch agitations for their economic development. Even political parties resort to regionalism to strengthen their stand. Akali Dal in Punjab, D.M.K. and Anna D.M.K. in Tamil Nadu, Telgu Desam in Andhra Pardesh —all depended upon regionalism to make themselves strong.

5. Poverty:
Poverty is the greatest hindrance in the way of National Integration. Indian society is replete with poverty. The poor are frustrated to see another class of society being prosperous and so the desperate politicans exploit it to satisfy their political ambitions.

6. Unacceptability of the basic values of the Constitution:
All the political parties do not accept the basic values of the Constitution. The communist and communal parties primarily are opposed to the basic values of Constitution.

7. Lack of Education:Majority of the people in India are illiterate and so the leaders with vested interests easily lead the common people to the path of agitation. Selfish political leaders play with the sentiments of innocent people in the name of religion, caste, language and provincialism to grind, their own axe.

8. Failure of Socialism:
According to Prof. Govind Ram Verma, failure of socialism has all the more complicated problem of National Integration. Had socialism succeeded, all would have enjoyed its fruit. But now unemployment, backwardness, poverty, economic inequality discourage emotional integration creating various political problems.

9. Corruption:
Indian Administration is the very embodiment of corruption which hinders National Integration. People have lost faith in Administration and an atmosphere of chaos and misrule prevails. Such disruptive tendencies severely challenge National Integration.

10. Government’s Policy:
The Government’s policy is considered to be another obstacle in the process of National Integration. The government has miserably failed in curbing disintegrating forces. The Congress leaders have raised voices against casteism, regionalism, communalism from time to time, but it has promoted regionalism and casteism in practice.

11. Sons of the Soil Theory:
Sons of the Soil theory is a serious threat to National Integration. This theory has practically nullified the concept of single Indian citizenship, thereby shaking the very foundation of India’s national unity.

12. Role of Political Parties:
The role of some of the political parties in the process of national integration has been disintegrative and negative. Regional Political Parties have spread the virus of communalism and casteism in the country and thereby they have weakened the process of national integration.

Methods to Remove Hindrances in the way of National Integration:
It is imperative to eliminate all obstacles to achieve National Integration. Here are some of the steps to get rid of these stumbling blocks.

1. Economic Development:
The country should be economically developed to bring about national integration. The possibilities of National Integration can be enhanced by overcoming unemployment, economic inequality, poverty and by properly sharing economic benefits.

2. Reforms in Political Atmosphere:
The political atmosphere in the country should be improved to effect National Integration. The people of different communities, castes and regions lack mutual faith and the same should be inculcated to improve political atmosphere in the country. It will ultimately help in achieving National Integration.

3. Proper Educational System:
Proper Educational System is as vital step to bring about National Integration. The country should have a uniform educational pattern aimed at inculcating the spirit of nationalism among the students who are the future citizens. The teachers in the educational institutions should be nationalists to the backbone.

4. Secularism should be real:
India has been declared a secular state in the Constitution, but it should be put into practice as well. People should be made to develop religious tolerance for other religions.

5. To remove corruption:
The administration should be cleansed of every type of corruption to achieve national integration.

6. Cultural Exchange:
Cultural programmes should be arranged among the people of different communities speaking diverse languages to create national integration.

7. Contribution of Political Parties:
Political parties can significantly contribute to bring about national integration. Political parties should not provoke religious, lingual and regional feelings of the masses for their vested interests, rather they should build a healthy public opinion for national integration.

8. Change in the policies of Government:
The central government must change its policies to create a suitable atmosphere for national integration. The government should give up its discriminatory policies. It should accept the genuine demands of the people without providing an opportunity to launch agitations or movements.

9. Restrictions on Communal Organisations:
Communal organisations should be put under strict control to achieve National Integration. The masses, too, should be enlightened about the propriety of the restrictions imposed upon communal organisations.

Steps taken to achieve National Integration:
The efforts which have been made so far for the achievement of National Integration can be classified under three heads:
1. Legislations passed by the Government.
2. Steps taken by Government and formal organisations.
3. Work done by informal organisations.

1. Legislations passed by the Government:
The government passed two legislations in 1961 to restrict communal propaganda. Any propaganda spreading hatred and enmity among people of different communities was declared a cognizable offence through these legislations. Moreover, there is a provision in the law that if a man is punished under this law, he forefeits his claim to contest elections and to franchise. In 1963, 16th amendment was affected to ensure the unity and sovereignty of the country.

2. Steps taken by Governmental and formal organisations:
A National Integration Conference was held at New Delhi from 28th Sept, to 1st Oct. 1961. The leaders of the political parties, prominent educationists, writers and scientists were invited to participate in it. This conference was of the view that political parties promoted communalism, casteism and regionalism and so they needed a set code of conduct. It contains following points:

(i) No political party should resort to a propaganda creating tension among the communities believing in different religions and speaking different languages.

(ii) The political parties should not launch any movement pertaining to communal, regional and lingual problems.

(iii) Political parties should not disrupt the meeting and exhibitions organised by other parties.

(iv) Political power should not be utilised to fulfil intra-party ends.

(v) The Government shouldn’t impose undesirable restrictions upon the freedom of citizens so that political parties may be able to work freely. The conference formed a National Integration Council consisting of Prime Minister, Home Minister, Chief Ministers of States, seven leaders of political parties, Chairman of University Grants Commission, two educationists, a nominee of scheduled castes and backward classes and seven persons nominated by the Prime Minister.

The Council had to chalk out a code of conduct for the masses, Press and students had to consider the complaints of the minority classes. On 20th June, 1968 the council held its meeting in Srinagar and condemned all tendencies which harm national integration. Communal riots occurred at Ahmedabad in 1969 and at Bhiwandi in May, 1970. The National Integration Council prepared a programme for mass- movement to end communalism. In 1970 the All India Committee of the ruling Congress passed a resolution suggesting that semi-militant and Communal organisations like R.S.S. and Jammait-Islam had no palce in secular society.

In June, 1975, Mrs. Gandhi after declaring internal emergency formed two committees to consider the problem of National Integration. One committee was headed by Brahma Nand Reddy and the second by Prof. Nurul Husan. A meeting was held at Delhi on 28th Nov. 1976, under the chairmanship of Mr. Reddy and seven-point programme was prepared for National Integration. In 1980 National Integration Council was revived. In June, 1987 a meeting of the Committee of National Integration Council was held and it condemned communal and anti-national forces.

Mr. V.P. Singh became Prime Minister on 2nd Dec. 1989. He called meeting of the National Integration Council which at its first meeting in April, 1990 adopted a five-point resolution affirming the resolve of the people to meet the challenges facing the country’s unity, integrity and its secular democratic polity in a united and determined manner.

Reorganisation of National Integration Council 1991. In Oct. 1991 Prime Minister Narsimha Rao reorganised National Integration Council and its members were increased. A meeting of the reconstituted National Integration Council was held on 2nd Nov., 1991 and discussion took place on the methods to maintain communal harmony. In this meeting general consensus was that Babri Masjid should not be touched and Ram Mandir should be built.

Meeting of the Standing Committee of the National Integration Council. On 22nd Oct. 1993 a meeting of the Standing committee of the National Integration Council was held and it supported the actions taken by the government to maintain communal harmony and peace. Reorganisation of National Integration Council-2010. On April, 12, 2010 Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh reorganised National Integration Council. Total members of its organisation is 147. Meeting of National Integration Council was held in Sept. 2013. In this meeting, the Council criticised the communal riots.

3. Work done by informal organisations:
Two informal organisations are prominent
1. Insani Biradri and
2. All India anti-communal committee.
‘Insani Biradri’ was established in 1970. Shri Jai Prakash Narayan was nominated its President and Sheikh Abdullah its Vice-President. But this organisation proved ineffective as it could not define communal organisations. All India Anti-communal Committee was headed by Smt. Subhadra Joshi. This organisation believes that combined forces of communalism are responsible for communal riots and Rashtriya Sawayam Sevak Sangh is prominent of them all.

The sixth conference of this committee was held at Delhi in 1974 and it suggested to put legal restrictions on communal organisations. It is of the view that the representatives of a communal organisation hke Muslim League shouldn’t be given any place in National Integration Council and every effort should be made to secularise educational system.

The Four Aspects of National Integeration:
1. Psychological Aspect:
Emotional integration of the people forms a key component of National Integration in India and it is taken to mean the development of a strong brotherhood and fraternity among all its people. It essentially stands for psychological and emotional integration of the people into a nation capable of securing its objectives through integrative behaviour.

2. Economic Aspect:
Economic aspect of National Integration means development of all parts of the country and economic disparities should be minimised.

3. Social Aspect:
Social aspect means all classes and communities of India should get equal oppotunities for development. All people should be treated as equal. There should be no discrimination on the basis of caste, colour, religion, sex etc.

4. Political Aspect: Political demands of different regions of the country should be given due consideration.

Conclusion
Thus the way of National Integration is blocked with innumerable hurdles which must be eliminated. It is imperative to develop emotional integration among the diverse communities having diverse languages, religions and diverse customs. So National Integration is necessary because unity is strength. Indians should transcend their petty differences and make Mother India happy, prosperous and united. Let the unity in diversity, the main feature of Indian society, be strengthened for all the times to come.
Aspects of National Integration. Following are the various aspects of National Integration.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write down the meaning of National Integration in India.
Or
Write down the meaning of National Integration.
Answer:
National Integration means ur.it” T or combining all the people of the nation into a single whole. It is a particular sentiment that binds together all people in one common bond. National Integration includes nation-building and state-building. In the words of Dr. R.S. Radhakrishnan, “National Integration is not a house which could be built by mortar and bricks. It is not an implementation plan which could be discussed and implemented by experts. Integration, on the contrary, is a thought which must go into the hearts of the people. It is the consciousness which must awaken the people at large.”

Question 2.
What do you know about psychological aspect of National Integration?
Or
What is psychological aspect of National Integration?
Answer:
Emotional integration of the people forms a key component of National Integration in India and it is taken to mean the development of a strong brotherhood and fraternity among all its people. It essentially stands for psychological and emotional integration of the people into a nation capable of securing its objectives through integrative behaviour.

Question 3.
What are the different aspects of National Integration in India?
Answer:

1. Economic Aspect:
Economic aspect of National Integration means development of all parts of the country and economic disparities should be minimised.

2. Social Aspect:
Social aspect means all classes and communities of India should get equal opportunities for development. All people should be treated equal. There should be no discrimination on the basis of caste, colour, religion, sex etc.

3. Political Aspect. Political demands of different regions of the country should be given due considerations.

4. Another aspect of National Integration is psychological.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 4.
Explain four hindrances in the way of National Integration.
Or
Write four hindrances in the way of National Integration.
Answer:
1. Language:
India is a multi-lingual nation and in India the role of language has been more disintegrative rather than integrative. So much so that even now there is no consensus about the National Language as Hindi is opposed by some people.

2. Regionalism: Regionalism is a threat to the National Integration. Growing regional feelings have become a burning problem for India.
3. Communalism:
Communalism poses a strong challenge to national integration. Political parties are polluting the political environment by using communal propaganda.

4. Casteism: Casteism is another obstruction in the way of National Integration. The role of caste is growing day-by-day in political affairs.

Question 5.
How are the Communalism and Sons of Soil Principle (Regionalism) important obstacles in the way of National Integration in India?
Or
How does the regionalism influence National Integration in India?
Answer:
Communalism and Regionalism are proving the biggest challenges in the way of National Integration in India.
Communalism:
Communalism poses a strong challenge to National Integration. India was partitioned because of Hindu-Muslim communalism and these communal disputes are recurrent even in free India. Communal riots many a time took place in Ranchi, Jabalpur, Indore, Ahmedabad, Aligarh, Muradabad, Jammu & Kashmir. No part of the country is free from communal disturbances. In some parts of the country, religious places are being used for political purposes which is most unfortunate. The communalistic feelings totally mar the feeling of national unity and hinder the path of National Integration.

Sons of Soil or Regionalism:
Regionalism poses a big threat to National Integration. Regionalism is largely an outcome of economic and political reasons. The regions which are backward economically launch agitations for their economic development. Even political parties resort to regionalism to strengthen their stand.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 6.
What is the need of the National Integration in India?
Answer:
National Integration is first and foremost need for any state. Today India is free but it is like a house divided against its own self. Instead of national integration or unity there is national disintegration. Anti-social and anti-national forces are gaining ground. Prof. R. Bhaskaran rightly observes that we feel the dire need of national integration as there is every fear that clashes can occur here in India due to casteism, communalism, linguism and provincialism. These are the expressions of narrow outlook and activities of the citizens and groups who pursue personal interests above national interests. Though the Indian government has strived to solve the problem of national integration, yet it exists even today.

Question 7.
Give any four suggestions to promote National Integration in India.
Answer:
1. Economic Development: The country should be economically developed to bring about national integration.

2. Proper Educational System:
Proper Educational System is a vital step to bring about national integration. The teachers in the educational institutions should be nationalists to the backbone.

3. Reforms in Political Atmosphere:
The political atmosphere in the country should be improved to effect National Integration. The people of different communities, castes and regions lack mutual faith and the same should be inculcated to improve political atmosphere in the country.

4. Secularism should be real: People of India should be made to develop religious tolerance for other religions.

Question 8.
Examine steps taken towards National Integration.
Answer:
After independence many steps have been taken for the achievement of national integration. Following are some of them:
1. In 1961 the government passed two legislations to restrict communal propaganda. Any propaganda spreading hatred and enmity among people of different communities was declared a cognizable offence through these legislations.

2. In 1963, 16th Amendment was effected to ensure the unity and sovereignty of the country.

3. In different meetings of National Integration Council, the issue of National Integration is discussed and suggestions are given for the promotion of National Integration.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 9.
What role can Education play in the promotion of National Integration?
Answer:
Proper educational system is a vital step to bring about National Integration. The country should have a uniform educational pattern aimed at inculcating the spirit of nationalism among the students who are the future citizens. The teachers in the educational institutions should be nationalists to the backbone.

Question 10.
What do you mean by political and social aspects of National Integration?
Answer:
For the National Integration of the country, it is very much necessary that full attention should be paid towards the political demands of the people of different 1 parts of India. Political power in the centre should be in the hands of such a party as can have the loyalty and faith of the majority of the people of the country. On the basis of language Indian states were organised. At the centre as well as in all the
states, elected governments are working but still politically, many people are dissatisfied. The demands for the establishment of separate independent states are increasing and creating the atmosphere of political disintegration in the country.

Social aspect of National Integration means that there should be equal justice, treatment and opportunity to all the citizens of India. There should be no social discrimination with any particular community or the people on the basis of caste, religion, creed, sex, property etc. Though untouchability is constitutionally abolished in India, yet practically, in many parts of India, people believe in caste system.

Question 11.
What is National Integration Parishad (Council)?
Answer:
A National Integration Conference was held at New Delhi from 28th Sept, to 1st Oct. 1961. The leaders of the political parties, prominent educationists, writers and scientists were invited to participate in it. This conference was of the view that political parties promoted Communalism, Casteism and Regionalism and so they needed a set code of conduct.

The conference formed a National Integration Council consisting of Prime Minister, Home Minister, Chief Ministers of States, seven leaders of Political Parties, Chairman of University Grants Commission, Two Educationists, a Nominee of Scheduled Castes and Backward Classes and seven persons nominated by the Prime Minister. The National Integration Council in its first meeting gave a direction to the process of National Integration by defining the type of National Integration that was to be secured in India.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you understand by National Integration?
Answer:
National Integration means uniting or combining all the people of the nation into a single whole. It is a particular sentiment that binds together all people in one common bond. National Integration includes nation-building and state-building.

Question 2.
What do you mean by psychological aspect of National Integration?
Answer:
Emotional integration of the people forms a key component of National Integration in India and it is taken to mean the development of a strong brotherhood and fraternity among all its people. It essentially stands for psychological and emotional integration of the people into a nation capable of securing its objectives through integrative behaviour.

Question 3.
Write any one famous definition of National Integration.
Or
Write any one definition of National Integration.
Answer:
According to Dr. R.S. Radhakrishnan, “National Integration is not a house which could be built by mortar and bricks. It is not an implementation plan which could be discussed and implemented by experts. Integration, on the contrary, is a thought which must go into the hearts of the people. It is the consciousness which must awaken the people at large.”

Question 4.
Discuss any two hindrances in the way of National Integration.
Answer:
1. Language:
India is a multi-lingual nation and in India the role of language has been more disintegrative rather than integrative. So much so that even now there is no consensus about the National Language as Hindi is opposed by some people.

2. Regionalism: Regionalism is a threat to the National Integration. Growing regional feelings have beeome a burning problem for India.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 5.
Give any two suggestions to promote National Integration in India.
Answer:

  1. Economic Development: The country should be economically developed to bring about national integration.
  2. Proper Educational System: Proper Educational System is a vital step to bring about national integration. The teachers in the educational institutions should be nationalists to the backbone.

Question 6.
Examine any two steps taken towards National Integration.
Answer:
After independence many steps have been taken for the achievement of national integration. Following are some of them:
1. In 1961 the government passed two legislations to restrict communal propaganda. Any propaganda spreading hatred and enmity among people of different communities was declared a cognizable offence through these legislations.
2. In 1963, 16th Amendment was effected to ensure the unity and sovereignty of the country.

Question 7.
What role can Education play in the promotion of National Integration?
Answer:
Proper Educational system is a vital step to bring about National Integration. The country should have a uniform educational pattern aimed at inculcating the spirit of nationalism among the students who are the future citizens. The teachers in the educational institutions should be nationalists to the backbone.

Question 8.
What do you know about National Integration Parishad (Council)?
Answer:
A National Integration Conference was held at New Delhi from 28th Sept, to 1st Oct. 1961. This conference was of the view that political parties promoted Communalism, Casteism and Regionalism and so they needed a set code of conduct. The conference formed a National Integration Council consisting of Prime Minister, Home Minister, Chief Ministers of States, seven leaders of Political Parties, Chairman of University Grants Commission, Two Educationists, a Nominee of Scheduled Castes and Backward Classes and seven persons nominated by the Prime Minister.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

One Line Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the meaning of National Integration.
Answer:
The real meaning of National Integration is to foster the feeling of association with one nation among those who live in a country having different and diverse cultures.

Question 2.
Give one definition of National Integration.
Answer:
According to Mynor Weiner, “National Integration implies observance of divisive forces that would balkanize the nation and presence of attitudes throughout the society that give preference to national and public interests as distinct from parochial interests.”

Question 3.
Mention any two aspects of National Integration.
Answer:

  1. Political Aspect
  2. Economic Aspect.

Question 4.
What is National Integration Council?
Or
When was National Integration Council formed?
Answer:
National Integration Council is such an institution which aims to promote national development. It was established in 1961.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 5.
Who is the founder of the Institution ‘Insani Biradri’?
Answer:
Khan Abdul Guffar Khan.

Question 6.
Why was Insani Biradari formed?
Answer:
To face the dragon of Communalism, an organisation named Insani Biradri was established in 1970.

Fill in The Blanks

1. National integrity depends on ……………..  .
Answer:
National Integration

2. The states were reorganised in 1956 on the …………….. basis to promote National Integration.
Answer:
Lingual

3. According to Sh …………….. caste in India is the most important Political Party.
Answer:
Jai Prakash Narayan

4. There should be planned …………….. development of the whole region of the country for the promotion of national integration.
Answer:
Economic

5. ‘Insani Biradri’ was established in ……………..  .
Answer:
1970.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

True Or False Statement

1. Casteism is main hindrance in the way of National Integration.
Answer:
True

2. Poverty is not a hundrance in the way of National Integration.
Answer:
False

3. Illitrate man encourges the National Integration.
Answer:
False

4. Indian administration is the very embodiment of corruption which hinders National Integration.
Answer:
True

5. Insani Biradari was established in 1980.
Answer:
False

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Main hindrances of National Integration are:
(a) Regionalism
(b) Communalism
(c) Casteism
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 2.
Punjab was reconstituted on lingual basis in:
(a) 1947
(b) 1956
(c) 1966
(d) 1975.
Answer:
(c) 1966

Question 3.
What is the suggestion to remove hindrances in the way of National Integration?
(a) Economic Development
(b) Reform in Political Atmosphere
(c) Proper Educational System
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 4.
Which is one aspect of National Integration?
(a) Political Aspect
(b) Social Aspect
(c) Culture Aspect
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 5.
Which among them is to encourage National Integration?
(a) National Integration Council
(b) Insani Biradri
(c) All India Anti-Communal Committee
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 Political Science Chapter 12 Electoral System

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is meant by people’s participation? What are the reasons of people’s low participation in India?
Or
What is meaning of people’s participation? Explain four reasons of low and poor people’s participation in India.
Answer:
Meaning of People’s Participation:
Political participation broadly refers to a wide spectrum of political activities ranging from the simple act of voting to widespread political activism in the political process. It thus implies several voluntary activities apart from voting during the elections. It may involve joining a political party, participation in a political meeting, demonstration, rally, standing for election to the local bodies, state legislature or parliament, maintaining contacts with the elected representatives, sending petitions to the government for the redressal of grievances of the people and a number of other activities concerned in any way with the political system of the country.

Reasons for Low People’s Participation in Indian Democracy:
India is the biggest demorcratic country in the world. But in India hardly 60% of the voters cast their votes. Following factors are responsible for people’s low participation in elections of India.

  1. Poverty: Majority of the people in India are poor. A poor person remains worried about earning his livelihood and has no time to cast his vote. The poor person does not even think about the elections.
  2. Illiteracy: Majority of the people in India are illiterate. An illiterate person does not understand the importance of the right to vote. Hence illiterate persons don’t go to cast their votes.
  3. Unemployment: Thousands of educated and uneducated people are unemployed in India. They remain indifferent to democracy and do not take interest in elections.
  4. Another reason of low people’s participation is indian democracy are indifferent views of the peoples.
  5. Corruption is another reason for low people’s participation in India.
  6. People do not have enough faith in political parties.
  7. Social and political backwardness is another reason for low people’s participation in media.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 2.
What is meant by Voting Behaviour? Write main determinants of Voting Behaviour in India.
Or
What is meant by Voting Behaviour? Write the factors which determine the Voting Behaviour in India.
Answer:
Samuel Eldersveld writes, The term ‘voting behaviour’ is not new. But it is used of late to describe certain areas of study and type of political phenomena which previously either had not been conceived or were considered irrelevant. Voting behaviour connotes today more than examination of voting records, compilation of voting statistics and computation of electoral shifts.

Students are deeply immersed in analysis of individual psychological process (perception, emotion, motivation) and their relation to political action as well as of industrial patterns, such as the communication process, and their impact on elections. Today we accept the relevance of a host of variables which, if perceived at all fifteen years ago, certainly did not constitute the focus of inquiry into voting behaviour. The term thus, has expanded in meaning and further is construed as but one area of study subscribed within the broader designation of political behaviour.”

Today voting behaviour is regarded as that area or field of political science which is most suitable for study by the application of scientific techniques. According to Bowman and Boyntion the traditional approaches to the study of this subject were of two kinds: those, which emphasised legal and constitutional aspects, aimed at the description and analysis of election laws, qualifications of voters, delimitation of constituencies and voting machinery. For example, description studies of Negro disenfranchisement. Historical accounts of election campaigns also formed part of this group. In other words, which were the result of traditional approach, were more normative and value laden.

‘Whereas the traditional approach to electoral politics is concerned primarily with assessing the quality of election choice and analysing electoral institutions, the empirical and the behavioural approaches have focussed upon the relationship among the determinants of electoral outcomes. Empirical research has attempted to identify the factors contributing to the voting decision, while behavioural research has attempted to construct theoretical generalisations explaining the interconnections of variable accounting for these decisions, making possible the prediction of future voting patterns.’

Analysis of Voting behaviour began in France in 1913, in the United States during the period between the two world wars and in the United Kingdom after the Second World War.

Factors which influence Voting Behaviour:
It is difficult to ascertain voting behaviour of the voters. Prof. Maya remarks that individual may cast his vote to protect his personal interest or that of a group to which he is loyal; he may merely express his preference for the candidate; he may take part in a ritual because it is the thing to do, like celebrating a national holiday; he may express his faith in democracy and his country; he may pass judgement on the government’s record or show his agreement with a party’s general policy; he may study type of the candidate and his party carefully.

Or he may simply flip a coin. All voting is an emotional experience for ditch-diggers and professors alike; and the people vote in the same election, but not all of them vote on it. Many factors influence the voting behaviour and some important factors which influence the voting behaviour are as below:

1. Social Class:
Social class is one of the most important factors which influence the voting behaviour. Social class is the most important determinant of the voting behaviour in the United Kingdom. While the middle class votes for the conservative party, the workers vote for the labour party. Social class is less significant in American elections than in Western Europe, yet people with low incomes tend to support the democratic party while the rich tend to be republicAnswer:

2. Religion:
Religion also influences the voting behaviour to some extent. The Unionist Party wins the overwhelming majority of protestant votes in Northern Ireland. Conservative parties in France dominate more strongly the areas of Bittany and Alsac. American ethnic minorities have tended to support the democratic party, and voting in Canada, Belgium and South Africa is still based on religious ethnic divisions. With Kennedy the candidate in 1960, four out of the five Catholics voted Democratic Party and analysis of 1964 returns indicates that this Catholic support of the Democratic Party continued. As V. D. Key says, probably the best guess is that Kennedy won because of the fact that he was a Catholic.

3. Age:
Age is also a great factor which influences the voting behaviour. Generally older voters tend to vote for conservative parties. Moreover, age reflects the historical period when the elector’s voting habits were being formed. The Michigan Survey Centre reported in 1960 that two-thirds of its respondents who could recall their first vote still identified with the same party, and 56 per cent claimed never to have crossed party lines in a presidential election.

4. Caste:
Caste is another factor which influences the behaviour of voters. In Indian caste plays a very important role in elections. Prof. Rudolph says, “Within the new context of political democracy, caste remains a central element of India’s society even while adapting itself to the values and methods of democratic politics. Indeed, it has become one of the chief means by which the Indian masses have been attached to the process of democratic politics.”

While emphasising the role of caste in the Kerala elections, Prof. Harrison says: “The success of the Kerala Communist Party as the first regional Communist Party in India to capture control of a state government can be explained, above all, to its ability to manipulate politically strategic caste lobbies within linguistic boundaries as in Andhra. The Kerala Communists were able to transform economic despair into a legislative majority because of their footing on regional caste ground, notable among the numerous Ezhaves who provided the necessary majority of constituencies.” .

5. Effect of Individual Personality:
According to Profs. Carr, Berustein and Murphy, one of the most fascinating aspects of political behaviour is the effect of individual personality traits on the voting decision.

6. The influence of Policy Views:
Key is of the opinion that great number of citizens do in fact vote according to their policy preference. In his examinations of Gallup studies ranging from 1936 to 1960, Key found a marked correlation between voters’ views on public policy issues and their support of one party or the other.

7. Party Propaganda: Party campaign and propaganda is also an important factor which influences the voting behaviour to some extent.

8. Money Power: Voters are also influenced by money power, which plays a major part in the election system.

9. Elite Influence. In every political system, howsoever modern, there are bound to be elitist sections who exercise their influence on the masses.

10. Respected and influential leaders:
Sometimes, the choice of voting is made for the vote by others, such as elders, respected persons and influential leaders.

11. Conscious thinking:
The voting decision of a voter may be the result of his conscious thinking effort to discriminate between the different choices open to him.

12. The voter’s choice is made in a concrete situation and his idea about that situation normally affects his choice and thus the general public opinion is likely to have important bearing on people’s voting choice.

Varma and Bhambari write:
Voting choice is, in one way or the other, the function of a process of political decision-making by each individual voter but that does not mean that the individual voter makes the decision in abstract; all the normal political, social and other forces which influence him and some of them are especially whipped up on the election even exert greater influence on him. As a citizen, a voter has own political and social preferences and prejudices which he must take into account while making his voting choice.

It has been traditional in voting research to emphasise the stability of voter’s behaviour and attribute change to a small group of voters, the ‘floating voters’, who lack a consistent image of the political parties and who fail to identify themselves with a particular party. According to Alan Ball, this view that while the vast majority of electors are stable in their voting behaviour, elections are decided by a relatively small, ill-informed and disinterested minority, has been challenged recently on two fronts.

First, American research has pointed to the possibility that the floating voter may not be as politically illiterate, as the more partisan voter, and secondly,and more importantly, British research has shown that electoral changes may not be due only to this small group of voters, but that in fact there is a far large element of instability in voting behaviour than was believed to be the case.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 3.
Explain any six functions of Election Commission of India.
Or
Explain the composition of the Election Commission and explain four functions of National Election Commission in India.
Or
Discuss the six functions of Election Commission of India.
Answer:
India is a sovereign democratic republic. For the successful working of democracy, elections must be held in a non-partisan spirit. The framers of our Constitution were aware of the need to have an independent and impartial agency to conduct free and fair elections in the country. To ensure this, the Constitution has provided an Election Commission to conduct fair elections.

Composition:
The Election Commission consists of the Chief Election Commissioner and such number of other Election Commissioners as the President may from time to time fix. Till 1989, the Election Commission has always been a one man commission in the sense that though the Chief Election Commissioner was always appointed, no other Election Commissioner was appointed. In 1989 the President appointed two Election Commissioners on the eve of the general elections of 1989.

However, the National Front Government, soon after it came to power, decided to abolish these posts and reverted to the earlier position. In October, 1993 the President appointed two Election Commissioners through an ordinance and gave them the same position and status as the Chief Election Commissioner. The Ordinance was challenged by the Chief Election Commissioner T.N. Seshan and the Supreme Court upheld the supremacy of the Chief Election Commissioner over the newly appointed Election Commissioners.

After the judgement given by the Supreme Court on July 1995, the Court has ruled that the Election Commissioners enjoy equal status with the Chief Election Commissioner. The appointment of Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners is made by the President. Before every general elections, the President also appoints, in consultation with the Election Commission, such Regional Commissioners as he considers necessary to assist the Election Commission. At present there are one Chief Election Commissioner and two other Election Commissioners.

The tenure and the service conditions of the Election Commission are determined by the President. Generally the Election Commissioner is appointed for a period of six years. The conditions of service of the Chief Election Commissioner shall not be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment. The Chief Election Commissioner may only be removed when 2/3 majority of the Parliament passes a resolution for his removal. Regional Commissioners can only be removed on the recommendation of the Chief Election Commissioner.

The President or the Governor of a State makes available to the Election Commission such staff as may be necessary for the discharge of its functions.
Functions of the Election Commission. Following are the main functions of the Election Commission:
1. Superintendence, direction and control of the electoral roll for election.

2. To conduct elections to Parliament and legislatures of states and also to the offices of the President and Vice-President.

3. The Election Commission fixes the time-table for the elections.

4. The Election Commission orders a fresh elections in a constituency or at a polling booth if it resorted to malpractices, such as intimidation of voters or burning of polling booths etc. or if it has vitiated the electoral process. On 21st May, 1991 Election Commission countermanded elections in two Parliamentary Constituencies.

5. The Election Commission appoints Returning Officers and Assistant Returning Officers to conduct the elections.

6. The Election Commission allots symbols to various political parties and the candidates.

7. The Election Commission is authorised to recognise a political party. It is the Election Commission that determines what political parties will be recognised at both National and state levels. Election Commission gave recognition to Seven National Political Parties and 59 state level parties.

8. The Election Commissioner is to ensure that only those persons cast their votes, who are entitled to it and that there is no impersonation.

9. The Election Commission decides where polling booths should be set up so that electorates are not required to travel a long distance.

10. The Election Commission is responsible for the safe custody of the ballot boxes and the counting of votes before the results are announced.

11. The Election Commission prepares a code of conduct for all political parties and independent candidates who are contesting elections.

12. The Election Commission supervises the staff deputed by the Union government and the State governments for the election purposes.

13. All election results are announced by the Election Commission. So far 17 elections to the Lok Sabha have been conducted. The Election Commission has acquired considerable prestige and reputation for conducting elections in a fair and free manner.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 4.
Describe the features of the Indian Electoral System.
Answer:
The main features of Indian Electoral system are:
1. Universal Adult Franchise:
In India the system of universal adult franchise has been adopted for the election of Lok Sabha and State Legislative Assemblies. Every person who is a citizen of India and who is not less than eighteen years of age has the right to exercise his vote in election of members of the House of the People and State Legislative Assemblies.

2. Direct Election:
The Constitution provides for the system of direct election of the members of the Lok Sabha and Legislative Assembly of every state by the eligible voters.

3. Joint Electoral System:
The Constitution of India provides for a system of joint electorates. Under the joint electorate system every voter in constituency is entitled to participate in electing representative from the constituency.

4. Single Member Constituency:
The Constitution of India provides for a single member constituency. For this purpose the entire country is divided into 543 constituencies. Belonging voters elect their representatives. But only one representative represents his constituency.

5. Election Commission: The Constitution has provided Election Commission to conduct free and fair elections.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 5.
Explain the main steps of Election process in India.
Or
What is election process? Name all the important stages of Indian election process.
Answer:
India is a democratic country. But India has adopted indirect democracy. Administration is run by the representatives of the people, who are elected for a fixed term. In India election procedure is as given below:

1. Constituencies:
The first important task in elections is delimitation of constituencies. Under Article 327 of the Constitution the Union Parliament is empowered to enact legislation from time to time to provide for the delimitation of constituencies for elections to Parliament and to the state legislatures. Parliament passed the Delimitation Commission Act, 1952. The Act provides for the establishment of a Delimitation Commission for the purpose of delimitating constituencies in each state after every census.

2. List of Voters:
First, temporary list of voters is prepared. If anybody’s name is excluded from the list, he can ask for inclusion of his name. But such a request is to be made within a fixed time.

3. Appointment: Senior staff for election purposes is appointed for supervision.

4. Polling Stations: In each constituency polling stations are established and a fixed number of voters are directed to cast their votes there.

5. Filing of the Nomination Papers: After the announcement of the date of elections, nomination papers are filed in favour of candidates.

6. Withdrawal of Nomination: Candidates are allowed to withdraw their names from elections. But this is to be done before the last date for withdrawal.

7. Scrutiny and Objections:
On the fixed date nomination papers are scrutinised and those papers, which are not proper, are rejected and the names of eligible candidates are announced.

8. Propaganda:
With the announcement of elections, political parties and indepedent candidates start propaganda and try to influence the voters. The party propaganda is carried out through election manifesto of the party, public meetings, door canvassing, pamphlets etc. Electioneering ceases forty- eight hours before the closing hour or polling in each constituency.

9. Polling:
On the day of the polling, a holiday is declared so that each voter can cast his vote. At polling booth voters are given ballot papers and the voter stamps against the name of the candidate whom he wants to vote. After that the voter puts the ballot paper in the ballot box.

10. Counting of votes:
After the polling is over the polling officer seals the ballot boxes in the presence of two representatives of the candidates and sends the ballot boxes at a particular place. On the fixed date ballot boxes are opiened in the presence of the representatives of candidates and votes are counted. A candidate getting the highest votes is declared elected. If a candidate fails to get one-sixth of the votes then he loses his security also.

11. Election Expenses:
Each candidate has to submit the accounts of election expenditure to the Election Commission within forty-five days of the declaration of result. The amount of election expenditure is fixed and if any candidate spends more than the fixed limit then his election is nullified.

12. Election Petition:
If any candidate is not satisfied with the impartiality of election or due to some other reason, he may appeal to the court. The court decides the case and an appeal can be made to the Supreme Court against the decision of the High Court.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 6.
What is meant by Adult Franchise? Write two arguments in favour and two against Adult Franchise.
Or
Write arguments in favour of and against Adult Franchise.
Or
Give arguments for and against Adult Franchise.
Answer:
What is Adult Franchise or Adult Suffrage? With the advent of democracy, there started a heated controversy as to which category of the people in society should be given the right to elect representatives. Some people are of the opinion that the right to vote is a function and it should be given only to those people who use it properly. Some favour property and some favour education as the basis for giving the right to vote to the people. But the majority is of the opinion that all the people should be equally given the right to vote.

By adult franchise we mean that every person, both male and female, above the age of maturity, irrespective of caste, colour, creed, property, education, profession or sex, is entitled to enjoy the right to vote in the elections. The idea underlying this principle is that the final sovereignty lies with the people as a whole and not with a particular section of society. At present nearly all the civilized countries like Britain, U.S.A., Russia, France, India, etc., have adopted this principle of Adult Suffrage’ and accordingly all the adults enjoy the right to vote. The age of attaining maturity is fixed by the State. In Britain it is 18 years, in India it is 18 years, in Switzerland it is 20 years and in Russia it is 18 years.

How Universal Adult Franchise was accepted in different countries? There has been a long struggle for the acceptance of the principle of Universal adult franchise. Many battles had to be fought, all the world over, for making it a reality. Women were not considered equal, politically, socially and legally. Hence women were not given the right to vote. Till the second decade of the twentieth century, no country had adopted Universal Adult Franchise.

New Zealand was the first country to incorporate the provisions for universal adult franchise in 1893. Manhood suffrage was introduced in Great Britain in 1918 whereas Universal Adult Franchise was introduced in 1928. The United States extended franchise to women by the 19th Amendment of the Constitution in 1919. Soviet Union, the land of the October Revolution 1917, introduced universal adult franchise in 1936. Slogan of Liberty, Equality and Fraternity was popularised by the French Revolution of 1789, but it was only in 1945 that universal adult franchise was introduced. In India Universal Adult Franchise was followed in 1950.

Arguments in Favour of Adult Franchise:
The principle of Adult Franchise possesses some fundamental merits which cannot be ignored in the modern age of democracy. The merits are as follows:
1. It is in accordance with democratic principles:
The principle of adult franchise is in accordance with the democratic principles. Democracy is a government of the people by the people and for the people. If the principle of adult franchise is not introduced then the power to govern will pass on to some section of the people instead of remaining with the people and the administration may not be run in the best interests of the masses.

2. National unity:
The system of Universal Adult franchise is quite essential for the maintenance of national unity. If only a section of the people is given the right to vote, then the entire public could not consider the government as its own. The people would be divided into two groups and the people who do not enjoy the right to vote would not extend willing co-operation to the government. This way national unity cannot be achieved. But if the system of Universal Adult Franchise is introduced, then all the citizens would consider the State as their own.

3. Laws affect all alike:
Whatever laws are framed by the government, they are not meant for a particular community or a section of the people but they affect all alike. Only those people should have the power to frame laws to whom they concern. Therefore, the introduction of the principle of Adult Franchise is essential so that everybody gets the right to participate in the election of the representatives. It is only under such circumstances that laws can be framed in accordance with the wishes of the people.

4. Peace and order:
The application of the principle of Adult Franchise lies ‘ in the establishment of peace and order in the State. The laws are framed
by the representatives of the people in accordance with their wishes. That is why the laws are willingly obeyed by the people. The people fully co-operate with the government and the laws are never violated. All this helps in the maintenance of peace and order.

5. All the people pay taxes to the government:
The government collects money from the people in the form of taxes. Now a days both the direct and indirect taxes are imposed upon the people and hence all the people pay taxes. According to democratic principle that money should be spent by those people only who have given it in the form of taxes. Therefore, all the people should have the right to send representative to that body which has the power to impose taxes upon the people.

6. Political education:
An important merit of Adult Franchise is that it gives political education to the people. If a large number of people get the right to vote, it helps in making them politically educated. When all the people participate in the election they are bound to think about the problems of the country. They will try to find out solution to all the problems which are facing the country.

7. It creates spirit of self-respect:
Through the system of Adult Franchise the people develop the spirit of self-respect. People develop the feeling that they have a share in the government of the State and they have a hand in the making of the government. They think themselves a very important part of the machinery of the State. They do not think themselves in any way inferior to anybody.

8. No danger of Revolution:
Another merit of Adult Franchise is that all the people get the right to vote and there is no danger of revolution. There are many reasons for it. First, because of Adult Franchise the government represents the entire mass of public and nobody ever complains against the government. Secondly, if the government does not function in accordance with the wishes of the people, the people can change it. The government represents all the people and no section of society opposes its actions.

9. Representation to minorities:
Due to Adult Franchise minorities also get some representation. Hence the problem of giving representation to the minorities is solved by Adult Franchise.

10. Essential for civil rights:
Every citizen enjoys civil and economic rights. To protect social and economic rights, political rights are essential and right to vote is the most important political right.

Arguments Against Adult Franchise:
There is a large number of people who find fault with the system of Adult Franchise and they put forward the following arguments in support of their viewpoint:
1. Uneducated should not be given the right to vote:
The right to vote is not a natural or an inherent right which everybody can enjoy. In fact it is a sort of special privilege which is conferred only on those persons who are best fitted to utilize it for the welfare of the State. Some people are of the opinion that the right to vote should be given only to the educated people. The educated persons can make a proper use of their rights. An uneducated person cannot understand who is the best candidate out of all.

2. Government of the fools:
The masses are ignorant and illiterate. They do not even possess the capacity or understanding to elect the best candidates and to judge the worth of governmental policy. Therefore to entrust the right of voting to ignorant masses is to welcome dangerous consequences. The system of Universal Adult Franchise establishes a government of the fools because the fools and the ignorant are in a majority in society.

3. Franchise based on property:
Some people are of the view-point that franchise should be based on property. Those who are propertied persons and who pay the taxes should have the right to elect the representatives so that these representatives could frame the laws in accordance with the wishes of the tax payers. But this argument does not carry much weight. Nowadays all the people pay taxes and the laws are applicable to all the people equally.

4. No franchise to women:
Some people are of the opinion that women should not be given the right to vote. They say that women are physically weak and they are not capable enough to take an active part in politics. Their proper place is home and not political field. Their participation in politics will disturb the peace at home. In the modern age even this argument does not carry weight. The women are taking very active and intelligent part in politics.

5. All citizens are not equal:
It is also wrong that all the people are equal. Nature has not created everybody equal. Some are wise from their very birth and others are fools. All the people cannot be given similar type of work because all are not equally competent. Therefore all the people cannot be given the right to vote and the right to contest election on equal footing.

6. Franchise is not a right but a responsibility:
Many scholars consider that the right to vote is not a right but it is a responsibility. The right can be extended only to those persons who are really capable of using it properly. If it is extended to an incompetent person, it proves very useless. Therefore the right to vote should be extended only to the capable and educated persons.

7. Radical legislation:
Another defect of adult franchise is that it helps in the framing of radical legislation. A large number of people are elected who can influence the ordinary citizens by their progressive views. These people adopt progressive measures and they create a new atmosphere in society. These progressive measures create cultural lag in society and the relationship between the present and the past is completely broken.

Conclusion:
There is no doubt that the system of Adult Franchise has been criticised on various grounds and various arguments have been put forward against it but the fact is that the merits of Adult Franchise outweigh its demerits. In the modern age almost all the countries have adopted the system of Adult Franchise. In the absence of Adult Franchise democracy is incomplete and it cannot be a success.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 7.
What do you know of the Direct and Indirect Election system? Also explain their merits and demerits.
Or
Explain the merits and demerits of the system of Direct Election.
Or
Write Merits and Demerits of Direct Election System.
Answer:
In democracy the people elect their representatives and the representatives carry out the wishes of the people. Nowadays almost all the countries have adopted the system of Adult franchise. There are two ways to electing representatives- Direct Election and Indirect Election.

Direct Election:
In the system of Direct election the voters directly participate in election and elect their representatives. The process of direct election is quite simple. Every voter goes to the polling station and records his vote either in favour or against particular candidates. A candidate securing the maximum number of votes is declared elected. This system of election is the most popular and is followed in all democratic countries for electing members of People’s Chamber. All members of the State assemblies and House of People in India are elected directly. Every adult in India exercises the right to vote.

Its Merits.
1. Firstly, direct election is consistent with the principle of democracy. People have direct share in the choice of their representatives and in determining the public policy.

2. Secondly, the system makes the citizens active and alert. Each voter feels that his voice will count in the formation of government and the selection of law-makers. A direct contact between the electors and the representatives stimulates interest in public affairs and develops the sense of public spirit. The system makes people conscious of the rights and duties and is fully in keeping with the democratic principles.

3. Thirdly, the representative elected under this system feels responsible to the people and he tries to keep himself in touch with them and better their conditions.

4. Fourthly, direct election broadens the mental outlook of the citizens since it places before them the national aspects of the social and political problems. The voters are presented the different policies and programmes of the candidates.

5. Fifthly, direct election checks the use of corrupt and unfair means in election.

Its Demerits.
1. Firstly, direct election means political excitement which leads to the election of undesirable candidates. The voters are easily carried away or misled by clever orators. They are swept off their feet by popular passion.

2. Secondly, direct election increases the election expenditure which entails a heavy burden on the public purse.

3. Thirdly, direct election places the final choice of the representatives in the hands of the masses and most of them do not have enough of intelligence or independence to vote for the right type of candidates.

4. Fourthly, direct election means election campaigns and intensive political propaganda for and against different candidates. Many citizens, therefore, who would have proved the best administrators, avoid to contest elections.
This means a great national loss.

Indirect Election:
Indirect election means that the voters do not directly participate in the election of their representatives but choose only an intermediary body which elects the representatives. This intermediary body is usually called the Electoral College. It is a system of Double election. In the first instance, the general mass of voters elect from among themselves a small group of electors. These electors then elect the final representatives who become the members of the legislature.

Thus the final choice of electing the representatives is not that of the general mass of voters but of the intermediary body of electors which the general mass of voters had elected in the first instance. This Indirect Election system is often used for the constitution of second chamber. The Council of States in India, the President of India and the President of U.S.A. are elected by the method of Indirect election.

Its Merits:
1. It is useful where the people are sufficiently educated and politically organized and where the constituencies are very large and unwieldy.

2. The final choice of the representatives is in the hands of a body of select persons who possess superior knowledge and are guided by a keener sense of responsibility. It helps to check popular passion.

3. Clever politicians and orators cannot mislead the few selected people. There is no occasion for any disorder or dislocations taking place as a result of the voters being swayed by political passions. There are neither election campaigns nor party propaganda.

4. This system minimizes the evils of party politics and propaganda.

5. Under this system there are in fact two elections. This involves delay which proves very useful. The Electoral College makes the final choice after cool consideration. The delay makes the situation cool and the electors can vote freely and dispassionately.

Its Demerits.
1. The method of indirect election creates a big gap between the representative and the voters. The representatives do not feel responsible to the primary voters.
2. The voters have no direct participation in the selection of their representatives, and so they take little interest in politics and become negligent on public affairs. The system, therefore, has no educative value.
3. The system gives birth to corruption and political intrigue. The intermediate body of voters has a small membership and can be more easily bribed by a rich and powerful candidate.
4. Actually it leads to more party strifes and in countries where political parties are well organized, election by indirect method has become a mere formality.

Conclusion:
Out of the two methods of elections, the method of Direct Election prevails in most of the countries. In all the democratic countries the representatives to the legislature are elected by the method of Direct Election. The members of the Upper House can be elected through the method of Indirect Election. In India the members of the Rajya Sabha are elected by the method of Indirect Election. The President of India and the President of U.S.A. are also elected by the method of Indirect Election.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write down the composition of Election Commission in India.
Or
Write down the composition of the Election Commission.
Answer:
The Election Commission consists of the Chief Election Commissioner and such number of other Election Commissioners the President may appoint from time to time. In October, 1993 the President appointed two Election Commissioners through an ordinance. At present the Election Commission consists of Chief Election Commissioner and two Election Commissioners.

The appointment of Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners is made by the President. Before each general election, the President also appoints, in consultation with the Election Commission, such Regional Commissioners as he considers necessary to assist the Election Commission. The tenure and other service conditions of the Election Commission are determined by the President. Generally the Election Commissioner is appointed for a period of six years. The conditions of service of the Chief Election Commissioner shall not be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.

Question 2.
Explain any two changing characteristics of Indian Electorate.
Answer:
Important changes have taken place in the character of Indian electorate. Two important changes are as follows:

  1. The Indian voter has become more politicised. Indian electorate are now taking more interest in the political activities of the country. Indian voters are now more conscious politically.
  2. Indian electorate are more concerned with the contemporary events and problems than with the past achievements or activities of the parties.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 3.
Suggest four remedies to improve the Indian Electoral System.
Answer:
Following remedies are suggested to improve the Indian Electoral System:
1. The present electoral system of single-member constituencies should be replaced by a system of proportional representation.

2. Strict action should be taken against those who indulge in booth-capturing and bogus voting. The high powered Committee on electoral reforms recommended a series of legislative measures to eradicate booth-capturing, rigging and intimidation. The recommended steps include ordering of repoll or countermanding not only on the report of the returning officer but also otherwise and vesting the Commission with power of appointment of investigating agencies, prosecuting agencies and asking for the constitution of Special Courts.

3. There should be provision for recall.

4. The elections including the polling should be so conducted that the people are in a position to exercise their franchise freely, without intimidation, coercion, interference, undue inducement by political parties and others.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 4.
Discuss four techniques of election campaign in India.
Answer:

  • Every main political party and sometimes independent candidates issue election manifesto.
  • Political parties and candidates arrange public meetings and processions, by which they try to persuade the voters in their favour through their speeches and personalities.
  • Wall-paintings, posters and big leaflets are other important techniques of election campaign.
  • Slogans is a very popular and influential technique of election campaign.

Question 5.
Write four functions of Election Commission.
Or
Write down any four functions of Election Commission.
Answer:
1. Election Commission supervises, directs and controls the elections. Such elections include election to Parliament, the legislature of every State and the offices of the President and the Vice-President held under the constitution of India.

2. Election Commission prepares electoral rolls and delimitation of constituencies.

3. Election Commission appoints returning officers and assistant returning officers to conduct the election.

4. The allotment of election symbols to a political party and an independent candidate is done by the Election Commission.

Question 6.
Write any four drawbacks of Indian Electoral System.
Answer:
1. Number of Seats:
There is no relationship between the votes secured by a party and its strength in the Assembly or the Parliament. The number of seats secured by a particular party is not proportionate to the voters.

2. Money Power:
Another important drawback of Indian electoral system is the growing influence of money in elections. The expenses incurred on election are so huge that parties tend to give ticket only to a millionaire. The high cost of electioneering has resulted in corrupt practices.

3. Misuse of Public Media:
It is being alleged that the Congress was using the government monopoly in radio and television for the party. This thing has gone a long way in helping the party in power by projecting.its image. These public media have thus been abused.

4. The existing system of election gives more importance to the individual candidate than the’political party.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 7.
Write down four facts which determine the Voting Behaviour in India.
Answer:

  1. Influence of Religion: Religion influences the voting behaviour to a great extent. In India, many parties seek votes on the basis of religion.
  2. Influence of Caste: Caste influences the voting behaviour to a large extent. In India caste plays a very important role in elections.
  3. Party Propaganda: Party campaign and propaganda is also an important factor which influences the voting behaviour to some extent.
  4. Money Power: Voters are also influenced by money power, which plays a major part in the election system.

Question 8.
Write any four stages of Electoral Process in India.
Answer:
In India election procedure is as follows:
1. Constituencies:
The first important task in election is delimitation of constituencies. Parliament passed the Delimitation Commission Act, 1952. The Act provides for the establishment of a Delimitation Commission for the purpose of delimitating constituencies in each state after every census.

2. List of Voters:
First, temporary list of voters is prepared. If anybody’s name is excluded from the list, he can ask for inclusion of his name. But such a request is to be made within a fixed time.

3. Filing of the Nomination Papers. After the announcement of the date of election, nomination papers are filed in favour of candidates.

4. Withdrawal of Nomination:
Candidates are allowed to withdraw their names from elections. But this is to be done before the last date for withdrawal.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 9.
What are the causes of inadequate people’s participation in India?
Or
Why is the level of people’s participation so low in India?
Answer:
India is the biggest democratic country in the world. But in India hardly 60% of the voters cast their votes. Following factors are responsible for people’s low participation in elections of India.
1. Poverty:
Majority of the people in India are poor. A poor person remains worried about earning his livelihood and has no time to cast his vote. The poor person does not even think about the elections.

2. Illiteracy:
Majority of the people in India are illiterate. An illiterate person does not understand the importance of the right to vote. Hence illiterate persons don’t go to cast their votes.

3. Unemployment:
Thousands of educated and uneducated people are unemployed in India. They remain indifferent to democracy and do not take interest in elections.

4. Another reason of low people’s participation in Indian democracy is indifferent view of the peoples.

Question 10.
What do you understand by People’s Participation in a Democracy?
Answer:
Political participation broadly refers to a wide spectrum of political activities ranging from the simple act of voting to widespread political activism in the political process. It thus implies several voluntary activities apart from voting during the elections. It may involve joining a political party, participation in a political meeting, demonstration, rally, standing for election to the local bodies, state legislature or parliament, maintaining contacts with the elected representatives, sending petitions to the government for the redressal of grievances of the people and a number of other activities concerned in any way with the political system of the country.

Question 11.
How does Casteism effect the Voting Behaviour in India?
Answer:
Caste influences the behaviour of voters. In India caste plays a very important role in elections Prof. Rudolph says, “Within the new context of political democracy, caste remains a central element of Indian society even while adapting itself to the values and methods of democratic politics. Indeed, it has become one of the chief means by which the Indian masses have been attached to the process of democratic politics.”

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 12.
Explain the meaning of voting behaviour. Describe two major determinants of voting behaviour in India.
Or
Explain voting behaviour in India.
Answer:
In the words of J.C. Plano and R.E. Riggs, “Voting behaviour is a field of study concerned with the ways in which people tend to vote in public elections and reasons they vote as they do.”
In brief, the study of voting behaviour implies two things:

  • Why people exercise their right to vote and
  • Why they exercise their franchise in favour of different candidates.

Some of the important determinants of voting behaviour in India are:

  • Caste of the candidate.
  • Religion of the candidate.
  • Region to which the candidate belongs.
  • Influence of money.

Question 13.
What is the salary and term of the Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners?
Or
Write down the tenure of the members of Election Commission.
Answer:
In December, 1993 the Indian Parliament passed the Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners (Conditions of Service) Amendment Act, 1993. As per the provisions of the Act, the Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners are paid a salary equal to the salary of a judge of the Supreme Court. Thus, each of them is paid? 250000 per month as salary.

The Act further provides that the Chief Election Commissioner or an Election Commissioner holds office for a term of six years from the date on which he assumes his office. But if the Chief Election Commissioner or an Election Commissioner attains the age of sixty-five years before the expiry of the term of six years, he shall vacate his office on the date on which he attains the said age.

Question 14.
How is the Chief Election Commissioner removed in India?
Or
Describe the method of appointment, tenure and procedure of the removal of Chief Election Commissioner of India.
Answer:
1. The Chief Election Commissioner is appointed by the President subject to the provisions of any law made on that behalf by the Indian Parliament.

2. The Chief Election Commissioner is appointed for a period of six years.

3. The Chief Election Commissioner is removed from his office by an order of the President after an address by each House of Parliament supported by a majority of the total membership of the House and by a majority of not less than two thirds of the members of the House present and voting had been presented to the President in the same session for such removal on the ground of proved misbehavior or incapacity.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 15.
Describe any four features of the Indian Electoral System.
Answer:
The three important features of the Indian Electoral System are the following:

  1. Universal Adult Franchise: In India the system of universal adult franchise has been adopted for the election of members of Lok Sabha and of State Legislative Assemblies.
  2. Direct Election: The Constitution provides for the system of direct election of the members of the House of the People and of Legislative Assembly of every state by the eligible voters.
  3. Joint Electorate System: The Constitution of India provides for a system of joint electorates.
  4. There is a provision of Reservation of seats for the SCs and STs.

Question 16.
What do you mean by Universal Adult Franchise?
Or
What do you understand by Universal Adult Franchise?
Answer: By universal adult franchise we mean that every citizen both male and female, above the age of maturity, irrespective of caste, colour, creed, property, education, profession or sex, is entitled to enjoy the right to vote in the election. The age of attaining maturity is fixed by the state. In England and in India it is 18 years.

Question 17.
Give four arguments in favour of Adult Franchise.
Answer:
The arguments in favour of adult franchise are given below:
1. It is in accordance with democratic principles. The principle of adult franchise is in accordance with the democratic principles.

2. National unity. The system of Universal Adult Franchise is quite essential for the maintenance of national unity. If the system of Universal Adult Franchise is introduced then all the citizens would consider the State as their own.

3. Laws affect all alike. The introduction of the principle of Adult Franchise is essential so that everybody gets the right to participate in the election of the representatives. It is only under such circumstances that laws can be framed in accordance with the wishes of the people.

4. An important merits of Adult Franchise is that it gives political education to the people.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 18.
Give three arguments against Adult Franchise.
Answer:
1. The uneducated should not be given the right to vote. The right to vote is not a natural or an inherent right which everybody can enjoy. The educated persons can make the proper use of their rights. An uneducated person cannot understand who is the best candidate out of all.

2. Government of the fools. The system of Universal Adult Franchise establishes a government of the fools because the fools and the ignorant are in a majority in the society.

3. All citizens are not equal. It is also wrong that all the people are equal. Therefore, all the people cannot be given the right to vote and to contest election on equal footing.

4. Franchise is not a right but responsibility. Therefore the right to vote should be extended only to the capable and educated persons.

Question 19.
What do you mean by Direct Method of Election?
Answer:
In the system of Direct election the votes directly participate in election and elect their representatives, the process of direct election is quite simple. Every voter goes to the polling station and records his vote either in favour or against particular candidates. A candidate securing the maximum number of votes is declared elected. This system of election is the most popular and is followed in all democratic countries for electing members of People’s Chamber. All members of the State assemblies and House of People in India are elected directly. Every adult in india exercises the right to vote.

Question 20.
What is meant by Indirect Method of Election?
Answer:
Indirect elections means that the voters do not directly participate in the election of their representatives but choose only an intermediary body which elects the representatives. This intermediary body is usually called the Electoral College. It is a system of Double election. In the first instance, the general mass of voters elect from among themselves a small group of electors. These electors then elect the final representatives who become the members of the legislature.

Thus the final choice of electing the representatives is not that of the general mass of voters but of the intermediary body of electors which the general mass of voters had elected in the first instance. This Indirect Election system is often used for the constitution of second chamber. The Council of States in India, the President of India and the President of U.S.A are elected by the method of Indirect election.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 21.
Distinguish between Direct election and Indirect election methods.
Or
Differentiate between Direct and Indirect Election System.
Answer:
In the system of direct election the voters directly participate in election and elect their representatives. But in indirect election the voters do not directly participate in the election of their representatives but choose an intermediary body which elects the representatives. This intermediary body is usually called the Electoral College. It is a system of double election. In India all members of the state assemblies and Lok Sabha are elected directly. The Rajya Sabha in India, the President of India and the President of U.S.A. are elected by the method of indirect election.

Question 22.
What is Indirect Democracy?
Answer:
In indirect democracy people participate in law-making indirectly. People elect some representatives and these representatives act according to the wishes of the people. Their main aim is to promote the welfare of the people. They frame laws of the State and run the administration for the best interests of the people. The entire country is divided into equal electoral constituencies and from each constituency one representative is elected. The representatives are elected for a fixed period and after the expiry of their term fresh elections are held. This system prevails in almost all the countries of the world today.

Question 23.
Write four merits of Indirect Election.
Answer:

  • It is useful where the people are sufficiently educated and politically organised.
  • Indirect election minimizes the evils of party politics and propaganda.
  • The method of indirect election is less expensive because the number of voters is small.
  • Clever politicians and orators cannot mislead the few selected people.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 24.
Write four demerits of Indirect Election.
Answer:

  1. The method of indirect election creates a big gap between the representatives and the voters. The representatives do not feel responsible to the primary voters.
  2. The voters have no direct participation in the selection of their representatives and so they take little interest in politics and become negligent in public affairs.
  3. Indirect election encourages corruption because the number of voters is very small and therefore it is easier to purchase their votes. Besides money other methods are also used to pressurise the voters.
  4. Actually it leads to more parties.

Question 25.
Write four merits of Direct Election.
Answer:

  1. Direct election is consistent with the principle of democracy. People have direct share in the choice of their representatives.
  2. The representative elected directly feels responsible to the people and he tries to keep himself in touch with them and works to better their conditions.
  3. Direct election system makes the citizen active and alert. A direct contact between the electors and the representatives stimulates interest in public affairs and develops the sense of public spirit.
  4. Direct election checks the use of correct and unfair means in elections.

Question 26.
Write four demerits of Direct Election.
Answer:

  1. Direct election means political excitement which leads to the election of undesirable candidates. The voters are easily carried away or misled by clever orators.
  2. Direct election increases the election expenditure which entails a heavy burden on the public purse.
  3. Thirdly, direct election places the final choice of the representatives in the hands of the masses and most of them do not have enough of intelligence or independence to vote for the right type of candidates.
  4. Many citizens, who would have proved the best administrators, avoid to contest elections. This means a great national loss.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write the composition of Indian Election Commission.
Answer:
The Election Commission consists of the Chief Election Commissioner and two other Election Commissioners. The appointment of Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners is made by the President. Generally the Election Commissioner is appointed for a period of six years. The conditions of service of the Chief Election Commissioner shall not be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.

Question 2.
Discuss two techniques of election campaign in India.
Answer:

  • Every main political party and sometimes independent candidates issue . election manifesto.
  • Political parties and candidates arrange public meetings and processions, by which they try to persuade the voters in their favour through their speeches and personalities.

Question 3.
Write down any two functions of Election Commission.
Answer:
1. Election Commission supervises, directs and controls the elections. Such elections include election to Parliament, the legislature of every State and the offices of the President and the Vice-President held under the Constitution of India.
2. Election Commission prepares electoral rolls and delimitation of constituencies.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 4.
Which two conditions are necessary for the successful functioning of electoral system in India?
Answer:
The following three conditions are essential for the successful functioning of electoral system in India.
1. Independence of Election Commission:
For the successful functioning of electoral system in India it is essential that the Election Commission should be independent.

2. Check on Money Power:
A major drawback of Indian electoral system is the growing influence of money in election. For fair election it is essential that the role of money power in election should be controlled.

Question 5.
Mention any two drawbacks of Indian Electoral System.
Answer:
1. Number of Seats:
There is no relationship between the votes secured by a party and its strength in the Assembly or the Parliament. The number of seats secured by a particular party is not proportionate to the voters.

2. Money Power: Another important drawback of Indian electoral system is the growing influence of money in elections.

Question 6.
Write any two factors which influence Voting Behaviour.
Answer:

  1. Influence of Religion: Religion influences the voting behaviour to a great extent. In India, many parties seek votes on the basis of religion.
  2. Influence of Caste: Caste influences the voting behaviour to a large extent. In India caste plays a very important role in elections.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 7.
Describe any two preliminary stages of election procedure in India.
Answer:
In India election procedure is as follows:
1. Constituencies:
The first important task in election is delimitation of constituencies. Parliament passed the Delimitation Commission Act, 1952. The Act provides for the establishment of a Delimitation Commission for the purpose of delimitating constituencies in each state after every census.

2. List of Voters:
First, temporary list of voters is prepared. If anybody’s name is excluded from the list, he can ask for inclusion of his name. But such a request is to be made within a fixed time.

Question 8.
What is the reason for people’s low participation in Indian democracy?
Answer:
1. Poverty. Majority of the people in India are poor. A poor person remains worried about earning his livelihood and has no time to cast his vote. The poor person does not even think about the elections.

2. Illiteracy. Majority of the people in India are illiterate. An illiterate person does not understand the importance of the right to vote. Hence illiterate persons don’t go to cast their votes.

Question 9.
What do you understand by Political Participation in a Democracy?
Answer:
Political participation broadly refers to a wide spectrum of political activities ranging from the simple act of voting to widespread political activism in the political process. It thus implies several voluntary activities apart from voting during the elections.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 10.
Mention any two features of the Indian Electoral System.
Answer:
The two important features of the Indian Electoral System are the following:

  1. Universal Adult Franchise: In India the system of universal adult franchise has been adopted for the election of members to Lok Sabha and to State Legislative Assemblies.
  2. Direct Election: The Constitution provides for the system of direct election of the members to the House of the People and to Legislative Assembly of every state by the eligible voters.

Question 11.
What do you mean by Universal Adult Franchise?
Answer:
By universal adult franchise we mean that every citizen both male and female, above the age of maturity, irrespective of caste, colour, creed, property, education, profession or sex, is entitled to enjoy the right to vote in the election. The age of attaining maturity is fixed by the state. In England and in India it is 18 years.

Question 12.
Give two statements in favour of Universal Adult Franchise.
Or
Give two arguments in favour of Adult Franchise.
Answer:
The arguments in favour of adult franchise are given below:
1. It is in accordance with democratic principles. The principle of adult franchise is in accordance with the democratic principles.
2. National unity. The system of Universal Adult Franchise is quite essential for the maintenance of national unity. If the system of Universal Adult Franchise is introduced then all the citizens would consider the State as their own.

Question 13.
Give two arguments against Adult Franchise.
Answer:
1. The uneducated should not be given the right to vote. The right to vote is not a natural or an inherent right which everybody can enjoy. The educated persons can make the proper use of their rights. An uneducated person cannot understand who is the best candidate out of all.

2. Government of the fools. The system of Universal Adult Franchise establishes a government of the fools because the fools and the ignorant are in a majority in the society.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 14.
What is meant by Direct and Indirect Election?
Answer:
In the system of direct election the voters directly participate in election and elect their representatives. But in indirect election the voters do not directly participate in the election of their representatives but choose an intermediary body which elects the representatives.

Question 15.
Write any two merits of Indirect Election.
Answer:

  • It is useful where the people are sufficiently educated and politically organised.
  • Indirect election minimizes the evils of party politics and propaganda.

Question 16.
Mention any two demerits of Indirect Election.
Answer:

  1. The method of indirect election creates a big gap between the representatives and the voters. The representatives do not feel responsible to the primary voters.
  2. The voters have no direct participation in the selection of their representatives and so they take little interest in politics and become negligent in public affairs.

Question 17.
Write any two merits of Direct Election method.
Answer:

  1. Direct election is consistent with the principle of democracy. People have direct share in the choice of their representatives.
  2. The representative elected directly feels responsible to the people and he tries to keep himself in touch with them and works to better their conditions.

Question 18.
Write four demerits of Direct Election.
Answer:

  1. Direct election means political excitement which leads to the election of undesirable candidates. The voters are easily carried away or misled by clever orators.
  2. Direct election increases the election expenditure which entails a heavy burden on the public purse.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

One Line Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is Electorate?
Answer:
That part of the total population which participates in election of its representatives is collectively called Electorate.

Question 2.
What is the criterion (basis) for a person to cast vote in India?
Answer:
A citizen, who is eighteen years old or above this age, has the right to cast vote.

Question 3.
What principle of Enfranchisement has been adopted in India?
Answer:
Principle of Universal Adult Frachise.

Question 4.
In which chapter and in which Articles of the Indian Constitution the electoral system has been described?
Answer:
The electoral system has been described in the 15th chapter of the Indian Constitution from Art. 324 to 329.

Question 5.
Write one feature of Indian electoral system.
Answer:
Joint electorate system has been adopted for the election.

Question 6.
Write the composition of Election Commission of India.
Answer:
In the Election Commission, there is a Chief Election Commissioner and a few other Election Commissioners.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 7.
How the members of Election Commission are appointed?
Answer:
According to the Constitution, the appointment of the members of the Election Commsission is made by the President.

Question 8.
How is the Chief Election Commissioner appointed?
Answer:
The Chief Election Commissioner is appointed by the President.

Question 9.
Mention the tenure of the members of the Election Commission.
Answer:
The tenure of the members of the Election Commission is fixed by President after framing laws for it. Usually this tenure is six years.

Question 10.
Write one function of Election Commission of India.
Answer:
The main function of the Election Commission is to conduct elections for Parliament and State Legislatures and to prepare electoral rolls.

Question 11.
In India, how many elections have been held so far for the Constitution of Lok Sabha?
Answer:
Till now, there have been 17 elections for the Constitution of Lok Sabha.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 12.
In which year, elections to the first Lok Sabha were held in India?
Answer:
The elections for the first Lok Sabha in India were held in 1952.

Question 13.
Which two elections are conducted by Indirect Electoral Process in India?
Answer:
1. President
2. Vice-President.

Question 14.
Which two elections are conducted in India through direct election process?
Answer:
1. Election of Lok Sabha 2. Election of Legislative Assembly.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Fill in The Blanks

1. …………….. number of elections of Lok Sabha have so far been conducted in India.
Answer:
Seventeen

2. Mass political consciousness has been encouraging electoral …………….. in India.
Answer:
Participation

3. The Chief Election Commissioner can be removed by the ……………..  .
Answer:
Parliament

4. At present, there are …………….. members in Election Commission.
Answer:
Three

5. For election to the Lok Sabha or State Legislative Assemblies, India has adopted a …………….. system of representation.
Answer:
Territorial.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

True Or False Statement

1. The Parliament, through 61st Amendment, reduced the minimum voting age from 21 to 18.
Answer:
True

2. 1st Lok Sabha election was held in 1950, and 15th Lok Sabha election was held in 2004.
Answer:
False

3. In India, there is Universal Adult Franchise.
Answer:
True

4. Main drawback of Indian electroal system is the growing influence of money in elections.
Answer:
True

5. The bye election will be held within six months from the date the vacancy occurs.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Which is the biggest democratic country in the world?
(a) Japan
(b) India
(c) U.K.
(d) U.S.A.
Answer:
(b) India

Question 2.
The Chief Election Commission is appointed by:
(a) Parliament
(b) President
(c) Prime Minister
(d) Governor.
Answer:
(b) President

Question 3.
How many members are there in Election Commission?
(a) one
(b) two
(c) three
(d) four.
Answer:
(c) three

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 4.
Election Commissioner in India is appointed for a period of:
(a) 4 years
(b) 7 years
(c) 6 years
(d) 5 years.
Answer:
(c) 6 years

Question 5.
In India the voting is fixed at the age of:
(a) 14 years
(b) 17 years
(c) 18 years
(d) 15 years.
Answer:
(c) 18 years

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 Political Science Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write the arrangements made for the protection of Human Rights in India in detail.
Or
Discuss any six steps taken in India for the protection of Human Rights.
Answer:
India is one of the largest democracy of the world. After Independence the makers of our Constitution had made provision for Human Rights. Not only after independence even before independence our national makers worked for Human Rights. The Fundamental Rights enumerated in the Indian Constitution are the most elaborate in the world. Part III of Indian Constitution provides for Fundamental Rights those are as following:

  1. Right to Equality; Articles 14-18
  2. Right to Liberty ; Articles 19-22
  3. Right against Exploitation; Articles 23-24
  4. Right to Freedom of Religion; Articles 25-28
  5. Cultural and Educational Rights; Articles 29-30
  6. Right to Constitutional Remedies; Article-32.

The Indian Constitution has not only made provision for the Fundamental Rights but also made provision for the machinery to implement the rights properly. A number of legislations have been made to eliminate exploitation of the weaker section of the society. Apart from this the Indian government has set up National Human Rights Commission at the level of the central Government and State Human Rights Commission at the state level. These Commissions look into complaints and incidents of violation of Human Rights. Their function includes protection and promotion of Human Rights.

Following steps have been taken in India for the protection of ‘Human Rights’:
1. Establishment of Human Rights: Indian Constitution has established six human rights. Indian citizens have the right to writ five petitions for the protection of these human rights in the court.

2. Establishment of a Commission for ‘Human Rights’: For the protection of ‘Human Rights’-Indian Constitution has established a commission for ‘Human Rights’.

3. Establishment of Commission for Scheduled Tribes and Scheduled Castes: For the protection of Human Rights of Scheduled Tribes and Scheduled Castes a special Commission is established.

4. National Women Commission: For the security and safety of women’s rights National Women Commission has been established.

5. National Minority Commission: For the security of rights of minorities a “Minority Commission’ is also established.

6. Independent Judiciary. Independent judiciary works like chowkidar for the protection of ‘Human Rights’. Thus independent judiciary is the strongest step for the protection of all Human Rights.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 2.
Discuss the functions of National Human Rights Commission.
Answer:
National Human Rights Commission performs the following functions under the Human Rights Protection Act 1993.

  • To investigate complaints regarding the violation of Human Rights.
  • To investigate the failure on the part of any public official in respect of his duties for preventing a violation of Human Rights.
  • Commission encouraged the functions of non-government institutions for the protection of Human Rights.
  • To review the steps taken under the Constitution or law for protecting the Human Rights and to make recommendations for making such steps more effective.
  • To encourage research in the field of human rights.
  • To visit jails and to examine the conditions of living of the persons undergoing imprisonments or under detentions.
  • To study the international treaties and conventions and try to give it practical shape.
  • To spread knowledge among various classes of people about their human rights.
    To prepare necessary programmes for the development of human rights.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 3.
What do you mean by Disarmament? Discuss the necessity of Disarmament in present world.
Answer:
Present age is an age of Science. Today, armaments and war, because of their totally destructive power, have come to be regarded as the biggest dangers to mankind. The havoc caused by the two World Wars convinced the people over the world that if humanity is to be saved from complete annihilation, something should be done to reduce or limit certain or all types of armaments.

Meaning and Definition of Disarmament:
In simple language the term disarmament is used for reduction or elimination of armaments. In actual practice, it has come to mean everything from total elimination of all the weapons to the regulation or control of only some kind of (offensive and totally destructive) weap¬ons. Disarmament includes everything which has to do something with the limitation, reduction, abolition or control of certain or all armaments through the voluntary agreement of two or more states.

1. According to Morgenthau, “Disarmament is the reduction or elimination of certain or all armaments for the purpose of ending the armament race.”

2. According to V.V. Dyke, “Any regulation or limitation have to do with armed power is treated as a measure of disarmament.”

3. According to Jacob and Atherton, “disarmament seeks to establish conditions that will assure a country that others are neither intending to attack it or capable of doing so, at least in the immediate future. The strategy is to unwind rather then to build up a confrontation of armed forces.”

In its absolute sense, disarmament requires the global destruction of weapons and the dis-establishment of all armed forces. General disarmament means a kind of disarmament in which all the nations participate whereas local disarmament means disarmament by a limited number of nations.

Need and Necessity of Disarmament:
Disarmament is needed due to following reasons:
1. World Peace and Security:
World peace and security is possible only by disarmament. Armaments lead to armament race and armament race leads to war. Arms race can itself be the cause of bloody and costly wars. Disarmament is the most effective means or preventing war and maintaining peace.

2. Disarmament reduces International Tension:
Disarmament reduces international tensions whereas arms race increases international tensions and international tensions encourage war. Disarmament can certainly check the growing war hysteria in international relations.

3. Reduces the Destructiveness of War: Disarmament is needed as it reduces the sufferings and destructiveness of war.

4. Helpful in Economic Development:
Disarmament is needed because it is very helpful in economic development. By disarmament states can save a very large amount of funds and that money can be used for the welfare and economic development of the people of the states. In the timeless dilemma of choosing between ‘guns and butter’, the advocates of arms reduction opt for the latter. It is argued that even if a small portion of millions of dollars now spent on armament everyday is transferred to economic development the world would be entirely different.

5. Helpful in ending Colonialism and Imperialism:
Armaments encouraged Imperialism and Colonialism because states having big stocks of arms used arms for expanding their territories. Hence disarmament is very helpful in ending Colonialism and Imperialism.

6. Moral Reasons:
Disarmament is needed for moral reasons also. Philosophically most solid argument is that war is morally wrong and hence armaments as the means of war are also evil. It is always rational and moral to nip the evil in the bud. Thus elimination of war demands the elimination of arms and armament races.

7. Social Reasons:
Disarmament is also needed due to social reasons. Money saved by disarmament can be utilised for solving the problems of poverty, hunger, disease, illiteracy, housing etc.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 4.
What do you understand by the concept of Globalization? Discuss its main features.
Or
What do you mean by Globalization? Explain four features of Globalization in India.
Answer:
In the late 20th century the revolution in the means of communication has changed the world in ‘global village’ by lessening its distances. It has encouraged the emergence of world society. Although the concept of globalisation became popular in the last phase of the 20th century but its background is quite old. The ill effects of the two world wars on the rich nations led them to think about the ways and means of coming out of the economic recession.

To achieve this aim they made full use of the international organisations such as General Agreement on Trade and Tariff, World Trade Organisation, International Monetary Fund and World Bank etc. All these organisations brought the countries of world close to each other. Martin Shaw has observed, “Society has been globalised not because human beings thought or act 1 globally, but because in pursuit of other suit – profit, power communication worldwide connectedness has developed.”

Definition and Meaning of Globalization:
Scholars differ regarding the meaning of globalization. Their views are given below:
1. According to Anthony Giddens, “Globalisation means the intensification of world-wide social relations which link distant localities in such a way that local happenings shaped events occurring many miles away and vice-versa.”

2. According to Robertson, “Globalisation is a concept that refers to the compression of the world and the intensification of the consciousness of the world as a whole.”

3. According to Mild and McGrew, “Globalisation refers to a historical process which transforms the spatial organisation of social relations and transactions, generating, transcontinental or inter-regional networks of interaction and the exercise of power.”:

In general we can say that globalisation is a process by which the planet Earth is:
considered to be one single unit where social and economic interaction among the people are based on interdependence. The world is considered to be a global village with global issues and problems likely to be talked with global efforts and co-operation. Globalisation can also be explained as globalisation of world market and to link the economy of all the countries of the world with world market. It is also manifest in the rapid flow of information capital and goods. Different cultures and societies have come face to face with each other.

It has created global electronic communications. Observing the impact of globalization Martin Shaw said, “With the development of global relations, the understanding of human relations in common world wide frame comes to predominate over other, more partial understanding.”

Thus, globalization is a step towards one world, one state and to strengthen the world peace. It is a step towards socio-economic, scientific and technological development of the whole mankind. It has made easier to solve the world problems.

Features of Globalization: Globalization is a multi-dimensional phenomenon-
It’s features are as given below:
1. Global Economy:
Global economy is the most important feature of globalization. In the process of globalization, it has been observed that national economies have been integrated into global economy. Trade has come out of national boundaries. Global economy promotes international harmony.

2. Expansion of Industrialisation and MNC’s:
Expansion of industrialisation is another feature of globalisation. Globalisation has increased the value of multi-national business organisations. The output of multi-national corporations is more than a state corporation, that’s why now MNC’s dominate the world market. The notable examples of MNC’s are General Motors and Ford in the automotive industry. ESSO, Shelt and B.P. in Oil industry, McDonald’s fast food-chain AT & T, and International News Corporation in the communication sector.

3. World Wide Institutions:
Establishment of world wide institutions is one of the features of globalisation. Globalisation has brought the countries of the world close to each other. These countries have formed institutions those have global appeal and those work to resolve global problems such as U.N.O. It is an international system of states and they are committed to the cause of universal welfare and upliftment. U.N.O. tries to fight against natural calamities as well as man-made problems.

4. Global Movements:
Global movements is the another feature of globalisation. The members of the global village have come out of their national boundries and fences and started thinking about welfare in broader terms including national and international concern. Women’s liberation movement has been launched on global level. Various other global movements have been launched to eradicate economic inequality, environment problems and armaments.

5. Competitive Economy:
Competitive economy is another important aspect of globalisation. The developing countries are trying to compete with the developed countries. The developed countries are trying to advance and strengthen their economy more and more and developing countries are trying to improve their performance, products and industries to compete with the industry of developed countries.

6. World Trade Organisation:
The emergence of WTO is another feature of globalisation. WTO is an indication of globalisation process. Martin Shaw observes that although, “The WTO remains dominated by the west and is partly a forum for resolving intra-western economic differences, it is now more or less universally accepted as the frame work for regulating trade, as China’s admission in 1999 recognised.”

7. The declining relevance of geographical distance and the insignificance of territorial boundries is the feature of globalisation.

8. International Law for the security of international peace and to resolve trade problems is another important aspect of globalisation.

9. Increase of Foreign Investment in countries is another feature of the process of globalisation.

10. Technological Innovations is another feature of globalisation.

11. Information Revolution is an important aspect of globalisation. Information technology has brought countries closer.

Thus, the process of globalisation has changed the world scenario. It has brought nations closer to each other and has formed world wide society.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 5.
What do you mean by Globalisation? Why India adopted the policy of Globalisation?
Answer:
Meaning of Globalisation:
In the late 20th century the revolution in the means of communication has changed the world in ‘global village’ by lessening its distances. It has encouraged the emergence of world society. Although the concept of globalisation became popular in the last phase of the 20th century but its background is quite old. The ill effects of the two world wars on the rich nations led them to think about the ways and means of coming out of the economic recession.

To achieve this aim they made full use of the international organisations such as General Agreement on Trade and Tariff, World Trade Organisation, International Monetary Fund and World Bank etc. All these organisations brought the countries of world close to each other. Martin Shaw has observed, “Society has been globalised not because human beings thought or act 1 globally, but because in pursuit of other suit – profit, power communication worldwide connectedness has developed.”

Definition and Meaning of Globalization:
Scholars differ regarding the meaning of globalization. Their views are given below:
1. According to Anthony Giddens, “Globalisation means the intensification of world-wide social relations which link distant localities in such a way that local happenings shaped events occurring many miles away and vice-versa.”

2. According to Robertson, “Globalisation is a concept that refers to the compression of the world and the intensification of the consciousness of the world as a whole.”

3. According to Mild and McGrew, “Globalisation refers to a historical process which transforms the spatial organisation of social relations and transactions, generating, transcontinental or inter-regional networks of interaction and the exercise of power.”:

In general we can say that globalisation is a process by which the planet Earth is:
considered to be one single unit where social and economic interaction among the people are based on interdependence. The world is considered to be a global village with global issues and problems likely to be talked with global efforts and co-operation. Globalisation can also be explained as globalisation of world market and to link the economy of all the countries of the world with world market. It is also manifest in the rapid flow of information capital and goods. Different cultures and societies have come face to face with each other.

It has created global electronic communications. Observing the impact of globalisation Martin Shaw said, “With the development of global relations, the understanding of human relations in common world wide frame comes to predominate over other, more partial understanding.”

Thus, globalisation is a step towards one world, one state and to strengthen the world peace. It is a step towards socio-economic, scientific and technological development of the whole mankind. It has made easier to solve the world problems.

Features of Globalization: Globalization is a multi-dimensional phenomenon-
It’s features are as given below:
1. Global Economy:
Global economy is the most important feature of globalisation. In the process of globalisation, it has been observed that national economies have been integrated into global economy. Trade has come out of national boundaries. Global economy promotes international harmony.

2. Expansion of Industrialisation and MNC’s:
Expansion of industrialisation is another feature of globalisation. Globalisation has increased the value of multi-national business organisations. The output of multi-national corporations is more than a state corporation, that’s why now MNC’s dominate the world market. The notable examples of MNC’s are General Motors and Ford in the automotive industry. ESSO, Shelt and B.P. in Oil industry, McDonald’s fast food-chain AT & T, and International News Corporation in the communication sector.

3. World Wide Institutions:
Establishment of world wide institutions is one of the features of globalisation. Globalisation has brought the countries of the world close to each other. These countries have formed institutions those have global appeal and those work to resolve global problems such as U.N.O. It is an international system of states and they are committed to the cause of universal welfare and upliftment. U.N.O. tries to fight against natural calamities as well as man-made problems.

4. Global Movements:
Global movements is the another feature of globalisation. The members of the global village have come out of their national boundries and fences and started thinking about welfare in broader terms including national and international concern. Women’s liberation movement has been launched on global level. Various other global movements have been launched to eradicate economic inequality, environment problems and armaments.

5. Competitive Economy:
Competitive economy is another important aspect of globalisation. The developing countries are trying to compete with the developed countries. The developed countries are trying to advance and strengthen their economy more and more and developing countries are trying to improve their performance, products and industries to compete with the industry of developed countries.

6. World Trade Organisation:
The emergence of WTO is another feature of globalisation. WTO is an indication of globalisation process. Martin Shaw observes that although, “The WTO remains dominated by the west and is partly a forum for resolving intra-western economic differences, it is now more or less universally accepted as the frame work for regulating trade, as China’s admission in 1999 recognised.”

7. The declining relevance of geographical distance and the insignificance of territorial boundries is the feature of globalisation.

8. International Law for the security of international peace and to resolve trade problems is another important aspect of globalisation.

9. Increase of Foreign Investment in countries is another feature of the process of globalisation.

10. Technological Innovations is another feature of globalisation.

11. Information Revolution is an important aspect of globalisation. Information technology has brought countries closer.

Thus, the process of globalisation has changed the world scenario. It has brought nations closer to each other and has formed world wide society.

Why India Adopted the Policy of Globalisation:
Following are the factors responsible for India’s globalisation policy:

  • India’s economy will become competitive due to globalisation policy.
  • Foreign Wealth and technique both will be imported in India due to globalisation and this will be helpful for the development of India.
  • The policy of globalisation will encourage a good competition in production and consumers will get better quality of production.
  • With the globalisation process Indian economy will automatically link with the world economy and it will be beneficial for Indian economy.
  • Industrial development will take place due to globalisation.
  • Globalisation will create more employment.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 6.
What do you mean by Globalisation? Discuss the demerits of policy of Globalisation adopted by India.
Answer:
Meaning of Globalisation:
In the late 20th century the revolution in the means of communication has changed the world in ‘global village’ by lessening its distances. It has encouraged the emergence of world society. Although the concept of globalisation became popular in the last phase of the 20th century but its background is quite old. The ill effects of the two world wars on the rich nations led them to think about the ways and means of coming out of the economic recession.

To achieve this aim they made full use of the international organisations such as General Agreement on Trade and Tariff, World Trade Organisation, International Monetary Fund and World Bank etc. All these organisations brought the countries of world close to each other. Martin Shaw has observed, “Society has been globalised not because human beings thought or act 1 globally, but because in pursuit of other suit – profit, power communication worldwide connectedness has developed.”

Definition and Meaning of Globalization:
Scholars differ regarding the meaning of globalization. Their views are given below:
1. According to Anthony Giddens, “Globalisation means the intensification of world-wide social relations which link distant localities in such a way that local happenings shaped events occurring many miles away and vice-versa.”

2. According to Robertson, “Globalisation is a concept that refers to the compression of the world and the intensification of the consciousness of the world as a whole.”

3. According to Mild and McGrew, “Globalisation refers to a historical process which transforms the spatial organisation of social relations and transactions, generating, transcontinental or inter-regional networks of interaction and the exercise of power.”:

In general we can say that globalisation is a process by which the planet Earth is:
considered to be one single unit where social and economic interaction among the people are based on interdependence. The world is considered to be a global village with global issues and problems likely to be talked with global efforts and co-operation. Globalisation can also be explained as globalisation of world market and to link the economy of all the countries of the world with world market. It is also manifest in the rapid flow of information capital and goods. Different cultures and societies have come face to face with each other.

It has created global electronic communications. Observing the impact of globalisation Martin Shaw said, “With the development of global relations, the understanding of human relations in common world wide frame comes to predominate over other, more partial understanding.”

Thus, globalisation is a step towards one world, one state and to strengthen the world peace. It is a step towards socio-economic, scientific and technological development of the whole mankind. It has made easier to solve the world problems.

Features of Globalization: Globalization is a multi-dimensional phenomenon-
It’s features are as given below:
1. Global Economy:
Global economy is the most important feature of globalisation. In the process of globalisation, it has been observed that national economies have been integrated into global economy. Trade has come out of national boundaries. Global economy promotes international harmony.

2. Expansion of Industrialisation and MNC’s:
Expansion of industrialisation is another feature of globalisation. Globalisation has increased the value of multi-national business organisations. The output of multi-national corporations is more than a state corporation, that’s why now MNC’s dominate the world market. The notable examples of MNC’s are General Motors and Ford in the automotive industry. ESSO, Shelt and B.P. in Oil industry, McDonald’s fast food-chain AT & T, and International News Corporation in the communication sector.

3. World Wide Institutions:
Establishment of world wide institutions is one of the features of globalisation. Globalisation has brought the countries of the world close to each other. These countries have formed institutions those have global appeal and those work to resolve global problems such as U.N.O. It is an international system of states and they are committed to the cause of universal welfare and upliftment. U.N.O. tries to fight against natural calamities as well as man-made problems.

4. Global Movements:
Global movements is the another feature of globalisation. The members of the global village have come out of their national boundries and fences and started thinking about welfare in broader terms including national and international concern. Women’s liberation movement has been launched on global level. Various other global movements have been launched to eradicate economic inequality, environment problems and armaments.

5. Competitive Economy:
Competitive economy is another important aspect of globalisation. The developing countries are trying to compete with the developed countries. The developed countries are trying to advance and strengthen their economy more and more and developing countries are trying to improve their performance, products and industries to compete with the industry of developed countries.

6. World Trade Organisation:
The emergence of WTO is another feature of globalisation. WTO is an indication of globalisation process. Martin Shaw observes that although, “The WTO remains dominated by the west and is partly a forum for resolving intra-western economic differences, it is now more or less universally accepted as the frame work for regulating trade, as China’s admission in 1999 recognised.”

7. The declining relevance of geographical distance and the insignificance of territorial boundries is the feature of globalisation.

8. International Law for the security of international peace and to resolve trade problems is another important aspect of globalisation.

9. Increase of Foreign Investment in countries is another feature of the process of globalisation.

10. Technological Innovations is another feature of globalisation.

11. Information Revolution is an important aspect of globalisation. Information technology has brought countries closer.

Thus, the process of globalisation has changed the world scenario. It has brought nations closer to each other and has formed world wide society.

Demerits of Globalisation in India. Following are the demerits of policy of globalisation adopted by India:

  • Due to Globalisation multinational companies are interfering in the political system of India.
  • This policy has encouraged economic inequality which has increased the unemployment in India.
  • Critics advocate that this policy is a forceable but not an accepted one. The objective like welfare of all is just out of the scene from this.
  • This is an undemocratic process. This process has weakened the democratic set up by limitation of the labour, limited role of the welfare state.
  • Deduction in subsides etc. by the Government which has indirectly hit the poor category.
  • Globalisation has created a cultural crisis. By it encouragement is given to the Constitutism. The young generation is mad for Pepsi, Coca-cola and other brand of western products.
  • Critics say that the Policy has also influenced the education system, which has established dominance of English language. This education has led to commercialization and has stressed on the markets which has made fall in values and ethics.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write down the composition of National Human Rights Commission.
Or
Write down composition of National Commission for Human Rights.
Answer:
The National Human Rights Commission started on 12th October 1993. It has eight members, a chairperson, a present or former judge of the Supreme Court, a present or former Chief Justice of a High Court; two members knowledgeable in the area of human rights and the chairperson of the National Commission for Women, National Commission for SCs and STs and the National Commission for Minorities. It protects and promotes Human Rights. It looks into the complaints of violation of human rights and works to protect the rights of all the members of society.

Question 2.
Write down four main functions of National Commission for Human Rights.
Or
Write four main functions of National Human Rights Commission.
Answer:
Following are the main functions of National Commission for Human Rights.

  • To investigate complaints regarding the violation of human rights.
  • To investigate the failure on the part of any public officials in respect of his duties for preventing a violation of Human Rights.
  • Commission encouraged the functions of non-government institutions for the protection of human rights.
  • To visit jails and to examine the condition of living of the persons undergoing imprisonments or under detentions.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 3.
What do you mean by Globalisation?
Answer:
The term global literally means, belonging to the globe which in turn implies connected with the natural habitat of humankind i.e., ‘global planet earth’. Globalisation is a process by which the planet earth is considered to be one single unit where social and economic interactions among the people are based on interdependence. The world is considered to be a global village with global issues and problems likely to be solved with global efforts and co-operation. Globalisation can also be explained as globalisation of world market. In simple words, globalisation means free flow of goods, services, people, capital and cultures across national borders. It has created global electronic communications. Globalisation is a step towards one world, one state and to strengthen the world.

Question 4.
What do you mean by Disarmament?
Answer:
Disarmament is the need of present age. The term disarmament is used for reduction or elimination of armaments. In actual practice, it has come to mean everything from total elimination of all the weapons to the regulation or control of only some kind of weapons. Disarmament includes everything which has to do something with the limitation, reduction, abolition or control of certain or all armaments through the voluntary agreement of two or more states. Morgenthau says, “Disarmament is the reduction or elimination of certain or all armaments for the purpose of ending the armament race. In its absolute sense, disarmament requires the global destruction of weapons and the disestablishment of all armed forces.”

Question 5.
Why is disarmament necessary? Give four reasons.
Answer:
Disarmament is necessary due to following reasons:

  • World peace and security. World peace and security is possible only by disarmament.
  • Disarmament reduces International tension. Disarmament reduces international tension whereas arms race increases international tension and international tension encourages war. Disarmament can certainly check the growing war hysteria in international relations.
  • Reduces the destructiveness of war. Disarmament is needed as it reduces the sufferings and destructiveness of war.
  • Money saved by disarmament can be utilised for solving the problems of poverty, hunger, disease, illiteracy, housing etc.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 6.
Mention any four hindrances in the way of Disarmament.
Answer:
Following are the major hindrances in the way of Disarmament:

1. Fear and Security. Nations preferred security than disarmament. Until some system can be evolved whereby nations will be secure with less arms, disarmament will remain a far cry. Fear of insecurity is a big hindrance in the way of disarmament.

2. Faith in Armament. For security of the nations states have more faith in armament than in disarmament.

3. Mutual Distrust. Every state views with suspicion the disarmament proposals put forth by others. Mutual distrust among nations makes it difficult for the international community to go in for disarmament and arms control.

4. The political rivalry between the superpowers served as a stumbling block in the way of disarmament.

Question 7.
What do you mean by New International Economic Order (NIEO)?
Answer:
New International Economic Order constitutes a framework for eliminating the existing era of international economic system which is mostly catering to the needs and interests of the developed countries to the deterrence of the under-developed third world. The NIEO is based on assumption that the prevalent international order perpetuates and aggravates international inequalities and that new relationship of interdependence should replace the order patterns of interdependence and unequal exchange.

NIEO stands for making the international system fairer, just and equitable by adopting a code of conduct for the developed countries. It stands for reducing the gap between the developed countries and under-developed countries. It seeks to end the existing imbalance and inequalities in the economic relationship between the under-developed and developed world.”

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write down the composition of National Human Right Commission.
Answer:
The National Human Rights Commission started on 12th October 1993. It has eight members, a chairperson, a present or former judge of the Supreme Court, a present or former Chief Justice of a High Court; two members knowledgeable in the area of human rights and the chairperson of the National Commission for Women, National Commission for SCs and STs and the National Commission for Minorities.

Question 2.
Explain the term ‘Colonialism’.
Answer:
According to the Western concept, Colonialism is the establishment and maintenance of an extended rule over an alien people that is separate and subordinate to the ruling power. It implies rule over people of different races inhabiting lands separated by salt waters from the imperial centre.

Question 3.
Explain the meaning of the term Cold War.
Answer:
After Second World War, cold war started between U.S.A. and U.S.S.R. A cold war is a state of tension between countries in which each side adopts policies designed to strengthen itself and weaken the other. A line falling short of actual hot war. The cold war has been a predominant factor in determining the conduct of international affairs in post-second world war.

Question 4.
What do you mean by Disarmament?
Answer:
The term disarmament is used for reduction or elimination of armaments. In actual practice, it has come to mean everything from total elimination of all the weapons to the regulation or control of only some kind of weapons. Disarmament includes everything which has to do something with the limitation, reduction, abolition or control of certain or all armaments through the voluntary agreement of two or more states.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 5.
Why is disarmament necessary? Give two reasons.
Answer:
1. World peace and security. World peace and security is possible only by disarmament.

2. Disarmament reduces International tension. Disarmament reduces international tension whereas arms race increases international tension and international tension encourages war. Disarmament can certainly check the growing war hysteria in international relations.

Question 6.
Write two obstacles in the way of Disarmament.
Answer:
1. Fear and Security. Nations preferred security than disarmament. Until some system can be evolved whereby nations will be secure with less arms, disarmament will remain a far cry. Fear of insecurity is a big hindrance in the way of disarmament.

2. Faith in Armament. For security of the nations states have more faith in armament than in disarmament.

Question 7.
What do you mean by New International Economic Order (NIEO)?
Answer:
The NIEO is based on assumption that the prevalent international order perpetuates and aggravates international inequalities and that new relationship of interdependence should replace the order patterns of interdependence and unequal exchange. NIEO stands for making the international system fairer, just and equitable by adopting a code of conduct for the developed countries.

Question 8.
Write down any two basic principles of New International Economic Order.
Answer:
Following are the main principles of New International Economic Order:

1. NIEO is based on, the principles of sovereign equality of states, territorial integrity and non-interference in the internal affairs of other states.

2. NIEO is based on the principle of co-operation of all the member-states of the international community.

Question 9.
Write down any two Human Rights mentioned in Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
Answer:
1. Right to Liberty and Equality. According to Article of Human Rights Declaration, all human beings are free by birth.

2. Equality before Law and Equal Protection of Law. Human Rights Declaration guarantees all persons equality before law and equal protection of laws. All human beings should have the right to an effective judicial remedy.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 10.
Discuss the importance of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
Answer:
Following points show the importance of this declaration :
1. The Declaration of Human Rights has exercised profound influence on the constitution of new nations. The Declaration also deeply affected treaties and agreements between the nations.

2. The Declaration has served a very useful purpose at the international level. The Declaration has been often cited in support of human rights.

Question 11.
Mention any two defects of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
Answer:
1. The Declaration of Human Rights lacks legality. This is not a legal declaration but a moral document. No legal sanction can be imposed on member states for the violation of the declaration.

2. This Declaration is neither any international policy nor any agreement.

Question 12.
Name any four Human Rights.
Answer:

  1. Right to life
  2. Right to freedom
  3. Right to work
  4. Right to family.

Question 13.
Explain any two merits of globalization.
Answer:

  • Globalisation gives rise to the worldwide information, which has effected every class of society. This has encouraged the social mobility.
  • Possibilities of employment in Multinational companies have increased.

Question 14.
Name two nuclear treaties on which India refused to sign.
Answer:

  1. N.P.T.
  2. C.T.B.T.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

One Line Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the meaning of Human Rights.
Answer:
According to Laski, rights are those conditions of social life without which no man can seek himself to be at his best or make full growth.

Question 2.
What do you mean by Disarmament?
Answer:
Disarmament means the abolition of all material and human resources, for physical violence. Any control or restriction on military power is called as disarmament.

Question 3.
Why is disarmament necessary?
Answer:
During the cold war, both the sides developed modem weapons. If all these weapons are not destroyed through disarmament, they can prove detrimental to human race.

Question 4.
Give one difficulty in the way of Disarmament.
Answer:
The great powers have lust for modernisation of weapons.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 5.
What is the meaning of New International Economic Order?
Answer:
New International Economic Order means to provide food-items to the developing countries and to migrate resources from the developed countries to the developing countries.

Question 6.
What do you mean by Globalisation?
Answer:
Globalisation means the unhindered flow of material, service, capital and intellectual property-from one country to another.

Question 7.
Write one effect of Globalisation on India.
Answer:
Because of Globalisation, the investment of foreign capital has increased in India. It has generated new opportunities of employment.

Question 8.
‘Initiative of Six Nations’ Conference was held in.
Answer:
‘Initiative of Six Nations’ Conference was held in 1985.

Question 9.
Give one argument in favour of Globalisation.
Answer:
Because of Globalisation, the dependence of developing countries on International Monetary Fund and World Bank has reduced.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 10.
When is the Human Rights Day celebrated every year?
Answer:
Human Rights Day is celebrated on 10th December every year.

Question 11.
Name the forms of Disarmament
Answer:

  1. Complete Disarmament,
  2. Partial Disarmament,
  3. Compulsory Disarmament,
  4. Voluntary Disarmament,
  5. Unilateral Disarmament,
  6. Bilateral Disarmament.

Fill in The Blanks

1. National Human Rights Commission was established on
Answer:
12 Oct. 1993

2. New International Economic Order means to provide food to
Answer:
Developing Countries

3. Initiative of Six Nations Confrence was held in
Answer:
1985

4. India is committed to the use of Nuclear Energy for purposes
Answer:
Peaceful

5. India is fully committed to the rights and liberties included in the Declaration of Human Rights
Answer:
U.N.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

True Or False Statement

1. Disarmament means the total abolition of arms.
Answer:
True.

2. Due to Globalisation, the investment of foreign capital has increased in India.
Answer:
True.

3. Human Rights Day is celebrated on 10th December.
Answer:
True.

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
The National Human Rights Commission was formed on
(a) 12 October, 1991
(b)12 October, 1992
(c) 12 October, 1993
(d)12 October, 1994.
Answer:
(c) 12 October, 1993

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 2.
Main problems of world are
(a) Terrorism
(b) Problem of Human Rights
(c) Problem of Disarmament
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of Above.

Question 3.
Main hindrances in the way of disarmament are :
(a) Fear and Security
(b) Faith in armament
(c) Mutual distrust
(d) All of Above.
Answer:
(d) All of Above.

Question 4.
When was ‘Six Nations Initiative Conference’ held ?
(a) 1985
(b) 1986
(c) 1990
(d) 1991.
Answer:
(a) 1985

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 India’s Approach to Major World Issues

Question 5.
World Trade Organisation was formed on
(a) 24 October, 1945
(b)1 January, 1995
(c) 10 December, 1948
(d) 29 April, 1954..
Answer:
(b)1 January, 1995